001-057 Alfa 147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 11:58 Pagina 1

Dear Client, Thank you for choosing Alfa Romeo. Your Alfa 147 has been designed to guarantee the safety, comfort and driving pleasure typical of Alfa Romeo. This booklet will help you to get to know the characteristics and operation of your car. The following pages contain all the indications necessary for you to be able to maintain the high standards of performance, quality, safety and respect for the environment which characterize this Alfa 147. The Warranty Booklet also containes the regulations, the warranty certificate and a guide to the services offered by Alfa Romeo. Services which are essential and precious because, when you purchase an Alfa Romeo, you are not only acquiring a car, but the tranquillity that comes from knowing that an efficient, willing and widespread organisation is at your service for any assistance problems you may have. Nature benefits in two ways: there’s no pollution from waste disposal and the demand for raw materials is reduced. Enjoy the reading and have a good trip.

This booklet describes all the versions of the Alfa 147, so you should only consider the information concerning the trim level, engine and version purchased by you. 1 001-057 Alfa 147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 11:58 Pagina 2

VERY IMPORTANT!

FUEL CAPACITY Petrol engines: only refuel with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) no less than 95. Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590. The use of other products or K mixtures may irreparably damage the engine with invalidation of the warranty due to the damage caused. NOTE The use of Eurodiesel fuel is recommended only for markets/ versions where required. In case it is not available, use fuel conforming to EN590 European Specification.

STARTING THE ENGINE Petrol engines with mechanical transmission: make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral, fully depress the clutch without pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started. Petrol engine with Selespeed transmission: keep the brake pedal fully depressed, turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started; the transmission sets to neutral automatically (the display shows position N). JTD engines: make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral, fully depress the clutch without pressing the accelerator, then turn the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral, fully depress the clutch with- out pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to MAR and wait for the ¢ and mwarning lights to go off; turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine starts.

PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL While working, the catalyst develops a very high temperature. Do not park the car over grass, dry leaves, pine needles or ┮ any other inflammable materials: risk of fire.

2 001-057 Alfa 147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 11:58 Pagina 3

RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT The car is fitted with a system that allows continuous diagnosis of the components correlated with emissions to ensure bet- ter respect for the environment.

ACCESSORY ELECTRICAL DEVICES If after purchasing the car you wish to install accessories that need an electrical supply (with the risk of gradually draining the battery), contact Alfa Romeo Authorised Services who will assess the overall electrical absorption and check whether the ▵ car system is able to withstand the load required.

CODE CARD (for versions/markets where applicable) Keep it in a safe place, not in the car. It is advisable to always keep the electronic code on the CODE card with you in case emergency starting is necessary.

SCHEDULED SERVICING Correct maintenance makes it possible to preserve car performance levels and safety, respect for the environment and low running costs unaltered over the course of time.

THE OWNER HANDBOOK… …you will find important information, advice and warnings for correct use, driving safety and car maintenance over time. Pay particular attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (protecting the environment) â (car safety).

3 001-057 Alfa 147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 11:58 Pagina 4

Any queries concerning servicing should be forwarded to the showroom from which the car was purchased, the subsidiary company or to our branch offices or any point of the Alfa Romeo Network.

Warranty Booklet The Warranty Booklet is delivered together with every new car and contains the regulations tied to the services given by Alfa Romeo Services and to the warranty conditions. Correctly carrying out the scheduled services specified by the manufacturer is the best way to maintain the performance, safety characteristics and low running costs of your car. It is also necessary to maintain warranty cover.

“Service” guide This contains Alfa Romeo Authorised Services. The Services can be recognised by the presence of the Alfa Romeo badge and logo. The Alfa Romeo organisation in Italy can be found in the telephone directory under the letter “A” Alfa Romeo. Not all of the models described in this booklet are available in all countries. Only some of the fittings described in this booklet are fitted as stan- dard to the car. The list of available accessories should be requested from the Alfa Romeo Dealers.

4 001-057 Alfa 147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 11:58 Pagina 5

THE SYMBOLS USED IN THIS BOOKLET

The symbols illustrated in these pages show the subjects which should, in particular, be closely studied.

PERSONAL PROTECTING THE SAFETY ENVIRONMENT CAR SAFETY

Warning. Partially or fully ignoring This indicates the correct procedures Warning. Partially or fully ignoring these these rules may lead to serious injury. to be followed to prevent the car rules may lead to serious damage being from damaging the environment. caused to the car which, in some circumstances, may cause forfeiture of the warranty cover.

The texts, illustrations and specifications given in this booklet refer to the car at the time of going to press. As part of our ongoing striving to improve our products, Alfa Romeo may introduce technical changes during production, therefore the specifications and fittings may be altered without prior notice. For details on this subject, please apply to the manufacturer’s sales network.

5 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina6 6 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 1 SYMBOLS nents makingupyour near tooractuallyonsomeofthecompo- Special colouredlabelshavebeenattached symbols ( listofthe ticular component.Asummary precautions tobetakenasregardsthatpar- labels bearsymbolsthatremindyouofthe bonnet. fig.1 ) istobefoundunderthe Alfa 147 G G E E T T . These T T A0A1000m I I N N G G fig. 2 CODE SYSTEM THE ALFA ROMEO engine bestarted. the keyandonlyinthisconditioncan word” bywhichthecontrolunitrecognises switch. Thismodulatedsignalisthe“pass- special aerialincorporatedintheignition bya transmitted whentheengineisstarted which modulatestheradiofrequencysignal of eachkeycontainsanelectronicdevice removed fromtheignition.Infactgrip is activatedautomaticallywhenthekey gine locksystem(AlfaRomeoCODE)which theft, thecarisfittedwithanelectronicen- To increaseprotectionagainstattempted T T O O K K N N O O W W Y Y A0A0736m O O U U R where applicable) (for versions/markets KEY WITHOUTREMOTECONTROL KEYS R plicable); on requestforversions/marketswhereap- ates: vided. two keyswithremotecontrolcanbepro- trol. Formodels/marketswhererequired where required)andakeywithremotecon- (uponrequestformodels/markets al insert exposed totherays ofthesun. inside thekeys,they shouldneverbedirectly efficiency oftheelectronicdevices contained IMPORTANT – thefuelfillercaplock. – thepassenger’s Airbagdeactivation(up- – thedriver’s doorlock; – theignitionswitch; The fixedmetallicinsert The carisdeliveredwithakeymet- C C A A In ordertoensureperfect R R A-fig. 2 oper- 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina7 fig. 3 of having to carry outemergencystarting. of havingtocarry tronic CODEcardwithhim/herintheevent be keptinasafeplace,notthecar. up). emergency start codes (bothmechanicalandelectronicfor plicable) ( provided (forversions/marketswhereap- The drivershouldalwayskeeptheelec- The codenumbersontheCODEcardmust Together withthekeysCODEcardis CODE card. fig. 3 given allthekeysand the newownermustbe If thecarchangesowner, ), bearinginprintthekey A0A0003m fig. 4 KEY WITHREMOTECONTROL of themetallicinsert. on theelectronicalarm doors andturning off theelectronicalarm doors andturning in thekeygrip the keyisfittedwith( – button( – towhookring( – button( – button( – button( – a metal insert ( – ametalinsert For versions/marketswhereapplicable, D F B C ) forpower-assistedopening ) forremotebootopening ) forremoteopeningofthe ) forremoteclosingofthe A E ) thatcanbeenclosed ) fig. 4 : where applicable) switch (onrequestforversions/markets – thefuelfillercaplock. – thepassenger’s Airbagdeactivation – thedriver’s doorlock – theignitionswitch The metal insert ( The metalinsert A ) ofthekeyoperates: A0A0705m

7 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina8 8 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR care to prevent the metal insert metal the prevent to care from causing injury or damage or injury causing from when it comes out. Button (F) must (F) Button out. comes it when only be pressed when the key is key the when pressed be only away from the body, in particular in body, the from away the eyes, and from objects that coul that objects from and eyes, the be spoilt (e.g. clothes). Never leave Never clothes). (e.g. spoilt be the key unattended to prevent to unattended key the anyone, especially children, from children, especially anyone, holding it and pressing button (F) button pressing and it holding inadvertently. When button (F) is (F) button When pressed, take the utmost the take pressed, WARNING pressing button( pressing button( tem willautomaticallylockthem. onds neitheradoororthebootopen,sys- ( dicators willflashonce.Bypressingbutton transmission. ceiver. Thisrollingcodechangesateach the transmittersendscodetore- ( the doorsbyremotecontrol,pressbutton direction indicatorswillflashtwice.To close the button( lease thebutton( til itclicks.Onceclicksintoposition,re- un- itinthedirectionofarrow and turn press thebutton( B C To openthedoorsbyremotecontrol,press To inthekeygrip, themetallicinsert insert On cars fitted with electronic alarm system, On carsfittedwithelectronicalarm ), thedoorswilllockanddirectionin- ) thedoorsunlock,ifinnext60sec- B ), thedoorswillunlockand C ) turns the alarm onwhile the alarm ) turns F B F ). ) turns the alarm off, thealarm ) turns ) toreleasetheinsert OPENING THETAILGATE from outsidepressingbutton( “beeps” twice. markets) ception ofversionsforcertain tions arerestored,thesystem(withex- twice. markets)”beeps” tion ofversionsforcertain control sensor, thesystem(withexcep- es offvolumetricprotectionandthetailgate systemswitch- tailgate isopenedthealarm indicators. panied byasingleflashingofthedirection rection indicators;thebootclosingisaccom- is accompaniedbyadoubleflashingofthedi- ison.Thebootopening the electronicalarm The bootcanbeopenedbyremotecontrol Closing thetailgateagain,controlfunc- isfitted,whenthe If theelectronicalarm D ), alsowhen 001-057 Alfa 147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 11:58 Pagina 9

OPERATION If the code has not been recognised cor- The codes of any keys not rectly, the Alfa Romeo CODE warning light presented during the mem- Each time the ignition key is turned to the (Y) on the cluster turns on. orising procedure are STOP position the Alfa Romeo CODE system erased. The reason for this is to en- deactivates the functions of the engine elec- In this case, the key should be moved to sure that any lost or stolen keys tronic control unit. the STOP position and then back to MAR; cannot be used to start the engine. if the lock continues, possibly try again with Each time the car is started turning the ig- the other key provided with the car. If it is nition key to , the Alfa Romeo CODE MAR still not possible to start the car, follow the control unit sends a recognition code to the instructions given in the “In an emergency” engine control unit to deactivate the in- chapter and then contact Alfa Romeo Au- hibitor. The code is crypted and variable be- thorised Services. tween over four billion possible combina- tions, and it is sent only if the system con- IMPORTANT Every key has its own IMPORTANT Turning on of the Alfa trol unit has recognised the code transmit- code, which must be memorised by the sys- Romeo CODE warning light (Y) when trav- ted from the key which contains an elec- tem control unit. To memorise new keys, up elling with the ignition key at MAR: GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR tronic transmitter, through an aerial wound to a maximum of eight, apply solely to Al- 1) If the warning light turns on, this means around the ignition switch. fa Romeo Authorised Services taking with that the system is running a self-test (for ex- you all the keys in your possession, the ample for a voltage drop). At the first stop, CODE card, a personal identity document it will be possible to test the system: switch and the car’s ownership documents. off the engine turning the ignition key to STOP; then turn the ignition key to MAR: the warning light turns on and should go off in about one second. If the warning light stays on, repeat the procedure described pre- viously leaving the key at STOP for over 30 seconds. Should the inconvenience per- sists, contact Alfa Romeo Authorised Ser- vices.

9 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina10 10 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR GRAMMED play ofthemessage:“C lighttogetherwiththedis- of thewarning on tifunction displayisshownbytheturning condition forcarswithreconfigurablemul- tected bytheengineinhibitordevice.This lightmeansthatthecarisnotpro- warning multifunction display, theflashingof 2) Forversionswithoutthereconfigurable ing light( play, theAlfaRomeoCODEwarn- reconfigurable multifunctiondis- memorised. immediatelytohaveallthekeys Services gether withthemessage“C warning lightturnsonagainto- urable multifunctiondisplay, the ing, orforversionswithreconfig- have thekeycodesstored. to Alfa RomeoAuthorisedServices tempted theft.Inthiscase contact Romeo CODEsystemagainst at- car isnotprotectedby the Alfa has notbeenstored,thereforethe means thatthecodeofkeys ”. ContactAlfaRomeoAuthorised YTMNTPROGRAMMED NOT SYSTEM MAR, forversionswithout with theignitionkeyat If afterabout2seconds Y ) turnsonagainflash- D YTMNTPRO NOT SYSTEM ODE ”, this ODE - fig. 5 KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT children. peratures. Keepoutofreach sure tonakedflamesandhightem- current regulations.Avoid expo- in specialcontainersasspecifiedby normal outlets. normal other ofanequivalenttypeavailablefrom maybereplacedwith ried out,thebattery pressed, thecommandisrejectedornotcar- If whenthebutton( They mustbedisposedof ful fortheenvironment. Dead batteriesareharm- BC or D-fig. 4 ) is A0A0006m lock it, turning thedevice( lock it,turning the biasiscorrect; tery holder( tery the openingdevice( ( metal insert – insert theholderbackinkeyand – insert ( – replacethebattery – usingafinely-tippedscrewdriver, turn – pressbutton( To changethebattery: D B ); ) totheopenposition; A-fig. 5 C ) andpulloutthebat- E ) makingsurethat C ) andmovethe ). 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina11 DESCRIPTION ELECTRONIC ALARM when theignitionkeyisremoved. system whichisactivatedautomatically tion isguaranteedbytheAlfaRomeo CODE volumetric protection. ing. Italsomakesitpossibletocutoffthe kets whereapplicable)andcentraldoorlock- ing/sloping ofthecar(forversions/mar- rais- metric protection),anyabnormal (volu- ies inthepassengercompartment cable cutting,thepresenceofmovingbod- tion), operationoftheignitionkey, battery doors, bonnetandboot(perimetralprotec- controls:theunlawfulopeningof alarm andvariablecode.Theelectronic the crypted the remotecontrolinkeywhichsends onandoffby ment clusteranditisturned by thereceiverincorporatedininstru- iscontrolled ric sensors.Theelectronicalarm ceiver, controlunitwithsirenandvolumet- IMPORTANT The systemcomprises:atransmitter, re- The engineinhibitorfunc- fig. 6 KEYS WITHREMOTECONTROL REQUEST FORADDITIONAL documents. identity documentandthecar’s ownership taking withyoutheCODEcard,apersonal tact directlyAlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices, for anyreasonduringthelifeofcar, con- new keywithremotecontrolbenecessary with incorporatedremotecontrol.Shoulda The receivercanrecogniseupto5keys A0A0010m ACTIVATING THEALARM tem gives off a furter beep. tem givesoffafurter flashes. Ifananomalyisdetectedthesys- led ( terrent change inthefrequencyatwhichde- a self-diagnosisphasecharacterisedby locked. system soundsa“beep”andthedoorsare press andreleasethebutton( remote controlinthedirectionofcar, then sition (keyremoved),pointthekeywith the ignitionkeyin Engagement of the alarm isprecededby Engagement ofthealarm markets,the theexceptionofcertain With thedoors,bonnetandbootshut With A-fig. 7 STOP ) onthedashboard or C-fig. 6 PARK po- ). 11 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina12 12 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 7 of thedifferentcountries. isadaptedattheorigintorules alarm led flashesthroughoutthisperiod. mode.The dicates thesystemsurveillance terrent led( terrent Surveillance IMPORTANT After switchingon,theflashingofde- A-fig. 7 Operation oftheelectronic ) onthedashboardin- A0A0005m to contactAlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices. tem operatingfault.Itisthereforenecessary system self-diagnostichasdetectedasys- rectly andthecontrolsignalisrepeated, systemcontrol. the alarm is notshutproperlywillbeexcludedfrom pressing thebutton( “beep” issounded,switchoffthesystem and door, bonnet,bootcontrol Self-diagnostic functions ing thebutton( shut, thenswitchthesystemonagainpress- the doors,bonnetandtailgateareproperly If thedoors,bonnetandbootareshutcor- thedoor,Otherwise, bonnetortailgatethat If, after engaging the alarm, asecond If, afterengagingthealarm, C ). B-fig. 6 ), checkthat THE ALARM HOW TODEACTIVATE the following should be borne inmind: the followingshouldbeborne utes oruntiltheignitionkeyissetto the dashboardstayson(maximum2min- led( off thedeterrent turned cators markets): ception ofcertain system willreactasfollows(withtheex- fig. 6 IMPORTANT – doorunlocking. – twobrief“beeps”ofthesystem – twobriefflashesofthedirectionindi- To pressthebutton( deactivatethealarm ) ofthekeywithremotecontrol.The If whenthesystemis A-fig. 7 MAR ) on B- ) 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina13 9 flashes: 8 flashes: 7 flashes: 6 flashes: 5 flashes: 4 flashes: 3 flashes: 2 flashes: 1 flash: ble toidentifythetypeofattempt: Through thenumberofflashesitispossi- different attemptstobreakinhaveoccurred. thismeansthat thannormal, ferent intervals – iftheledcontinuesflashing,butatdif- alarm. at leastthreecausesof and siren connection linetosensors key cables bles orcuttingemergency ca- tampering withbattery cables tampering withcarstarting where applicable) ing (forversions/markets carlifting/slop- abnormal ultrasounds bonnet tailgate one ormoredoors IS TRIGGERED WHEN THEALARM tem resumes its normal controlfunction. tem resumes itsnormal envisaged. markets. dependingonthe ber ofcyclesmayvary onds). Thewaysofoperatingand thenum- ligths(forabout26sec- and hazardwarning causesoperation ofthesiren of thealarm sions/markets whereapplicable). MAR metric protection); for examplebreakageofwindows(volu- ing ofelectriccables; tailgate; into actioninthefollowingcases: Once the alarm cycle hasended, thesys- Once the alarm A maximumnumberofcyclesis however Depending onthemarkets,cuttingin carlifting/sloping(forver- – abnormal – attempt to start theengine(keyin – attempttostart inthepassengercompartment, – intrusion orsection- – disconnectionofthebattery – openingofonethedoors,bonnetor comes When thesystemison,alarm position); VOLUMETRIC PROTECTION tion keyat fromtheconditionwithigni- starting the followingoperationsinrapidsuccession: out ple, leavinganimalsinthecar)carrying roof (iffitted)mustbeproperlyshut. thesidewindowsandsun- works correctly to then immediatelybackto the ignitionkeyat deactivated, anelectriccontrolcontrolled by 30 seconds. and keeptheignitionkeyat that thefunctionhasbeencutoff. firm board lightsupforabout2secondstocon- key. dows) turn theignitionkeyto dows) turn stored. This wayvolumetric protectionisnotre- STOP erate thecontrolandmove keyto The functioncanbecutoff(if,forexam- To makesurethattheprotectionsystem If, withthevolumetricprotectionfunction To restorevolumetricprotection,movethe led( The deterrent STOP in amaximumtime of30seconds. again, thenremovetheignition MAR , movethekeyto MAR A-fig. 7 (e.g. powerwin- MAR MAR ) onthedash- MAR and then for over STOP , op- , 13 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina14 14 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR MINISTERIAL CERTIFICATION THE ALARMSYSTEM HOW TOCUTOFF and/or onthereceiver. code mayalsobegivenonthetransmitter ponent. numberisgivenonthecom- the certification which thetransmitterneedstobemarked, we wishtopointoutthatforthemarketsin country, onthesubjectofradiofrequency, key inthelock. the of thecar)simplylockcarturning ly (forinstanceduringprolongedinactivity Depending ontheversions/markets, In accordancewiththelawinforceeach To systemcomplete- deactivatethealarm fig. 8 SWITCH IGNITION DEVICE sitions: powered. is deactivatedandallelectricaldevicesare lights). warning from thosesupplieddirectly(e.g.hazard excludedapart ing lockengaged,services removed, engineinhibitorengaged,steer- engine. this positionwhentheengineisstopped. – tooneoffourpo- The keycanbeturned IMPORTANT – – STOP AVV MAR : unstable position for starting the : unstablepositionforstarting : driveposition.Theenginelock : engineswitchedoff,keycanbe ( fig. 8 Do notleavethekeyin ) A0A0016m move thekeybackto which preventspassageto engine isrunning. must bepressedfirst. PARK tomatically. ing lockengaged,sidelightsswitchedonau- be removed,enginelockengaged,steer- IMPORTANT The ignitionswitchhasasafetydevice – IMPORTANT PARK position, button( : engineswitchedoff,keycan If theenginefailstostart To thekeyto turn STOP A AVV ) ontheswitch and repeat. when the 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina15 before travellingagain. Alfa RomeoAuthorizedServices break-in) haveitcheckedoverby the ignition to prevent any pas- any prevent to ignition the senger in the car from inadver- from car the in senger tently activating the controls. Nev- controls. the activating tently er leave children unattended in the in unattended children leave er car. Remember to engage the hand- the engage to Remember car. brake and if the car is facing uphill, facing is car the if and brake first gear and if the car is facing is car the if and gear first downhill, reverse. downhill, ple duringanattempted tampered with(forexam- When leaving the car, al- car, the leaving When If theignitiondeviceis ways remove the key from key the remove ways WARNING The steering wheel would lock au- lock would wheel steering The tomatically the first time the steer- the time first the tomatically ing wheel is turned. This also oc- also This turned. is wheel ing curs if the car is towed. is car the if curs gently rockthesteeringwheel. Disengaging: slightly tofacilitatethelockingaction. thesteeringwheel remove thekeyandturn Engaging: STEERING LOCK – movethekeyto – turn thekeyto – turn ations on the car which would tam- would which car the on ations per with the steering wheel or col- or wheel steering the with per Never remove the key the remove Never umn (for example the installation of installation the example (for umn with the car on the move. the on car the with the antitheft system) and might and system) antitheft the cause not only the system and war- and system the only not cause ranty decay, but also serious safe- serious also but decay, ranty ty problems and alter the car type- car the alter and problems ty approval compliance. approval It is absolutely forbidden to forbidden absolutely is It carry out aftermarket oper- aftermarket out carry STOP MAR WARNING WARNING or PARK position and , then fig. 9 clockwise. the handle( clockwise andthenremovethekeypull Front doorondriver’s side OUTSIDE OPENING/CLOSING FROM DOORS – To thekeycounter- closethedoorturn – To openthedriver’s thekey doorturn be done safely. done be A-fig. 9 Before opening a door, al- door, a opening Before ways make sure that it can it that sure make ways ). WARNING A0A0017m 15 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa 147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 11:58 Pagina 16

Front door on passenger’s side OPENING/CLOSING FROM – To close the door, pull the flap. To pre- vent the door from being opened from out- – To open the door, deactivate the cen- INSIDE side press the button (A-fig. 12) on the tralized locking and pull the handle. Front doors dashboard, the deterrent led (B) on the but- – To close the door, push the flap. ton will turn on with a yellow light to con- – To open the door, pull the handle firm locking. ( ). Rear doors (5-door versions) A-fig. 11 – To open the door, deactivate the cen- Rear doors (5-door versions) tralized locking and pull the handle (A-fig. 10). – To close the door, push the flap. A0A0324m The rear doors can only be opened if the child safe- ty lock has been released. GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR

– To open the door pull the handle (A- fig. 13). – To close the door pull the flap.

fig. 11 A0A1001m A0A1002m A0A0324m

16 fig. 10 fig. 12 fig. 13 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina17 CENTRAL LOCKING sible toworkthelockbyhand. disconnected,etc.)it isstillpos- fuse, battery ing ofallthedoors. one ofthefrontdoorscausesunlock- gaged, pullingtheinsideleverforopening nied. lockingisde- shut,otherwise be perfectly locks. In theeventofapowercutoff(blown IMPORTANT To engagecentrallocking,thedoorsmust This allowscentrallockingofthedoor With centrallockingen- With fig. 14 ( CHILD SAFETYLOCK 5-door versions being openedfrominside. device ( doors open: the dooronwhichitisinstalled. locked); be openedfrominside). The reardoorsareequippedwithaspecial IMPORTANT position 1 The devicecanonlybeengagedwiththe position 2 fig. 14 – devicereleased(doorcan – deviceengaged(door ) whichpreventsthedoor Each deviceonlyactson ) A0A0325m check that it is working correcttly working is it that check by pulling on the inner lever used lever inner the on pulling by to open the door. the open to After activating the safety the activating After device this use Always device on both rear doors, rear both on device children. carrying when WARNING WARNING 17 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa 147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 11:58 Pagina 18

FRONT SEATS The car upholstery can re- LENGTHWISE ADJUSTMENT sist wear resulting from (fig. 15) the normal use of the car. However, it is necessary to avoid Raise the lever (A) and push the seat WARNING excessive and/or prolonged fric- backwards or forwards; in the driving posi- Any adjustments are to be tion with clothing accessories such tion the arms should be slightly flexed and carried out only with the as metal buckles, studs, velcro and the hands should rest on the rim of the steer- car stationary. similar material, as this friction, ing wheel. acting locally and with a high pres- sure over the knitted fabric, may WARNING cause some threads to break and A0A0020m thus damage the seat cover/lining. After releasing the adjust- ment lever, always check that the seat is locked on the run-

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR ners, trying to move it to and fro. The lack of this clamping action could cause the seat to move un- expectedly and cause loss of car control.

18 fig. 15 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina19 ADJUSTMENT BACK RESTANGLE ( ADJUSTING THEHEIGHT ried outonlyseatedinthedriver’s seat. height. and down)untilreachingtherequired ( lease it.To lowertheseat,pushlever until reachingtherequiredheight,thenre- wards, thenworkthelever(upanddown) fig. 15 B IMPORTANT To raisetheseat,pulllever( applicable versions/markets where ) downwards,thenworkthelever(up until thedesiredpositionisreached. This can be done by turning theknob( This canbedonebyturning ) ) ( upon requestfor Adjustment mustbecar- ( fig. 15 ) B ) up- C ) BACK RESTTILTING ADJUSTMENT DRIVER’S SEAT LUMBAR sition. ( D Adjustment is done by turning theknob Adjustment isdonebyturning band” on the upper part ofthe handle( band” ontheupperpart clamped,checkingthatthe“red is correctly the travellingcondition,makesurethatit its previousposition. makes itpossibletotaketheseatback forwards. is freetorun handle ( the runners, trying to moveittoandfro. trying the runners, cates thattheseatbackisnotclamped. is concealed.Infact,this“redband”indi- ) until reaching the most comfortable po- ) untilreachingthemostcomfortable Once the seat back has been returned to Once theseatbackhasbeenreturned mechanismwithmemory A recovery To gainaccesstotherearseats,pull Also check that the seat is firmly lockedon Also checkthattheseatisfirmly E ), thebackrestfoldsandseat ( fig. 15 ) ( fig. 15 ) E ) fig. 16 ( CENTRAL ARMREST where applicable pressing thedevice( touseit,raisethecover,compartment, press thereleasedevice( lowered. upon requestforversions/markets Inside the armrest thereisanoddments Inside thearmrest To then adjust,slightlyraisethearmrest, canbeadjusted,raisedand The armrest ) B ). A ). ( fig. 16 ) A0A0023m 19 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina20 20 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 17 SEAT WARMING of theled( on theoutersideofseat. onandoffthroughtheswitch( is turned Switching onisshownbythelightingup versions, fittedoncertain Seat warming, B ) ontheswitchitself. ( fig. 17 ) A ) A0A0024m fig. 18 rests areadjustableinheight. ( HEADREST ADJUSTMENT justed. the illustrationisonlytoshowhowitad- the versionsandmarkets.Thepurposeof dependingon headrest cushionmayvary place. the headrestupordownuntilitclicksinto fig. 18 To adjust,pressthebutton( To increasepassengers’safety, thehead- IMPORTANT ) The configurationofthe A ) andmove A0A0025m fig. 19 REAR POCKET applicable a pocketintherearofseatback. for versions/marketswhere The frontpassenger’s seatisprovidedwith so that they are supporting the back the supporting are they that so of the head and not the neck. They neck. the not and head the of ( will only be able to provide effective provide to able be only will protection in the event of a collision a of event the in protection if they are in this position. this in are they if ) Remember that the head re- head the that Remember straints must be positioned be must straints WARNING ( fig. 19 ) A0A0026m 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina21 fig. 20 REAR SEATS thus damagetheseatcover/lining. cause somethreadstobreakand sure overtheknittedfabric,may acting locallyandwithahighpres- similar material,asthisfriction, as metalbuckles,studs,velcroand tion withclothingaccessoriessuch excessive and/orprolongedfric- However, toavoid itisnecessary the normaluseofcar. sist wearresultingfrom The car upholstery canre- The carupholstery A0A1004m LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT EXTENDING THE passengers. of loaddependingonthenumberrear therebyofferingdifferentpossibilities parts, partially, actingseparatelyononeofthetwo totallyor extend theluggagecompartment The splitofrearseatmakesitpossibleto travelling at night, it is wise to wise is it night, at travelling check the height of the high beams high the of height the check (see “Headlamps” paragraph). “Headlamps” (see If a particularly heavy load heavy particularly a If is placed in the boot, when boot, the in placed is WARNING tended (see iscompletely ex- the luggagecompartment the tiltedcushionsofrearseatswhen illustated in ways: intwo has beenremoved,itcanbearranged shelf pullingitoutwards. thenremovethe tained inthesidesupports, side oftheshelffromtheirhousings( the eyelets( 20 Removing therearparcelshelf – acrossbetweenthefrontseatbacksand – releasethepins( – across in the luggage compartment as – acrossintheluggagecompartment Once theshelfbeneathrearwindow – freetheendsoftworods( Proceed asfollows: ) supporting theparcelshelf( ) supporting fig. 22 C fig. 26 ) offthepins( A-fig. 21 ; ). fig. 21 D ); ) attheout- B ) pulling A-fig. B ) ob- A0A0028m 21 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina22 22 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 23 fig. 22 ions, thentiltthemforwards; 23 Total extension – pullthehandlesincentreofcush- – fitthebucklesofseatbelts( Proceed asfollows: ) intheirhousings( B ) onthecushion; A-fig. A0A1003m A0A0029m fig. 24 height andthenpressboththebuttons( ing them correctly withouttwisting; ing themcorrectly the headrestsupwardsandremovethem; fig. 24 tain a single loading surface ( tain asingleloadingsurface toob- the backrestsandtiltthemforwards – raisetheheadreststomaximum – raisethelevers( – movetheseatbeltstosideextend- ) on the two supports side,thenpull ) onthetwosupports A-fig. 25 i.26 fig. ) retaining ). A- A0A1005m the backrestandtilt. withouttwisting; it correctly upwards andremovethem; side,thenpulltheheadrest the twosupports on height andthenpressboththebuttons ing theactualcushion; dle atthecentreofcushion,thentilt- Partial extension – raisethelever( – movetheseatbelttosideextending – raisetheheadresttomaximum – tiltthecushionrequiredpullinghan- extension,proceedasfollows: For partial fig. 25 A-fig. 25 retaining ) A0A1065m 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina23 fig. 26 sition keepingthecentralseatbeltraised; rectly; ible itmeansthattheseatisnotlockedcor- longer visible.Ifthis“redband”isstillvis- ( rectly bymakingsurethatthe“redband” tion, thencheckthattheyarelockedcor- wards untilyouhearthemclickintoposi- withouttwisting; tending themcorrectly position To restoretheseatnormal B-fig. 25 – refittheheadrestsintheirhousings. – putthecushionsbackintohorizontalpo- – raisethebackrestsandpushthemback- – movetheseatbeltstoonesideex- Proceed asfollows: onthelevertopsideisno ) A0A0032m fig. 27 “Extension ofluggagecompartment”). headrests operatingasdescribedabove(see height. (high/low) accordingtothepassenger’s and centralseats. ( HEADREST ADJUSTMENT fig. 27 If needed,itispossibletoremovethe The headrestscanbesetin2positions The carisfittedwithheadrestsfortheside ) A0A1006m fig. 28 CENTRAL ARMREST so that they are supporting the back the supporting are they that so of the head and not the neck. They neck. the not and head the of will only be able to provide effective provide to able be only will protection in the event of a collision a of event the in protection if they are in this position. this in are they if certain versions, loweritasillustrated. certain To ( usethearmrest Remember that the head re- head the that Remember straints must be positioned be must straints WARNING A ), presentonlyon ( fig. 28 ) A0A0036m 23 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina24 24 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 30 fig. 29 NET LUGGAGE RETAINING ing solutionsintheluggagecompartment. 30, 31 light materials.Thefollowing of tioning oftheloadand/ortransport posi- retaining netisusefulforthecorrect Fitted onlyonsomeversions,theluggage illustrate thedifferentnetfasten- figures 29, A0A0326m A0A0327m fig. 31 ADJUSTMENTS STEERING WHEEL position inrakeandheight. lever fullyforwards. most suitableposition,lockitpushingthe pulling ittowardsthesteeringwheel. To dothis,releasethelever( The drivercanadjustthesteeringwheel After movingthesteeringwheelto A-fig. 32 ) A0A0328m fig. 32 the car stationary. car the ations on the car which would tam- would which car the on ations per with the steering wheel or col- or wheel steering the with per umn (for example the installation of installation the example (for umn the antitheft system) and might and system) antitheft the cause not only the system and war- and system the only not cause ranty decay, but also serious safe- serious also but decay, ranty ty problems and alter the car type- car the alter and problems ty approval compliance. approval It is absolutely forbidden to forbidden absolutely is It position wheel steering The carry out aftermarket oper- aftermarket out carry with adjusted be only must WARNING WARNING A0A1049m 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina25 fig. 33 INNER ADJUSTMENT REAR-VIEW MIRROR ( violent crash,canbemovedusingthelever causes ittobereleasedintheeventofa day/night use. automatically setinthepositionfor mal orantiglare. A-fig. 33 The mirror, fittedwithasafetydevicethat On some versions/markets the mirror is On someversions/marketsthemirror ) totwodifferentpositions,nor- A0A0039m fig. 34 diate lockingposition. ly withtheignitionkeyat viously; selectedpre- four directions,movethemirror required (rightorleft); Electric adjustment OUTER IMPORTANT – positiontheswitch( – pressingthebutton( – usetheswitch( Adjustment ispossibleon- A ) toselectthemirror A ( fig. 34 B ) intheinterme- MAR ) inoneofthe . ) A0A0040m fig. 35 ( wards thecarfromposition( canbefoldedinto- spaces) thedoormirror causesdifficultyinnarrow of themirror Folding B – If necessary (forexamplewhenthesize – Ifnecessary ). alter the perception of distance. of perception the alter (A). position ( fig. 35 As the driver’s door mirror door driver’s the As door the travelling When is curved, it may slightly may it curved, is in be always must mirrors ) WARNING WARNING A ) toposition A0A0041m 25 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina26 26 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 36 utes. automatically switchedoffafterafewmin- rors. thereby defrostingand/ordemistingthemir- rearscreen heatingpressingthebutton( ing coilswhichcomeintooperationwith Defrosting/demisting IMPORTANT arefittedwithheat- The electricmirrors The functionistimedand ( fig. 36 A0A0042m ) A ) to raiseit. with theignitionkeyat tons thatcontrolthefollowingwindows, Driver’ side 3-DOOR VERSIONS POWER WINDOWS doors. diately deactivateatopeningofonethe be openedforabout3minutesandimme- STOP A Press thebuttontolowerwindow. Pull B The driver’s doorpanelcontainsthebut- IMPORTANT - rightfrontwindow. - leftfrontwindow or removed,thepowerwindowscan ( fig. 37 With theignitionkeyat With MAR ) : again. ofthebutton ther theupperorlowerpart stops intherequiredpositionbypressingei- and continueautomatically:thewindow ofthebuttonwillcauseittomove lower part the window. Abriefpressontheupperor eration” deviceforbothloweringandraising is fittedwiththe“continuousautomaticop- IMPORTANT fig. 37 The driver’s powerwindow A0A0043m 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina27 fig. 38 tomatic operation”onlyforloweringit. is fittedwithadevicefor“continuousau- side window. Passenger’s side lowered. IMPORTANT The button( is completelyraisedor pressed whenthewindow Do notkeepthebutton A ) controlsthepassenger’s The passenger’s window ( fig. 38 ) A0A0044m are atthatmoment. switch, theywillstopintheposition they button beforethewindowsreach thelimit have reachedthefulltravel;releasing the control buttonpresseduntilthewindows tokeeptheremote open. Itisnecessary about 2secondswillcausethewindowsto button ontheremotecontrolpressedfor unlocking thedoors,keepingrelevant IMPORTANT ous. Before and during operation during and Before ous. of them always make sure that the that sure make always them of passengers are not exposed to the to exposed not are passengers risk of harm caused either directly either caused harm of risk by the windows in motion or by or motion in windows the by personal objects drawn or knocked or drawn objects personal by them. When leaving the car al- car the leaving When them. by ways remove the ignition key to key ignition the remove ways prevent passengers (especially chil- (especially passengers prevent dren) from being injured by the by injured being from dren) power windows inadvertently op- inadvertently windows power erated. Incorrect use of the power the of use Incorrect windows can be danger- be can windows On someversionsafter WARNING again. ofthebutton ther theupperorlowerpart stops intherequiredpositionbypressingei- and continueautomatically:thewindow ofthebuttonwillcause ittomove lower part the window. Abrief pressontheupperor eration” deviceforbothloweringandraising is fittedwiththe“continuousautomaticop- to raiseit. MAR buttons which,withtheignitionkeyat ( Front doorondriver’s side 5-DOOR VERSIONS fig. 39 IMPORTANT Press thebuttontolowerwindow. Pull B A The driver’s doorpanelplatecontainsthe – rightfront/rearwindow. – leftfront/rearwindow , operatethefollowingwindows: ) The driver’s powerwindow 27 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina28 28 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 39 tomatic operation”onlyforloweringit. is fittedwithadevicefor“continuousau- ( tons). is on,pressagaintorenabletherearbut- (with theinhibitoractivatedbuttonled ( and (onsomeversions)reardoors the ledoff,theyoperatefrontwindows). ( switch (withthebuttonledon,buttons A fig. 38 A IMPORTANT On eachdoorpanelplatethereisabutton D C Fitted onlyonsomeversions: Front dooronpassenger’s side ) and( ) whichcontrolstherelatedwindow. – reardoorwindowcontrolinhibitor – ( REAR ) B ) operatetherearwindows,with ) front/rearwindowcontrol The passenger’s window A0A1007m fig. 40 USING THESEAT BELTS SEAT BELTS ( straight andrestedagainsttheseatback. is rewinding,topreventitfromtwisting. Guide theseatbeltwithyourhandwhileit jerking. stretch,thenpullitoutagainwithout short ing thelockingclick. A-fig. 40 Fasten the belt by inserting thetab Fasten thebeltbyinserting keepingthechest The beltshouldbeworn To unfastentheseatbelts, pressbutton( At removal,ifitjams,letrewindfora ) intotheclip( B ), untilhear- C ). A0A0045m fig. 41 kets onwhichitisrequired. installed onrequestonlyforversions/mar- fig. 41 nering athighspeed. car brakessharply, inacollisionorwhencor- bing comingoutwhenitisjerkedorifthe mal. Thereelmechanismpreventsthewee- the reelmechanismmayblock;thisisnor- ing it,allowingfreedomofmovement. adapts tothebodyofpassengerwear- IMPORTANT as shownin Rear seatbeltsshallbeworn When thecarisparkedonasteepslope Through thereel,beltautomatically . when travelling. Never pressbutton(C) The centrerearseatbeltis WARNING A0A1008m 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina29 disappearance of the “red band” “red the of disappearance shown as fastened be should belts (B-fig. 42) on the backrest tilting backrest the on 42) (B-fig. 41. fig. in levers (A). If the “red band” is still is band” “red the If (A). levers visible it means that the backrest the that means it visible is not correctly locked. When locked. correctly not is restoring its normal using position using normal its restoring make sure you hear the backrest the hear you sure make click into position. into click The correct locking of the of locking correct The of level highest the offer To backrest is ensured by the by ensured is backrest seat rear the protection, WARNING WARNING fig. 42 ter tilting, make sure the seat belts seat the sure make tilting, ter are positioned correctly for use . use for correctly positioned are After putting the backrest the putting After into its normal position af- position normal its into WARNING A0A1074m belt clipsneatly. and cushionshouldbeusedtostowtheseat appropriate spacesbetweenthebackrest When therearseatsarenotoccupied gers occupying the rear seats who seats rear the occupying gers side (“red bands” (B-fig. 42) not 42) (B-fig. bands” (“red side are not wearing a seat belt not on- not belt seat a wearing not are visible) to prevent the backrest the prevent to visible) ly subject themselves to great per- great to themselves subject ly from tilting and injuring passengers. injuring and tilting from sonal risk, but constitute a danger a constitute but risk, sonal to the occupants of the front seats. front the of occupants the to Remember that in the event the in that Remember Check that the backrest is backrest the that Check of an accident, any passen- any accident, an of correctly locked on both on locked correctly WARNING WARNING 29 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina30 30 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 43 where applicable ( ADJUSTMENT FRONT SEAT BELT HEIGHT tip oftheshoulderandneck. the beltpassesabouthalfwaybetween intheeventofanaccident. the riskofinjury ficiency oftheseatbeltwhichgreatlyreduces caution makesitpossibletoimprovetheef- of thepersonwearingseatbelt.Thispre- should alwaysbeadjustedtosuittheheight upon requestforversions/markets The correct adjustmentisobtainedwhen The correct The heightoftheseatbeltattachment ) A0A0419m 43) is anchored in one of the po- the of one in anchored is 43) sitions provided. To do this, with this, do To provided. sitions the grip (A-fig. 43) released, ex- released, 43) (A-fig. grip the ert a further pressure to allow the allow to pressure further a ert anchor device to catch if release did release if catch to device anchor not take place at one of the pre- the of one at place take not set positions. set After adjustment, always adjustment, After check that the slider (B-fig. slider the that check at thesametimemovingring( the grip( the beltstobeadjusted. can bemovedtoseveralpositionsallowing most appropriateoftheallowedpositions. To adjusttheattachment,raiseorlower The ringattachedtothefrontseatbelts A-fig. 43 WARNING ) ofthelockingdevice, B ) tothe LOAD LIMITERS restraining action. force actingontheshpulderduringbelt controlled saginsuchawayastodosethe belt reelscontainaloadlimiterwhichallows To increasepassivesafety, thefrontseat with the car stationary. car the with The height of the seat belts seat the of height The shall always be adjusted be always shall WARNING 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina31 PRE-TENSIONING DEVICES presents nofirehazard. duced. Thissmokeisinnowaytoxicand heres snuglytowearer’s chestandhips. maximum protectionwhentheseatbeltad- it manually. not bedrawnbackupevenwhenguiding theseatbeltcan- tensioner hasintervened; the restrainingactionbegins. the seatbeltadherestowearerbefore centimetres. Inthiswaytheyensurethat a sensorandrewindtheseatbeltsfew being subjecttoaviolentimpactbywayof vices. Thesedevices“feel”thatthecaris belts, thecarisfittedwithpre-tensioningde- A smallamountofsmokemaybepro- IMPORTANT The seatbeltlockstoindicatethatthepre- To increasetheefficiencyoffrontseat The pretensionerwillgive replaced. been affectedbywaterandmud,itmustbe (floods, highwaves,etc.),thedevicehas ness. If,duetounusualnaturalevents features willnullifytheretractor’s effective- lubrication. Anymodificationtoitsoriginal The pretensionerneedsnomaintenanceor they have been triggered contact triggered been have they Alfa Romeo Authorised Services to Services Authorised Romeo Alfa have them replaced. The validity of validity The replaced. them have the device is shown on the plate the on shown is device the fitted on the front left door near door left front the on fitted the lock; the pretensioners should pretensioners the lock; the be changed at an Alfa Romeo Au- Romeo Alfa an at changed be thorised Service as this date ap- date this as Service thorised proaches. Pre-tensioning devices can devices Pre-tensioning only be used once. After once. used be only WARNING fa RomeoAuthorisedServices. ever, youneedassistance,gotoAl- fect onthepretensioner. If,how- pavements etc.donothaveanyef- dental joltingcausedbymounting from roughroadsurfacesoracci- or triggeroffthedevice.Vibrations of thepretensionersmaydamage a maximumof6hours)inthearea heating (above100°Cfor banging, vibrationsor Operations involving components. All interventions must interventions All components. be carried out by qualified and au- and qualified by out carried be thorised personnel. Always contact Always personnel. thorised Alfa Romeo Authorised Services. Authorised Romeo Alfa Never disassemble or tam- or disassemble Never per with the pretensioner the with per WARNING 31 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina32 32 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR BELTS FOR THEUSEOFSEAT GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS ing off. wearing ofseatbelts. respect thelocaltrafficlawsregarding Always fastentheseatbeltsbeforestart- All theoccupantsofcarareobligedto recommended to keep the seat the keep to recommended backrest in the straightest position straightest the in backrest possible, and the belt adhering well adhering belt the and possible, to the chest and pelvis. and chest the to Seat belts should always be worn be always should belts Seat in both the front and rear positions! rear and front the both in Travelling without seat belt in- belt seat without Travelling creases the risk of serious injury or injury serious of risk the creases death in the case of accident. of case the in death To ensure the highest de- highest the ensure To gree of protection, you are you protection, of gree WARNING fig. 44 tightly to the body. The upper part upper The body. the to tightly must pass over the shoulder and shoulder the over pass must diagonally across the chest. The chest. the across diagonally lower part must rest across the across rest must part lower pelvis (fig. 44) and not across the across not and 44) (fig. pelvis stomach. Do not use devices (clips, devices use not Do stomach. stoppers, etc.) which keep the belts the keep which etc.) stoppers, away from the body. the from away The seat belt must not be not must belt seat The twisted and should cling should and twisted WARNING A0A0050m the seat belts and pretensioner be pretensioner and belts seat the ample during an accident, it must it accident, an during ample tampered with or removed. Any removed. or with tampered be completely replaced together replaced completely be operation should be carried out by out carried be should operation with the attachments and their and attachments the with qualified and authorised personnel. authorised and qualified screws, and the pretensioning de- pretensioning the and screws, Always contact an Alfa Romeo Au- Romeo Alfa an contact Always vices, even if visible defects are not are defects visible if even vices, thorised Service. thorised detected as the belt may have lost have may belt the as detected its resilience. its Under no circumstances no Under If the seat belt has been has belt seat the If should the components of components the should subjected to shock, for ex- for shock, to subjected WARNING WARNING 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina33 fig. 45 do not carry children on your knee your on children carry not do using a single seat belt for both for belt seat single a using (fig. 45). Do not fasten other ob- other fasten not Do 45). (fig. jects to the body. the to jects Each seat belt must be must belt seat Each worn by one person only; person one by worn WARNING A0A0051m fig. 46 46 so thatitpassesundertheabdomen( lowdown ofthebeltvery the lowerpart belt. childiftheyarewearingaseat the unborn of accidentisgreatlyreducedforthemand inthecase ing mothers:theriskofinjury Pregnant womenmustofcourseposition byexpect- Seat beltsarealsotobeworn ). fig. A0A0052m CONDITIONS ALWAYS INEFFICIENT THE SEAT BELTS HOW TOKEEP icant wearorcutsigns. if waterdoesnotgetinside. rect operationofthemisonlyguaranteed might weakenthefibres. or dyesanyotherchemicalsubstancethat shade. Neverusestrongdetergents,bleach inthe natural soap,rinseandleavetodry belts ifpretensionershavebeenactivated. appear damaged.Alwaysreplacetheseat atthattime,evenifitdoesnot being worn withoutimpediments. is freetorun taut andnevertwisted;makesurethatit – Replacetheseatbeltifitshows signif- – Preventthereelsfromgettingwet:cor- – To cleanthebelts,washbyhandwith – Afteraseriousaccident,replacethebelt – Alwaysusethebeltswithtapewell 33 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina34 34 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 47 CARRYING CHILDRENSAFELY ger’s seat of cars equipped with equipped cars of seat ger’s passenger’s air bag since the air the since bag air passenger’s bag activation could cause serious cause could activation bag injuries, event mortal. You are ad- are You mortal. event injuries, vised to cary children always on always children cary to vised the rear seat, as this is the most the is this as seat, rear the protected position in the case of a of case the in position protected crash. Never place cradle child’s cradle place Never seats on the front passen- front the on seats WARNING F paragraph “Front passenger’s air passenger’s “Front paragraph bag”). In addition, the front passen- front the addition, In bag”). ger’s seat shall be adjusted in the in adjusted be shall seat ger’s most backward position to prevent to position backward most any contact between the child’s seat child’s the between contact any and the dashboard. the and ry a child on the front passenger’s front the on child a ry seat with the cradle child’s seat fac- seat child’s cradle the with seat on the instrument panel (see panel instrument the on ing opposite the travelling direction, travelling the opposite ing the passenger’s air bag must be de- be must bag air passenger’s the activated through the key switch and switch key the through activated its deactivation must be checked be must deactivation its through the related warning light warning related the through SERIOUS DANGER! If DANGER! SERIOUS it is necessary to car- to necessary is it WARNING needed thanadultseatbelts. the eventofacrash,differentsystemsare in fore, inordertorestrainthemcorrectly ture arenotcompletelydeveloped.There- of thebody, whilemusclesandbonestruc- largerandheavierthantherest portionately of theEuropeanUnion. country to directive2003/20/EC,inevery and securedbysuitablerestraintsystems. of acrash,alloccupantsmusttravelseated Compared withadults,achild’s headispro- This prescriptionismandatory, according forchildren. This isevenmoreimportant For thebestlevelofprotectioninevent A0A0388m 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina35 ed forAlfa Romeo cars. been designed andspecifically experiment- recommended choicebecause theyhave seats foreachweight group,whicharethe sidered asadultsandwearbelts normally. view ofrestraintsystems,children arecon- absolutely notberemoved. brand, onasolidlyfixedlabelwhichmust mologation data,togetherwiththecontrol one weightgroup( sible tofinddevicesthatcovermorethan overlap andinfact,commerceitispos- straint systemsintofivegroups: to makingthemcompulsory, subdividesre- pean StandardECE-R44,whichinaddition tection forachildaresummarisedinEuro- The Lineaccessori AlfaRomeoincludes Over 1.50minheight,fromthe pointof All therestraintdevicesmustbearho- in 22-36kg As itmaybenoted,thegroupspartially in 15-25kg Group 3 9-18 Group 2 Group 1 - - Group 0+ Group 0 The resultsofresearchonthebestpro- fig. 47 until 13kginweight until 10kginweight ginweight kg ). weight weight fig. 48 RU n 0+ GROUP 0and ed onit. restrain thechildwithbeltsincorporat- belts, asillustrated,anditshouldinturn celeration. strain ontheneckineventofsharpde- thehead,doesnotinduce which supprting ing behind( The cradleisrestrainedbythecarsafety Babies up to 13 kg must be carried fac- Babies upto13kgmustbecarried ble the seat according to the com- the to according seat the ble pulsory instructions provided with provided instructions pulsory it. The illustration is indicative is illustration The fig. 48 only for assembly. Assem- assembly. for only ) onacradleseat, WARNING A0A0389m fig. 49 GROUP 1 seats fittedwithfrontcushion( with facingforwards dren maybecarried both childandseat. through whichthecarseatbeltsrestrains Starting from9to18kginweight,chil- Starting ble the seat according to the com- the to according seat the ble pulsory instructions provided with provided instructions pulsory it. The illustration is indicative is illustration The only for assembly. Assem- assembly. for only WARNING fig. 49 ), A0A0390m 35 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina36 36 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR groups 0 and 1 with a rear con- rear a with 1 and 0 groups nection to the car belts and its own its and belts car the to nection belts to restrain the child. Because child. the restrain to belts of their mass, they can be danger- be can they mass, their of ous if installed incorrectly fastened incorrectly installed if ous to the car belts with a cushion. a with belts car the to Strictly adhere to the assembly in- assembly the to adhere Strictly structions provided. structions Seats exist which are suit- are which exist Seats able for covering weight covering for able WARNING fig. 50 GROUP 2 50 child’s pelvisandnottotheabdomen( adherestothe and thatthehorizontalpart adheres tothechestandneverneck lation tothebelts,sothatdiagonalpart inre- tion ofpositioningthechildcorrectly seat belts.Childseatsonlyhavethefunc- dren mayberestraineddirectlybythecar Starting from15to25kginweight,chil- Starting ). ble the seat according to the com- the to according seat the ble pulsory instructions provided with provided instructions pulsory it. The illustration is indicative is illustration The only for assembly. Assem- assembly. for only WARNING fig. A0A0391m fig. 51 GROUP 3 seat beltslikeadults. tioning ontherearseat. er backrestanymore. chest isthickenoughnottoneedthespac- Over 1.50minheight,childrenmaywear For childrenfrom22upto36kgthechild’s Fig. 51 ble the seat according to the com- the to according seat the ble pulsory instructions provided with provided instructions pulsory it. shows properchild’s seatposi- The illustration is indicative is illustration The only for assembly. Assem- assembly. for only WARNING A0A0392m 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina37 ru ag fwih SEAT Group 3 Group 2 Rangeofweight Group 1 Group 0,0+ Group PASSENGER’S SEAT COMPLIANCEWITHREGULATIONS ONCHILD’SSEAT USE L U Key: Rear seatfor3and5-doorversions table: Vehicle complieswiththenewECDirective2000/3regulatingchild’s seatassemblingonthedifferentcarseatsaccordingtoth = suitable for certain child’s= suitableforcertain restraintsystemsatLineaccessoriAlfaRomeo forthespecifiedgroup = suitableforchild’s restraintsystemsof the“Universal”category, accordingtoEuropean StandardECE-R44forthespecified up to13kg 22 -36kg 15 -25kg 9 -18kg rn asne erpsegrRear passenger Rearpassenger Front passenger L L L L iecentre(inertial side “Groups” U U U U e following seat beltwiththreeanchorpoints) U U U U 37 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina38 38 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR ing light where applicable) ed (uponrequestforversions/markets crash; it isthemostprotectedineventofa stalling achild’s seatisontherearseat,as children: rying whencar- ty rulestobeobserved 2) 1) ofthesafe- Below isasummary the belts. positions orrelease child tostayinabnormal rest onthechild’s neck. same time. child only:neverusefortwochildren atthe belts arebuckled. foruse. instructions booklet. Donotuseusedseatswithoutthe car togetherwiththedocumentsandthis plier isobligedtoattach.Keeptheminthe vided withthechild’s seat,whichthesup- that ithasactuallybeendeactivated. If thepassenger’s Airbagisdeactivat- 7) 6) 5) 4) 3) The recommendedpositionforin- Always makesurethatthebeltsdo not All restraintsystemsarestrictlyforone Always pullthetapetocheckthat During thejourney, do notallowthe Carefully follow the instructions pro- Carefully followtheinstructions F on theclustertomakesure always check thewarn- child’s seatwithanewone. can keepholdoftheminacrash. even smallbabies.No-one,howeverstrong, 9) 8) Do not carry children in your arms, not childreninyourarms, Do notcarry In thecaseofaccidents,replace never travel on the front seat. The seat. front the on travel never activation of the air bag in the in bag air the of activation event of a crash may cause mor- cause may crash a of event tal injuries to the child regardless child the to injuries tal of the crash severity. Therefore severity. crash the of you are recommended to carry chil- carry to recommended are you dren always on the child’s restraint child’s the on always dren system on the rear seat, as it is the is it as seat, rear the on system most protected in the event of a of event the in protected most crash. If the passenger’s Air bag Air passenger’s the If is activated, children should children activated, is WARNING fig. 53 fig. 52 AIR BAGS FRONT ANDSIDE driver ( 55 side bags( The carisfittedwithfrontAirbagsforthe ). fig. 52 fig. 54 , forthepassenger( ) andwindowbags( fig. 53 fig. , A0A0057m A0A1009m 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina39 fig. 55 fig. 54 the eventofahead-oncollision. is asafetydevicethatcomesintoactionin Description andoperation FRONT AIRBAGS The frontAirbag(driver’s andpassenger’s) A0A1010m A0A1011m cushion isreduced. cumstances theprotection offeredbythe while itisstill opening. Under these cir- may come into contact with the cushion and wearing theseatbeltmoves forwards non-European countries. asspecifedbylawinEuropeandmost worn, the useofbelts,whichshould always be to does notreplacebutiscomplementary wards. The cushiondeflatesimmediatelyafter- whichcould causeinjury.and thestructures betweentheoccupants’ bodies tive barrier triggers inflationofthecushion. a decelerationsensorandwhennecessary trol unitprocessesthesignalsleadingfrom ing wheelordashboard. cushion betweentheoccupantandsteer- um-high severitybytheinterpositionof in theeventofahead-oncollisionmedi- is adevicedesignedtoprotecttheoccupants cushion forthepassenger. the driver; ion containedinaspecialrecess: In theeventofa crashapersonthatisnot The frontAirbag(driver’s andpassenger’s) The cushioninflatesinstantlyasaprotec- In theeventofacrash,electroniccon- The frontAirbag(driver’s and passenger’s) – inthedahsboardandwithalarger-sized – inthecentreofsteeringwheelfor ofaninstantly-inflatingcush- It isformed not meanthatthesystemisworking. appropriate. seat belts,thereforeactivatonwouldbein- does notofferanymoreprotectionthanthe ting inoftheairbagisnotactivatedasit orguardrail)cut- (for exampleunderalorry ing underothercarsorprotectivebarriers hind byanothercar),sidecollisions,wedg- or snow, etc.),rearcollisions(hitfrombe- mobile objects(roadsignposts,heapsofice is notasystemmalfunction. collisions, rear-endshunts,roll-overs,etc...) activation inothertypesofcollisions(side occupants infrontcrashesandthereforenon- Therefore thefailuretobetriggereddoes or In collisionsagainsthighlydeformable Front Airbagsaredesignedtoprotectcar’s on the cover of the passenger’s Air passenger’s the of cover the on bag or on the right side cover of the of cover side right the on or bag roof. Never put objects on the dash- the on objects put Never roof. board in front of the passenger (for passenger the of front in board example mobile phones) which might which phones) mobile example interfere with the correct inflation of inflation correct the with interfere the passenger’s Air bag and therefore and bag Air passenger’s the injure the car’s oc car’s the injure Never put stickers or other or stickers put Never objects on the steering wheel, steering the on objects WARNING cupants. 39 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina40 40 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG dashboard andthepassenger. inflation fillsmostofthespacebetween wearing aseatbelt.Itsvolumeatmaximum signed toimprovetheprotectionofaperson The passenger’s frontAirbaghasbeende- front passenger’s air bag. Never bag. air passenger’s front place cradle child’s seats on the front the on seats child’s cradle place passenger’s seat of cars equipped cars of seat passenger’s with passenger’s air bag since the air the since bag air passenger’s with bag activation could cause serious in- serious cause could activation bag juries, even mortal. In the case of case the In mortal. even juries, need, always deactivate the pas- the deactivate always need, senger’s air bag when a child’s seat child’s a when bag air senger’s is placed on the front seat. The front The seat. front the on placed is passenger’s seat shall be adjusted in adjusted be shall seat passenger’s the most backward position to pre- to position backward most the vent any contact between child’s seat child’s between contact any vent and dashboard. Even if not ruled by ruled not if Even dashboard. and law, for better protection of adults of protection better for law, you are recommended to reactivate to recommended are you the air bag immediately as soon as a as soon as immediately bag air the child transport is no longer necessary. longer no is transport child SERIOUS DANGER: SERIOUS The car is fitted with fitted is car The WARNING fig. 56 switch isonlypossiblewiththedooropen. of thedashboard( the specialkeyswitchonright-handside ignition keyat front airbagcanbedeactivated. achildonthefrontseat,passenger’sry markets whereapplicable ( AIR BAG OF PASSENGER’S FRONT MANUAL DEACTIVATION upon requestforversions/ Deactivation/reactivation takesplacewith tocar- Should itbeabsolutelynecessary STOP fig. 56 and operatingitin ). Accesstothe ) tions: position A0A0061m 1) Passenger’s frontAirbagactive:( The keyswitch( ( dren onthefrontseat. chil- off; itisabsolutelyprohibitedtocarry fig. 56 OFF nition key removed. key nition 2) Passenger’s frontAirbagdeactivated: front seat. tected byspecialrestraintsystemsonthe childrenpro- panel on;itispossibletocarry The warning light The warning and removedinbothpositions. Air bags. bag doesnotpreventoperation of theside bag isreactivated. el glowssteadilyuntilthepassenger’s Air With thedooropenkeycanbeinserted With Deactivation ofthefrontpassenger’s Air position P ) hastwoposi- Use the switch only with only switch the Use the engine off and the ig- the and off engine the ) warning lightoncheckpanel ) warning F ON WARNING ) warning lightoncheck ) warning F on thecheckpan- 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina41 (SIDE BAG-WINDOWBAG) SIDE AIRBAGS when necessary, inflationofthebags. from adeceleration sensorandactivates, control unitprocesses thesignalsleading cushion inflationsurface. in theeventofsidecrash,thanks to thewide of protectiontothefrontandrear occupants makes itpossibletoofferthehighestdegree This solution,designedtoprotectthehead, possible toextendthecushiondownwards. covered byaspecialtrim,whichmakesit cushions, arehousedinthesiderooflining regardless oftheadjustmentseat; timum positioninrelationtothepassenger, ways possibletohavethecushioninop- of thefrontseats;withthissolutionitisal- neously-inflating cushions: um-high severity. pants intheeventofasidecrashmedi- task ofincreasingprotectiontheoccu- In theeventofasidecrash,anelectronic – thewindowbags,whichare“curtain” – thesidebagishousedinbackrest oftwotypesinstanta- They areformed The sidebagandwindowhavethe folding. windowbagun- seat, thusallowing correct positiononthe system keeping acorrect you canobtainthebestprotection bythe ous paragraphs. activation switch,asdescribedin theprevi- bags isnotdisabledbythefrontairbagde- non-European countries. wear, asspecifiedbylawinEuropeandmost which youarerecommendedtoalways totheuseofbelts, but arecomplementary crashes. be pitchedoutofthecarincaseviolent the occupantandpreventto crash theyguaranteeproperpositioningof wear theseatbeltssinceincaseofside to Also inthiscaseitisofvitalimportance is sufficient),theairbagsarenotdeployed. which therestrainingactionofseatbelts flate immediatelyafterwards. passengers andthecardoor. Thebagsde- themselves betweenthebodyoffront IMPORTANT Operation ofthesideairbagsandwindow Therefore thesideairbagsdonotreplace In theeventofminorsidecrashes(for The bagsinflateinstantaneously, setting In theeventofsidecrash, neutral soapandwater. eyes. Intheeventofexposure, wash with theskinand dusty residue:thismayirritate bag andthecarinteriormaybecoveredwith ofthedeployed offire; alsothesurfaces start anddoesnotindicatea der isnotharmful releases asmallamountofpowder. Thispow- or bumpyroads. stacles ontheground,fallingintobigholes bumps againststeps,pavementsorfixedob- underbody area,suchasforexampleviolent to heavyshocksoraccidentsthatinvolvethe bags maybeactivatedifthecarissubjected IMPORTANT IMPORTANT windows and in the window bag window the in and windows area to prevent possible injuries possible prevent to area during the inflation phase. inflation the during Never lean head, arms and arms head, lean Never and arms head, rest Never elbows out of the window. the of out elbows the on door, the on elbows The triggeringofairbags The frontand/orsideair WARNING WARNING 41 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina42 42 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR tem malfunction. of them does notnecessarily indicate asys- of crash. Thefailuretotrigger oneormore differentiated manner dependingonthetype decided bythe electronic controlunitina tensioners, frontairbagsandside bagsis given this“Owner’s Manual“. andbe for useandoftheabovewarnings ofthe instructions owner mustbeinformed deactivated. be contactedbeforehandtohavethesystem should ished, AlfaRomeoAuthorizedServices Ifthecaristo be demol- thorized Services. outbyAlfa RomeoAu- bag mustbecarried theAir and replacingcomponentsconcerning whole systemchecked. vices activatedreplacedandtohavethe mustbecontactedtohavethede- Services gered theairbag,AlfaRomeoAuthorized them replaced. tohave to AlfaRomeoAuthorizedServices (lock area).Asthesedeadlinesapproachgo shown onthelabelplacedfrontdoors cal chargeandthetwistedcontactare IMPORTANT If thecarchangesownership,new All operationsinvolvingchecking,repairing IMPORTANT thepyrotechni- The deadlinesconcerning The triggeringofthepre- If anaccidenthastrig- GENERAL CAUTIONS chest or with a pipe, pencil, etc. be- etc. pencil, pipe, a with or chest is use whose covers or trims with tween your lips. Serious injury may injury Serious lips. your tween Side-bags. with compatible not result in the case of the air bag be- bag air the of case the in result ing triggered. ing nition key to MAR or stays on stays or MAR to key nition Never travel with objects with travel Never rest back the cover not Do If warning light light warning If while travelling, there might be a be might there travelling, while on your lap, in front of the of front in lap, your on seats rear and front the of failure in the restraining systems; restraining the in failure in this case the air bags or preten- or bags air the case this in sioners may not activate in the in activate not may sioners event of a crash or, in a more lim- more a in or, crash a of event ited number of cases, may activate may cases, of number ited by mistake. Before going on, ask on, going Before mistake. by Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to Services Authorized Romeo Alfa check the whole system immedi- system whole the check ately. not come on turning the ig- the turning on come not WARNING WARNING WARNING ¬ does has been made, if it has been sub- been has it if made, been has on the cover of the passenger’s Air passenger’s the of cover the on bag Air the if that so driving, when jected to vandals or floods, have floods, or vandals to jected bag or on the right side cover of the of cover side right the on or bag without inflate can it triggered, is the Air bag system checked by Al- by checked system bag Air the roof. Never put objects on the dash- the on objects put Never roof. dri- not Do obstacles. any meeting fa Romeo Authorized Services. Authorized Romeo fa board in front of the passenger (for passenger the of front in board forwards, bent body the with ve example mobile phones) which might which phones) mobile example erect the in rest back seat the keep interfere with the correct inflation of inflation correct the with interfere well back your lean and position the passenger’s Air bag and therefore and bag Air passenger’s the it. against injure the car’s occupants. car’s the injure If the car has been stolen been has car the If Never put stickers or other or stickers put Never hands your keep Always or an attempt to steal it steal to attempt an or objects on the steering wheel, steering the on objects rim wheel steering the on WARNING WARNING WARNING 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina43 gaged and in the MAR position, the position, MAR the in and gaged Air bags can be triggered also on a on also triggered be can bags Air stationary car, if it is bumped by bumped is it if car, stationary another moving car. Therefore, car. moving another even with the car stationary, nev- stationary, car the with even er allow children on the front seat. front the on children allow er You are also reminded that with that reminded also are You the car stationary, without the key the without stationary, car the engaged and turned, the Air bags Air the turned, and engaged are not triggered in the event of an of event the in triggered not are impact; in this case the failure to failure the case this in impact; trigger the air bags should not be not should bags air the trigger considered a system failure. failure. system a considered Your are reminded that reminded are Your when the igntion key is en- is key igntion the when WARNING (with the passenger’s front Air bag Air front passenger’s the (with deactivation switch at ON) turns ON) at switch deactivation on for about 4 seconds, and then and seconds, 4 about for on flashes for another 4 seconds to seconds 4 another for flashes remind that the passenger’s Air passenger’s the that remind bag and corresponding side Air side corresponding and bag bags will be activated in the event the in activated be will bags steam (by hand or at automatic at or hand (by steam heavier crashes than the preten- the than crashes heavier of a crash, then it goes off. goes it then crash, a of seat washing stations). washing seat sioners. It is therefore normal for normal therefore is It sioners. the pretensioners only to be trig- be to only pretensioners the gered for crashes within the two the within crashes for gered activation thresholds. activation Do not wash the seat back seat the wash not Do The front Air bags are de- are bags Air front The Turning the ignition key to key ignition the Turning with pressurised water or water pressurised with signed to be triggered for triggered be to signed MAR the warning light light warning the MAR WARNING WARNING WARNING F support handles. support their effectiveness. Additionally, as Additionally, effectiveness. their the front air bags are not triggered not are bags air front the for head-on collision at low speed, low at collision head-on for side crashes, crashes from behind or behind from crashes crashes, side overturning, in these cases the oc- the cases these in overturning, cupants are protected only by the by only protected are cupants seat belts, which must, therefore, al- therefore, must, which belts, seat ways be fastened. be ways Do not hook rigid objects to objects rigid hook not Do The air bag does not replace not does bag air The the coat hooks and to the to and hooks coat the the seat belts, but increases but belts, seat the WARNING WARNING 43 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina44 44 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR LEFT-HAND LEVER LEVERS STEERING WHEEL on. the sidelightsandnumberplatelightsstay gardless ofthepositionknurledring, minated. various controlsonthedashboardareillu- guards. except forthefoglampsandrear tivated withtheignitionkeyat levers onthesteeringwheelcanonlybeac- switched off. posite thesymbol Lights switchedoff tively. (front andrear),ontherightor left respec- ononlyofthesidelights causes theturning Position ( Only withtheignitionkeyat When theouterlightsareswitchedon, The left-handlevercontrolstheouterlights controlledbythe The devicesandservices When thepointer intheknurledringisop- 1 or 2 - O fig. 62 , theouterlights are ( fig. 57 ) ofthelever PARK MAR ) . , re- the knurledringfrom Sidelights The sidelightsareswitchedonbyturning fig. 58 fig. 57 ( fig. 58 knurled ringfrom Dipped-beam headlights cluster willcomeonatthesametime. These are switched on by turning the These areswitchedonbyturning 3 O ) to The warning lightontheinstrument warning 6 to 2 ( . 6 fig. 59 . ) A0A0064m A0A0063m fig. 60 fig. 59 ring toposition Main beams To themainbeamson,setknurled turn wards thesteeringwheel. on. will turn warning light warning wards thedashboard(stableposition); To setdipped-beamsbackpulltheleverto- ( fig. 60 1 2 on the instrument panel on theinstrument ) and pushtheleverto- A0A0066m A0A0065m 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina45 fig. 61 ic maybedifferent. er replacement,theouterlightoperatinglog- off. tomatically asthemainbeamsareswitched onagainau- offandthenturn lamps turn dipped beamsetting; conditionat when restoringthestarting offwhilethefoglampsstayon, beams turn ics: puter) worksaccordingtothefollowinglog- control unit(integratedintheBodyCom- fog lampsareswitchedon,theouterlight Therefore, intheeventofBodyComput- onthemainbeams,fog – turning or onthemainbeams,dipped – turning When thedippedbeamheadlightsand A0A0067m fig. 62 knurled ring.The tion) regardlessoftheposition towards thesteeringwheel(instableposi- Flashing The headlightsareflashedpullingthelever will: ring, movingthelevertostableposition direction indicators. ( Direction indicators regulations. are flashed.To avoidpenaltiesfollowlocal cluster willcomeonatthesametime. direction indicators. fig. 62 up, position( Regardless ofthepositionknurled down, position( IMPORTANT ( fig. 61 ) ) 1 1 ) -engagetheright-hand Only themain-beamlights 2 ) -engagetheleft-hand warning lightonthe warning A0A0068m fig. 63 One of the warning lights( One ofthewarning sition. to itshomepo- leased, theleverwillreturn out itclicking(unstableposition).Whenre- the levercanberemovedupordownwith- minimal movementofthesteeringwheel, rapid changeofdirectioninvolvingonlya when thesteeringwheelisstraightened. matically andtheindicatorsareswitchedoff same time. clusteratthe come ontheinstrument IMPORTANT toitspositionauto- The leverisreturned If youwishtosignala R or E ) will A0A0067m 45 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina46 46 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR RIGHT-HAND LEVER wheel formorethan2seconds. ing theleverpulledtowardssteering on. lightontheclusterturns warning ers, iffitted. washers alsoactivatestheheadlight wash- The controlusedtoactivatethewindscreen windscreen wiperandwasher. This function can be interrupted bykeep- This functioncanbeinterrupted The right-handleverisusedtooperatethe switch offautomaticallyafterthetimeset. to amaximumof3.5minutes;thelights and sidelightsisextendedby30secondsup lever, thestayingonofdippedbeams off.Ateachsinglemovementofthe turned within 2minutesfromwhentheengineis hand levertowardsthesteeringwheel. key at time set,andisactivatedwiththeignition space infrontofthecarforlength ( “Follow mehome”device fig. 63 Each timetheleverisoperated, This functionisactivatedpullingthelever This functionallowstheilluminationof STOP ) or removed,pullingtheleft- washer Windscreen wiper- positions, corresponding to: positions, corresponding 1 B A The levercanbemovedtofivedifferent - Intermittent. - Windscreen wiperoff. - Windscreen ( fig. 64-65 fig. 64 ) A0A0070m ■■■■ ■■■ ■■ ■ ring ( are obtained: With theleverinposition( With ( toposition the leverisreleased,itreturns time theleverisheldinthisposition.When the rearscreenwiper. on gaging reversegearautomaticallyturns A Operation inposition( E D C IMPORTANT ) automaticallystoppingthewiper. F - Fast, temporary (unstableposition). - Fast,temporary - Continuous,slow. - Continuous,fast. ) four possible intermittent speeds ) fourpossibleintermittent = intermittent fast. = intermittent medium-fast. = intermittent medium. = intermittent slow.= intermittent When thewiperison,en- E ) islimitedtothe B ), turning the ), turning 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina47 fig. 65 wiping operation. stroke” afterafewsecondscompletesthe “cleaning ter releasingthelever;afurther half asecond. matically iftheleverispulledformorethan deed, thelattercomesintoactionauto- er jetandthewiperatsametime;in- movement itispossibletooperatethewash- screen washer. wheel (unstableposition)operatesthewind- “SMART WASHING” FUNCTION The wiperstopsworkingafewstrokesaf- Keeping theleverpulled,withonlyone Pulling thelevertowardssteering A0A0071m fig. 66 tinuous, slow)withheavyrain. dry, towiperatfirstcontinuousspeed(con- (nowiping)whenthewindscreenis tionary that graduallyvariesbetweenwipersta- fig. 64 moving theright-handlevertoposition( right-hand leverremainunchanged. tion totheintensityofrain. opera- number ofwipesduringintermittent the purposeofautomaticallyadjusting bined withthewindscreenwiperwhichhas tain versions,isanelectronicdevicecom- Rain sensor The rainsensorisactivatedautomatically All theotherfunctionscontrolledby The rainsensor( ) andithasarangeofadjustment ( fig. 66 A ), fittedonlyoncer- ) B- A0A1012m normal automaticfunction. normal the endofwhichrainsensorresumesits at washingcycleisperformed the normal rain sensoractivated(leveratposition first continuousspeed(continuous,slow). stationary, whenthewindscreenisdry, to rain sensor, obtainingaquickerchangefrom is possibletoincreasethesensitivityof in position( be reactivatedeveniftheleverhasremained engine is started ( engine isstarted sensor isdeactivatedandthenexttime unit which in turn controlsthewipermotor.unit whichinturn wiper anditcontrols anelectroniccontrol screen andinside theareacleanedby incontactwiththewind- rear-view mirror reactivation hasoccurred. even ifthewindscreenisdry, toindicatethat way, atleastonestroke, thewiperperforms rain sensor, simplymovetheleverto( or ( Turning theknurledring( Turning theignitionkeyto Operating thewindscreenwasherwith The rainsensorislocatedbehind theinner When therainsensorisreactivatedinthis C ) andthenbackto( B ). Inthiscasetoactivatethe MAR position) itwillnot B ). STOP F-fig. 64 the rain ) it A B ) ) 47 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina48 48 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 67 night bythewetglasssurface). human eyeismoredisturbedduringthe blades; etc.); dirt, different sensitivity: conditionswhichrequire lowing particular tomatically adapttothepresenceoffol- ofice. andpreventtheformation trol surface to eliminateanycondensationfromthecon- stabilises atatemperatureofabout40°C – differencebetweendayandnight(the wiper – streaksofwatercausedbyworn (salt, – impuritiesonthecontrolsurface The rainsensorisabletodetectandau- therainsensorautomatically At eachstart, A0A0073m O ( Rearscreen wiper-washer lever isreleased. rearscreen wiper. Operationendswhenthe washer jetandcontinousoperationofthe (unstable position)operatestherearscreen fig. 67-68 Turning theknurledring( Pushing thelevertowardsdashboard to position fig. 68 ) on andreversegearinserted. occurs alsowiththefrontwindshieldwipe wiper intermittently. The activationoftherearwindshieldwiper A ) fromposition ' operates therearscreen A0A0075m fig. 69 dipped/main beamheadlightson. onwiththe screen washeristurned Headlamp washers(fig.69) senger compartment. of liquiddetergentfromenteringthepas- inside airre-circulation,topreventthesmell mate controlsystemautomaticallyengages the headlampwasherisoperating,cli- IMPORTANT These comeintooperationwhenthewind- On certain versionswhen On certain A0A1013m 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina49 GENERAL CRUISE CONTROL km/h. gaged atspeedsbetween30and190 automatically maintained. becausethespeedmemorisedis journeys al. Thisreducesdrivingfatigueduringlong speed withoutpressingtheacceleratorped- possible todrivethecaratrequired TROL IMPORTANT The speedregulator( route and traffic allow a constant a allow traffic and route speed for a sufficiently long dis- long sufficiently a for speed tance completely safely. completely tance ), withelectroniccontrol,makesit Cruise Control must be ac- be must Control Cruise tivated only when the when only tivated The devicecanonlybeen- CRUISE CON- WARNING fig. 70 CONTROLS gear controlleverto changed; any ofthefollowingcases: – inadvertently movingtheSelespeed – inadvertently – withSelespeedtransmissionifagearis – iftheASR,MSRORVDCsystemscutin; – pressingtheclutchpedal; – pressingthebrakepedal; The deviceisdisengagedautomaticallyin tivated; ring( ON/OFF – Ring ( Cruise Controliscontrolledbythe Cruise OFF B ) andbythe A ) hastwopositions: in thispositionthedeviceisdeac- knurled ring( ( N fig. 70 . RES ) button ( A ), bythe C ). + / – A0A0077m position, the warning light position, thewarning the device.Whenring( – ON ment cluster turns on. ment clusterturns rised. speed reachedorincreasethememo- ering thespeedmemorised. taining thecarspedorforincreasinglow- memorised. speed. maintained automatically. continuously. Thenewspeedreachedwillbe increases orlowersbyabout1.5km/h. STOP switched off. memorised isclearedandthe system is is the normal operatingpositionof is thenormal Ring ( Turn thering( Turn thering( Each timetheringisactuated( IMPORTANT The thespeedchanges Keeping theringturned RES B or thering( ) serves formemorisingandmain- ) serves button ( B B ) to( ) to( Turning theignitionkeyto C A ) resetsthememorised A – ) to + ) tolowerthespeed ) isinthis ) tomemorisethe Ü OFF on theinstru- B , thespeed ) thespeed 49 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina50 50 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR THE SPEED TO MEMORISE ously. tothespeed memorisedprevi- will return later, releasingtheacceleratorpedal,car sible simplypressingtheaccelerator pedal; forinstance)accelerationispos- overtaking gear controllevertoposition changed; lowing conditionstakesplace: orised constantspeeduntiloneofthefol- ator pedal. it isthereforepossibletoreleasetheacceler- release it.Thecarspeedismemorisedand ( to therequiredspeednormally. Turn thering B Move thering( IMPORTANT movementofthe Selespeed – inadvertent – withSelespeedtransmissionifagearis – iftheASR,MSRorVDCsystemscutin; – pressingtheclutchpedal; – pressingthebrakepedal; The carwillcontinuetotravelatthemem- ) to( + ) foratleastthreeseconds,then A In thecaseofneed(when ) to ON and takethecar N . MEMORISED SPEED TO INCREASETHE MEMORISED SPEED TO RESETTHE ring ( to acontinuousspeed increase.Releasingthe while pressingcontinuouslywull correspond a slightincreaseinspeed(about1.5 km/h), ring to( the orising thenewspeedreached(turning in twoways: speed); of speedmemorising(4th,5thor6th speed approachingtheonememorised; lows: the memorisedspeedcanberesetasfol- ample pressingthebrakeorclutchpedal, ( automatically. + 1) pressingtheacceleratorandthenmem- The speedmemorisedcanbeincreased – pressthe – engagethegearselectedattime – accelerategraduallyuntilreachinga If thedevicehasbeendisengagedforex- 2) momentaneously turning thering( 2) momentaneouslyturning or ): each pulse of the ring will correspond to ): eachpulseoftheringwillcorrespond B ) thenewspeed willbememorised B ) formorethanthreeseconds); RES button ( C ). B ) to MEMORISED SPEED TO REDUCETHE rising the new speed (turning thering( rising thenewspeed(turning pressing thebrakepedal)andthenmemo- two ways: memorised automatically. until reachingthenewspeedwhichwillbe to ( 1) disengagingthedevice(forinstance The speedmemorisedcanbereducedin 2) keepingtheringpressed( + ) foratleastthreeseconds); B ) at( – B ) ) 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina51 SPEED RESETTING THEMEMORISED ( offtheengineormovingring set turning A The memorisedspeedisautomaticallyre- ) to move the gearshift lever to neutral to lever gearshift the move and do not move the Selespeed se- Selespeed the move not do and lector to N. to lector OFF . When travelling with the with travelling When cruise control on, do not do on, control cruise vice intownorheavytraffic conditions. Donotengagethede- smooth roadsurface. flowing trafficand riage waysormotorways, roads,dualcar- ditions, i.e.:straightanddry undercompletelysafecon- roads sopermit only whentheconditionsoftrafficor It is advisable to engage the cruise control It isadvisabletoengagethecruise WARNING change intheengineload. more thatthememorisedone,dueto vice engagedthecarspeedmayincrease of thecar. Travelling downhillwiththede- 5th or6thgear, dependingonthespeed The devicemayonlybeengagedin4th, between 30 and 190 km/h. 190 and 30 between (A) to OFF and contact Alfa Romeo Alfa contact and OFF to (A) Authorised Services after checking after Services Authorised that the protection is intact. is protection the that Cruise control may only be only may control Cruise If the device is faulty or faulty is device the If engaged at speeds speeds at engaged not working, turn the ring the turn working, not WARNING WARNING not in use, turning theringto not inuse,turning ever, advisedtoswitchthedeviceoffwhen without damagingthedevice.You are,how- memorising speedsbyaccident. The ring( A ) maybeleftconstantlyat OFF , toavoid ON 51 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina52 52 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR ature sensor- air vents- holder (uponrequestforversions/markets whereapplicable)- 1 DASHBOARD - versions/markets whereapplicable) - compartment - compartment fig. 71 25 . Sideswivelairvents- . Driver’s frontAirbag- 9 . Fixeduppervent- 21 16 . Windscreen/rearscreen wipercontrollever- . Windscreen/rearscreen . Doorlockingbutton- 2 . Fixedsidewindowairvents- 26 . Setofcontrols - 10 . Glassholder(uponrequestforversions/markets whereapplicable)- 12 17 . Hazard warning lightswitch- . Hazardwarning . Controlsforheating,ventilation andclimatecontrol- 27 . Bonnetopenining lever. 3 . Outerlightcontrollever- 22 7 . Radio(uponrequestforversions/markets whereapplicable)- . Ignitionkeyand switch- 13 . Rearfogguardbutton- 4 . Instrument panel- . Instrument 23 . Horn - . Horn 18 14 . Cigarlighter- 24 11 . Passenger’s frontAirbag- . Steeringwheel locking/releaselever . Foglampbutton(uponrequest for 5 . Tailgate releasebutton- 19 . Ashtray- 8 . Centreswivel 20 15 . Temper- 6 . Glove . Card A0A1115m 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina53 tom is at 6000 revs. NOTE side temperature display- headlamp position display)- play (mileagerecorder, triprecorderwith light - gauge withmaximumtemperature warning light - A is at6000revs. NOTE side temperaturedisplay- headlamp positiondisplay)- play (mileagerecorder, triprecorderwith light - gauge withmaximumtemperaturewarning light - A digital multifunctiondisplay Versions with INSTRUMENT PANEL . Fuel level gauge with reserve warning . Fuellevelgaugewithreserve . Fuel level gauge with reserve warning . Fuellevelgaugewithreserve B B C C On Q2diesel versionsthe scalebot- On JTDMversionsthescalebottom . Speedometer- . Speedometer- . Enginecoolantfluidtemperature . Enginecoolantfluidtemperature D D . Odometerdis- . Odometerdis- F F . Revcounter . Revcounter E E . Clock/out- . Clock/out- fig. 72-petrolversions fig. 73-BlackLine petrolversions A0A1127m A0A1111m 53 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina54 54 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR recorder withheadlamppositiondisplay)- Odometer display(mileagerecorder, trip tom isat6000 revs. NOTE F E recorder withheadlampposition display)- Odometer display(mileagerecorder, trip is at6000revs. NOTE counter Reconfigurable multifunctiondisplay- light- gauge warning light - A multifunction display Versions withreconfigurable gauge warning light- gauge warning light - A . Revcounter . Reconfigurablemultifunction display . Fuel level gauge with reserve warning . Fuellevelgaugewithreserve . Fuel level gauge with reserve warning . Fuellevelgaugewithreserve B B On Q2dieselversionsthescalebot- On JTDMversionsthescalebottom . Enginecoolantfluidtemperature . Enginecoolantfluidtemperature C C . Speedometer- . Speedometer- F . Rev D D E . . . fig. 75 -Black Linepetrol versions fig. 74-petrolversions A0A1129m A0A1112m 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina55 recorder withheadlamppositiondisplay)- Odometer display(mileagerecorder, trip recorder withheadlamppositiondisplay) - Odometer display(mileagerecorder, trip light- gauge warning light - A multifunction display Versions withreconfigurable gauge warning light- gauge warning light - A counter Reconfigurable multifunctiondisplay- counter Reconfigurable multifunctiondisplay - . Fuel level gauge with reserve warning . Fuellevelgaugewithreserve . Fuel level gauge with reserve warning . Fuellevelgaugewithreserve B B . Enginecoolantfluidtemperature . Enginecoolantfluidtemperature C C . Speedometer- . Speedometer- F F . Rev . Rev D D E E . . . . fig. 75b-2.0T. SPARK SelespeedBlackLineversions fig. 75a-2.0T. SPARK Selespeedversions A0A1113m A0A1130m 55 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina56 56 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 76 MILEAGE RECORDER aiming device. ures) tal andtrip)headlamppositiondisplay. – thepositionrelatingtoheadlamp – thetripmeteronsecondline(4fig- – themileageonfirstline(6figures) The displayshows: Odometer displaywithdoublemeter(to- A0A1118m ( nected thetripmeterreadingisnotstored. steering columnpressedforafewseconds. -i.76 A-fig. To resetthetripmeter, keepthebutton IMPORTANT ) ontheplateatsideof If the battery isdiscon- If thebattery REV COUNTER pointer inthisarea. speed. Donotdriveforlongperiodswiththe versions) indicatesexcessivelyhighengine serves the battery charge. thebattery serves aslowchangeinthespeedpre- In particular gaging theclimatecontrolsystemorfan. operation,forexamplewhenen- ing normal asittakesplacedur- the speed,thisisnormal may indicateagradualorsuddenhigheringof resulting inagraduallossofenginepower. of fuelwhentheengineis“over-revving” control systemgraduallyshutsofftheflow IMPORTANT The dangerzone(red,orwhiteoncertain When theengineisidling,revcounter The electronicinjection 001-057 Alfa147Q2GB4-07-200811:58Pagina57 RESERVE INDICATOR FUEL LEVELGAUGEWITH fuel tank. The warning light The warning This showstheamountoffuelleftin a systemmalfunctioning. tem controllogicandcannotbeconsidered as sys- be indicated.Thisisduetotheinternal MAR STOP withengineoffandignitionkeyat performed the fuelwhentravelling. highly unstablereadingsduetoswayingof ics oftheelectroniccontrolcircuittoavoid be indicatedlate. of fuelinthetankandchangeslevelmay the gaugemaydifferfromactualamount (heavy slopes,forinstance),thereadingon approx. 7litresoffuelareleftinthetank. IMPORTANT This conditionfallswithintheoperationlog- IMPORTANT , awrongfuellevelcouldtemporarily . Iftheengineisoffbutkeyat K Refuelling shallalwaysbe Under certain conditions Under certain turns ontoindicatethat turns WARNING LIGHT MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE GAUGEWITH ENGINE COOLANTFLUID creased. shouldbede- quest forcarperformance versions)there- section, orwhiteoncertain es thehighertemperaturesofscale(red the middleofscale.Ifpointerreach- perature exceedsapprox.50°C. coolant fluidandbeginswhenthetem- The turning onofthe The turning thepointershouldbetowards Normally This showsthetemperatureofengine tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. tact AlfaRomeoAuthorizedServices. high; inthiscase,stoptheengineandcon- that thecoolantfluidtemperatureistoo configurable multifunctiondisplay)indicates of themessage+symbol(versionswithre- sions withdigitalmultifunctiondisplay)or u warning light(ver- warning be resumed,preferablyatahigherspeed. can a fewminutes,afterwhichthejourney stop thecarandswitchoffenginefor ture ishigh.Inthiscaseitadvisableto especially whentheambientairtempera- sions) whenthecarisdrivenatlowspeeds, ver- values (redsection,orwhiteoncertain gine coolantmayrisetowardsthemaximum IMPORTANT The temperatureoftheen- 57 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina58 58 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 77 CONTROL BUTTONS DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY condition of the inertial fuelcut-offswitch( condition oftheinertial you areadvisedtoreadthischapterinfull. trol buttonsontheplateatsideofsteeringcolumn,usingthemasdescribedinfollowingparagraphs.Beforedoing To thedigitaldisplay(withignitionkeyat makeuseoftheinformation (li The digitalmultifunctiondisplayshowsthefollowing:clock,outsidetemperature,buzzersetting(buzzeron/off),rheostat ( i.77 fig. FPS on A0A1117m ) andengineoillevel(forJTDversions). ) MAR To decreasethevaluedisplayed Press forlessthan1second(pulse),indicatedwith To increasethevaluedisplayed ) isabletogive,youshouldfirstlyfamiliarisewiththecon- tions, to confirm the choice required and return tothepreviousdisplay thechoicerequiredandreturn tions, toconfirm Press formorethan2seconds,indicatedwith scriptions, toaccessthevariousadjustments ght adjustment), anythingatall, R in thefollowingdescrip- Q in thefollowingde- 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina59 fig. 78 usd eprtr ipa buzzeractivateddisplay( outside temperaturedisplay clock and ▲ CLOCK Adjusting thehours with singlepresses. lease thecontrolandcompleteadjustment matic fastincreaseordecrease. one unit. Press theMODEbuttonin Then presstheMODEbuttonin When youarenearthevaluerequired,re- Keeping thebuttonpressedobtainsauto- pressonthebuttonwillincreaseby Every or ▼ will flash.Setthehourrequiredusingbutton store. ( . fig. 78 ) Q , thehours R Adjusting theminutes A0A0009m Press theMODEbuttontwicein to OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE with singlepresses. lease thecontrolandcompleteadjustment matic fastincreaseordecrease. one unit. Then presstheMODEbuttonin When youarenearthevaluerequired,re- Keeping thebuttonpressedobtainsauto- pressonthebuttonwillincreaseby Every soe °Cadte ece gi °C. Cand thenreachesagain3° is over6° is repeatedonlyiftheoutsidetemperature nal ofpossiblepresenceiceon theroad cator flashesforabout10seconds. Thesig- onds, whiletheoutsidetemperature indi- road. Theacousticsignallastsabout2sec- about thepossiblepresenceoficeon together withthebuzzer, thedriver towarn flashing C,theindicatorstarts low or3° tion. Whentheoutsidetemperatureisbe- display lowerside,underthehourindica- Outside temperaturecanbeviewedonthe using button minutes willflash.Settherequired store. ▲ or ▼ . ( fig. 79 Q R , the ) to fig. 79 BUZZER OFF Press theMODEbutton3times trols maybeactivated( The buzzerwhichaccompaniesthecon- ); proceedasfollows: or off. ( The presstheMODEbuttonin use button store theconditionchosen. ▲ ( fig. 79-80 or ▼ to turn thebuzzeron to turn ) ON ON ) ) ordeactivated Q R , then A0A0083m to 59 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina60 60 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 80 LIGHT RHEOSTAT buzzer deactivateddisplay( more than 4 seconds the instrument cluster more than4secondstheinstrument at plate quired levelusingbuttons again buttonMODEandthensetthere- LU” (firstoptiondisplayed)bypressing menu bypressingbuttonMODE,select“IL- play andoftheradiodisplay. play) oftheclock/outsidetemperaturedis- and tripmeter, headlampaimingdevicedis- cluster,strument odometerdisplay(total the lighting(dimming/increasing)ofin- To openthe accessthelightrheostat, This functionmakesitpossibletoadjust Partial lighting the side/taillightson. Keeping the “ILLU” functionisavailablewhenatleast the sideofsteeringcolumn)for ▼ button pressed(onthe ( fig. 81-82 OFF ▲ ) or ▼ ) ). A0A0014m fig. 82 fig. 81 with maximumbrightness display with minimumbrightness display speedometer. offwiththeexceptionof turned is Keeping the lighting is turned onagain. lighting isturned more than4secondsthecompeltecluster plate atthesideofsteeringcolumn)for ▲ button pressed(onthe A0A0013m A0A0012m on display fuelcut-offswitch inertial fig. 83 SWITCH ONDISPLAY INERTIAL FUELCUT-OFF following a crash of a certain magnitude. following acrashofcertain fuelcut-offswitchcutsin, when theinertial applicable ( cut-off switch. fuel Controls paragraphundertheInertial for versions/marketswhere IMPORTANT The switchshutsoffthesupplyoffuel. The displayshownappearsautomatically ) See thedescriptionin ( fig. 83 ) A0A0007m 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina61 fig. 84 “ ital multifunctiondisplayshowsthewriting (JTD versions) Engine oillevelcheck full barsgooff. display. Astheoillevelgraduallyfalls, andtotalkilometrestravelled. the partial 84 the displaywillshowoilquantity( shows sixbars.Attheendofthisoperation, some seconds,duringwhichthedisplay OIL Turning theignitionkeyto Fig. 84 Then, theengineoillevelisdetectedfor ) and then the information concerning ) andthentheinformation ” forabout10seconds. refers to the correct engineoil refers tothecorrect MAR the dig- fig. A0A0711m the checkwithcaronlevelground. out carry gine oilleveldisplayediscorrect, about 10seconds( shows onlythemessage“ ing theignitionkeyto maintenance” chapter. possible, see“Checkinglevels”inthe“car gine oillevelshouldberestoredassoon onds. and themessage“ condition thedisplayshowsflashingbars level belowtheforeseenminimum.Inthis Fig. 85 IMPORTANT In caseoffuelsystemfailure,afterturn- IMPORTANT refers tothedisplaywithanoil fig. 85 In this case the correct en- In thiscasethecorrect To makesurethattheen- OIL fig. 86 ” forabout10sec- MAR OIL ). ” flashingfor , thedisplay the correct engineoillevel. the correct whowillrestore Romeo AuthorisedServices “ condition thedisplayshowsmessage level abovetheforeseenmaximum.Inthis HIGH OIL Fig. 87 IMPORTANT refers tothedisplaywithanoil ”. A0A0712m In thiscase,contactAlfa fig. 87 fig. 86 A0A0713m A0A0714m 61 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina62 62 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 88 ON STANDARD DISPLAY INFORMATION RECONFIGURABLE MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY information whendriving,inparticular: information able todisplayalltheusefulandnecessary Date( - Outsidetemperature( - Clock( - The reconfigurablemultifunctiondisplayis C A-fig. 88 ). ); B ); A0A9117g CAR CONDITION INFORMATION ABOUT Engineoillevel(onlyJTD - Gearselected(onlyfor2.0T.SPARK Se- - messageswithcor- Displayofwarning - Displayoffailuremessages withcorre- - Lightingadjustment(rheostat); - Trip computer; - lespeed versions); on road); responding symbol(e.g.:possibleice sponding symbol; M versions). fig. 89 MODE CONTROL BUTTONSfig.89 screen; the choicerequiredand/ormovetonext screen; tothestandard choice requiredandreturn ▲ Short pressingofbutton Long pressingofbutton ue displayed. menu” optionsorincrease/decreasetheval- / ▼ to scrollup/downthe“Setup to confirm the to confirm to confirm A0A1117m 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina63 or “SETUP MENU” fig. 90 From thestandard screentoaccessnavigationpress thebutton “DIMMER” and setting at “SPEED”). When the car is stationary itispossible toaccesstheextended menu. “DIMMER” and setting at“SPEED”).Whenthe carisstationary In additionthereisa“SetupMenu”whichmakesitpossible,throughthe ▼ . For safety reasons, when the car is moving, it is possible to access only the limited menu (adjustment of instrument panelli . Forsafetyreasons, whenthecarismoving,it is possibletoaccessonlythelimited menu(adjustmentofinstrument Deutsch Italiano Q Nederlands English arranged ina“circularfashion” arranged ments and/or setting described on the following pages. It can be activated by pressing shortly ments and/orsettingdescribedonthefollowingpages.Itcanbeactivatedbypressingshortly Français Espãnol LANGUAGE NAVIGATION TELEPHONE fig. 90 UNITS MODE . BUZZER for a short time.Tofor ashort navigate insidethemenupress buttons MODE SERVICE RADIO and MENU OFF MODE 12/24 ▲ DIMMER / ▼ DST DATE (see MODE fig. 89 TRIP B SPEED TIME ghting on and comprisesaseriesoffunctions ) buttons, to carry outtheadjust- ) buttons,tocarry Year Day Q Month ▲ 63 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina64 64 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 91 (JTD Engine oillevelcheck ty ones. the fullbarsgooffleavingroomforemp- level display. Astheoillevelgraduallyfalls, the checkwithcaronalevelground. out carry gine oilleveldisplayediscorrect, button shortly. and movetonextscreen,pressthe onds. Duringthisphase,toclearthedisplay play showstheengineoillevelforsomesec- Fig. 91 IMPORTANT Turning theignitionkeyto M versions) refers to the correct engineoil refers tothecorrect To makesurethattheen- MAR MODE the dis- A0A9101g Maintenance” chapter. possible, see“Checkinglevels”inthe“Car gine oillevelshouldberestoredassoon condition thebarsareallempty. level belowtheforeseenminimum.Inthis IMPORTANT Fig. 92 fig. 92 refers tothedisplaywithanoil In this case the correct en- In thiscasethecorrect the correct engineoillevel. the correct whowillrestore Romeo AuthorisedServices condition thebarsareallfull. level abovetheforeseenmaximum.Inthis IMPORTANT Fig. 93 refers tothedisplaywithanoil A0A9102g In thiscase,contactAlfa fig. 93 A0A9103g 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina65 DIMMER two-zone climatecontrol(iffitted). display, radio-navigatordisplay(iffitted)and trip meter),headlampaimingdisplay, radio cluster,strument odometerdisplay(totaland lighting (dimming/brightening)ofthein- Partial lighting ❒ ❒ To adjust,proceedasfollows: ❒ thisfunctionitispossibletoadjustthe With Keeping the brightness. ble andthedisplayisshownatits maximum isnotpossi- lighting adjustment(rheostat) onagain. cluster lightingisturned than 4seconds,thecompleteinstrument off. turned than 4seconds,therevcounterlightingis play showsagraduatedscale; dard screen. tothestan- for alongertimetoreturn to themenuscreenorpressbutton press the press thebuttons press the IMPORTANT Keeping the adjustment. MODE MODE ▲ ▼ button brieflytoreturn In theeventofanyfaults, button briefly:thedis- button pressedformore button pressedformore ▲ / ▼ to carry out to carry SPEED ter “Warning lightsandindications”). and displaysaspecificmessage(seechap- exceeded, automaticallysoundsabuzzer car speedlimit(km/h)(ormph)which,if er). Every press(pulse)ofthe er). Every viously (seeparagraph“UNITS”describedlat- and 150mphdependingontheunitsetpre- tween 30and250km/horbetween20 ❒ ❒ To setthelimitspeed,proceedasfollows: ❒ thisfunctionitispossibletosetthe With IMPORTANT plete adjustmentwithsinglepresses. required setting,releasethebutton andcom- increase ordecrease.Whenyouare nearthe play shows press the then usethe press the press the dard screen. tothestan- for alongertimetoreturn to themenuscreenorpressbutton ▲ ing the ton increasesordecreasesbyoneunit.Keep- the valueflashesonscreen). speed required(duringsettingoperation, / MODE MODE ▼ MODE ON The possiblesettingisbe- button pressedobtainsfast ; ▲ button brieflytoreturn button briefly:thedis- button brieflyand / ▼ buttons tosetthe ▲ / ▼ but- To cancelthesetvalue: ❒ ❒ ❒ play shows standard screen. tothe ton foralongertimetoreturn tothemenuscreenorpressbut- turn press the press the press the OFF ; MODE MODE OFF ▼ ; button: thedisplayshows button briefly:thedis- button brieflytore- 65 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina66 66 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR TRIP B lows: “Trip Computer”). see information eral mission”(forfurther mission”containedinthe“gen- ing a“partial TRAVEL TIMEBandTRAVEL DISTANCE Bdur- AGE CONSUMPTIONB,AVERAGE SPEEDB, which displaysthefiguresrelatingto:AVER- ON ❒ ❒ To on/offthisfunction,proceedasfol- ❒ turn thisoptionitispossibletoturn With / play shows standard screen. tothe button foralongertimetoreturn to the menuscreenorpress turn press the use buttons press the OFF the TRIP B function (partial trip) the TRIPBfunction(partial or deactivation; MODE MODE ON ▲ ; button briefly:thedis- button brieflytore- / ▼ to selectactivation TIME Keeping the button increasesordecreasesbyoneunit. clock (hours-minutes). ❒ ❒ ❒ ❒ ❒ Proceed asfollows: thisfunctionitispossibletoadjustthe With IMPORTANT standard screen. tothe ton foralongertimetoreturn tothe menuscreenorpressthebut- turn press the press the the standardscreen); to button foralongertimeyoureturn just theminutes(insteadpressing press the press the shows thehour; press the with singlepresses. lease thebuttonandcompleteadjustment the automaticfastincreaseordecrease. When youareneartherequiredvalue,re- MODE ▲ MODE MODE ▲ ▲ Each pressonthe / ▼ / / button brieflytoad- button brieflytore- briefly: thedisplay ▼ ▼ button pressedobtains buttons toadjust; buttons toadjust; ▲ / ▼ DATE date (day-monthyear). ❒ ❒ ❒ ❒ ❒ ❒ ❒ Proceed asfollows: thisfunctionitispossibletoadjustthe With play showsthedate; standard screen. tothe button foralongertimetoreturn to the menuscreenorpress turn press the press the screen); tothestandard longer timetoreturn just theyear(orpressbuttonfora press the press the screen); tothestandard a longertimetoreturn just themonth(orpressbuttonfor press the press the press the day; MODE MODE MODE MODE ▲ ▲ ▲ / / / button briefly:thedis- button brieflytoad- button brieflytoad- ▼ button brieflytore- ▼ ▼ buttons toadjustthe buttons toadjust; buttons toadjust; 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina67 DST (SUMMERTIME) daylight time). to+1hourinrelationthe corresponds ON scribed previously. vene manuallyonthe“ time andviceversa,withnoneedtointer- function, thedisplayswitchesfromdaylight Proceed asfollows: ❒ ❒ ❒ thisoptionitispossibletoturn With Selecting andactivatingthe“ / play shows standard screen. tothe ton foralongertimetoreturn tothemenuscreenorpressbut- turn press the use the press the OFF vation ordeactivation; the summertimefunction(which MODE MODE ▲ ON / ; ▼ button briefly:thedis- button brieflytore- TIME buttons toselectacti- ” functionde- DST ON ” MODE 12/24 12h or24hmode. ❒ ❒ ❒ To adjustproceedasfollows: This functionisusedtosettheclockin play shows standard screen. tothe ton foralongertimetoreturn tothemenuscreenorpressbut- turn press the press the press the or 24h MODE MODE 12h ▲ ); / ; button briefly:thedis- button brieflytore- ▼ buttons toset( 12h RADIO ceed asfollows: clusterdisplay.strument displayed bytheradiofrontpanelonin- ON even if “ system only, ifthe activeradiosourceis the frontpanelofradioitself. on, thedispayrepeatsdisplayon turned DISPLAY ON ❒ ❒ ❒ To activate/deactivatethisfunction,pro- thisfunctionitispossibletoturn With MP3 NOTE Selecting andactivatingthe“ / play shows standard screen. tothe ton foralongertimetoreturn tothe menuscreenorpressthebut- turn press the use the press the OFF ”, the ON For versionswithCDMP3sound vation/deactivation; the repetitionofinformation . MODE RADIO MODE ▲ ” function,whentheradiois ON / ; ▼ button briefly:thedis- button brieflytore- function isdisabled buttons toselectacti- RADIO 67 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina68 68 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR TELEPHONE ceed asfollows: paneldisplay.caller ontheinstrument name (iflisted)andphonenumberofthe ON caller. name (iflisted)andphonenumberofthe thedisplay showsthe a phonecallarrives, PHONE DISPLAY ON ❒ ❒ ❒ To activate/deactivatethisfunction,pro- thisoptionitispossibletoturn With Selecting andactivatingthe“ / standard screen. tothe ton foralongertimetoreturn tothe menuscreenorpressthebut- turn press the use the play shows press the OFF vation/deactivation; the functionwhichshows MODE MODE ▲ ON / ; ▼ button briefly:thedis- button brieflytore- ” function,when buttons toselectacti- TELE- NAVIGATION cluster display. the radionavigatordisplayoninstrument function toviewthepictogramsshownon the radionavigator, toturn itself. (pictograms) ontheradionavigatordisplay clusterdisplayrepeatsthe strument TION DISPLAY ON ❒ ❒ To activate/deactivateproceedasfollows: ❒ thisoptionitispossible,duringuseof With Selecting andactivatingthe“ play shows standard screen. tothe ton foralongertimetoreturn tothe menuscreenorpressthebut- turn press the use the press the vation ordeactivation; MODE MODE ▲ ON / ; ▼ button briefly:thedis- button brieflytore- ” function,thein- buttons toselectacti- ON NAVIGA- / OFF the LANGUAGE shown onthedisplay. language requiredforthetextsandmessages ❒ ❒ ❒ Proceed asfollows: thisfunctionitispossibletoselectthe With ously; play showsthe“language”setprevi- standard screen. tothe ton foralongertimetoreturn tothemenuscreenorpressbut- turn press the press the press the MODE MODE ▲ button briefly:thedis- / button brieflytore- ▼ buttons toadjust; 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina69 UNITS or °F). km, km/lormpg)andthetemperature(°C (km ormi),thefuelconsumption(l/100 unit ofmeasurementforthetraveldistance ❒ ❒ ❒ To settheunits,proceedasfollows: ❒ thisfunctionitispossibletosetthe With pending onwhatsetpreviously); screen): thedisplayshows° tothestandard for alongertimetoreturn the temperatureunit(orpressbutton press the press the press the play shows“ press the on whatsetpreviously); MODE MODE ▲ km ▲ ” or“ / button brieflytoselect button briefly, thedis- / ▼ ▼ mi buttons toadjust; ” (depending buttons toadjust; C or ° F (de- avigator display(iffitted). bi-zone display(iffitted)andontheradion- or °F)setonthedisplayisalsoshown ❒ ❒ ❒ IMPORTANT to thestandardscreen); the buttonforalongertimetoreturn lect thefuelconsumptionunit(orpress standard screen. tothe button foralongertimetoreturn tothemenuscreenorpress turn press the if thetraveldistanceunitis“ press the “ display shows“ km/l ”: pressthe is “ adjust. Instead,ifthetraveldistanceunit MODE MODE mi The temperatureunit(°C ” thedisplayshows“ button brieflytose- button brieflytore- l/100km ▲ km / ▼ ” or ”, the mpg buttons to ”; BUZZER signals shownonthedisplay. nies thecontrolsincarandanyfailure the volumeofbuzzerwhichaccompa- tained. aremain- dition anybuzzerfailurewarnings ❒ ❒ ❒ To adjustthevolume,proceedasfollows: thisfunctionitispossibletoadjust With IMPORTANT previously set; play showsthe“level”ofvolume standard screen. tothe ton foralongertimetoreturn tothemenuscreenorpressbut- turn press the press the press the MODE MODE ▲ In thebuzzer / button briefly:thedis- button brieflytore- ▼ buttons toadjust; OFF con- 69 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina70 70 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR SERVICE lows: maintenance. car connectedwiththecorrect information ❒ ❒ ❒ To proceedasfol- consultthisinformation, thisfunctionitispossibletoviewthe With ly (seeparagraph“UNITS”); “ play showsthedeadlinein“ standard screen. tothe button foralongertimetoreturn to the menuscreenorpress turn press the press the press the mi ” dependingonwhatsetprevious- required information onthedisplay; required information MODE MODE ▲ / button briefly:thedis- button brieflytore- ▼ buttons toviewthe km ” or cally, withtheignitionkeyat 20,000km;thisisshownautomati- every nance Scheduleincludescarmaintenance Romeo AuthorisedServices. km. ThisdisplaycanonlyberesetbyAlfa 200 deadline anditisshownagainevery ing from2,000km(ormiles)this IMPORTANT The programmedMainte- MAR , start- MENU OFF standard screen. Selecting this function you return tothe Selecting thisfunctionyoureturn 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina71 TRIP COMPUTER is contained within the complete mission. Both functions are resettable (reset - start ofanewmission). is containedwithinthecompletemission.Bothfunctionsareresettable(reset-start carmission.Thisfunction(asshownint thepartial thecompletemissionofcarandTRIPBconcerning TRIP concerning The “Trip relatingtotheoperatingstatusofcarondisplay. computer”functiongivesinformation Thisfunctioncompri General Start of new partial mission ofnewpartial Start Reset GENERALTRIP End ofcompletemission End of partial mission End ofpartial Start ofnewmission Start

Reset TRIPB ˙ ˙ TRIP B Start of new partial mission ofnewpartial Start End of partial mission End ofpartial

Reset TRIPB ˙ ˙ TRIP B GENERAL TRIP Start of new partial mission ofnewpartial Start End of partial mission End ofpartial

Reset TRIPB ˙TRIP B ˙ ses theGENERAL he graphbelow) Start of new partial mission ofnewpartial Start End of partial mission End ofpartial Reset TRIPB Reset GENERALTRIP End ofcompletemission

Start ofnewmission Start ˙ ˙ 71 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina72 72 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR lating to: ❒ ❒ ❒ ❒ ❒ ❒ ❒ ❒ ❒ ❒ The GENERALTRIPdisplaysthefiguresre- TRIP Bdisplaysthefiguresrelatingto: Travel distanceB Travel timeB Average speedB Average consumptionB Travel distance Range Travel time Average speed Actual consumption Average consumption Displayed figures mission (traveltime). the newmission. of to theoveralltimeelapsedfromstart thedisplaywillshow“---”. gine running, tion updatedconstantly. Ifparkingwithen- mission. sumptions fromthebeginningofnew Time elapsed from the start ofthenew Time elapsedfromthestart time Travel It showsthecaraveragespeedaccording speed Average It showsthevariationoffuelconsump- consumption Actual Represents theindicativeaverageofcon- consumption Average planning atrip. viously mustbetakeninconsiderationwhen pressure, etc…).Whatwasdescribedpre- tire conditions ofthecar(loadtransported, (highways, urban,mountain,etc…),use useofthecar”),type ofroute “Correct in paragraph“Drivingstyle”thechapter factors: drivingstyle(seewhatisdescribed tonomy valuecanbeinfluencedbydifferent shows value“0.0”. reconnection(reset),thedisplay to battery ofanewmission. from thestart lowing conditionsoccur: ving conditions. before needingfuelifkeepingthesamedri- At thebeginningofanewmission, due It showsthedistancetravelledbycar distance Travel IMPORTANT for carleftparkedwithengine running - rangevaluebelow50 km(or30mi); - The displayshows“---“whenthefol- It showsthedistancecarcanstillcover Range long. The variationoftheau- 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina73 out: “automatically”whenthe“traveldis- - “manually”bytheuser, throughpro- - whentheresetoperationiscarried It starts mission New necting thebattery. hours and59minutes)orafterrecon- when the“traveltime”is99:59(99 tance” isequalto9999.9km(ormi), longed pressureofthe SET button; fig. 94 SET BUTTON to start anewmission: to start reset theGENERALTRIPandBfunctions ( AL TRIPandBfunctions. nition keyat fig. 94 - - The The buttonfittedontherightlever new journey. long pressing view; short pressing SET ) makesitpossible,withtheig- button alsomakesitpossibleto MAR , toaccesstheGENER- : to reset and start a : toresetandstart : togonextscreen A0A0021m also makesitpossibletoresetTRIPB. theGENERALTRIP of thescreensconcerning ton formorethan2seconds)inthepresence 2 seconds. MAR GENERAL TRIP, withtheignitionkeyat (reset) Start ofjourneyprocedure CONSUMPTION information cannotbereset. CONSUMPTION information associatedwiththisfunction. formation also makesitpossibletoresetonlythein- theTRIPB ence ofthescreensconcerning ton formorethan2seconds)inthepres- The resetoperation(pressingthe The resetoperation(pressingthe To monitoredbythe anewjourney start IMPORTANT , pressthe SET The RANGEandACTUAL button formorethan SET SET but- but- 73 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina74 74 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR AND INDICATIONS WARNING LIGHTS circuit. minimum level,duetoapossible leakinthe fallsbelowthe brake fluidinthereservoir shown onthedisplay)whenlevelof sions togetherwiththemessage+symbol Low brakefluid a fewseconds. on,butitshouldgooffafter ing lightturns is fitted. of engineandequipmentwithwhichthecar lightsdependsonthetype of thewarning x The warning light turns on(onsomever- lightturns The warning Turning theignitionkeyto IMPORTANT (red) HANDBRAKE ON (red) LOW BRAKEFLUID The presenceorabsence MAR the warn- brake isengaged. Handbrake on The warning light turns onwhenthehand- lightturns The warning that the handbrake is not engaged. not is handbrake the that If the warning light stays on with the with on stays light warning the If handbrake off, stop the car immedi- car the stop off, handbrake ately and contact Alfa Romeo Au- Romeo Alfa contact and ately thorised Services. thorised If the the If on when travelling check travelling when on x WARNING warning light turns light warning Alfa RomeoAuthorisedServices. 2 or3minutes,stoptheengineandcontact the display)doesnotgooffwithinnext gether withthemessage+symbolshownon of thecoolantfluid. activatethe circulation celerated tofurther the carleavingengineonandslightlyac- onwhentravelling,stop Ifitturns overheated. shown onthedisplay)whenengineis sions togetherwiththemessage+symbol off afterafewseconds. on,butitshouldgo ing light(iffitted)turns If the warning light(onsome versions to- If thewarning on(onsomever- lightturns The warning Turning theignitionkeyto u TEMPERATURE (red) COOLANT FLUID HIGH ENGINE MAR the warn- 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina75 system. ly ifthereisanoperatingfailureintheAirbag a fewseconds. on,butitshouldgooffafter ing lightturns The warning lightsstaysonglowingsteadi- The warning Turning theignitionkeyto ¬ off) is also indicated by the flash- the by indicated also is off) ing for more than 4 seconds of the of seconds 4 than more for ing air bag warning light light warning bag air ¬ ignition key to MAR or stays on stays or MAR to key ignition when the car is travelling there travelling is car the when might be a failure in the restrain- the in failure a be might ing systems; in this case the air the case this in systems; ing warning light (warning light (warning light warning bags or pretensioners may not ac- not may pretensioners or bags tivate in case of accident or, in a in or, accident of case in tivate limited number of cases, they may they cases, of number limited activate by mistake. Before carry- Before mistake. by activate ing on the journey, contact Alfa contact journey, the on ing If the the If Romeo Authorised Services to have to Services Authorised Romeo the system checked. The failure of failure The checked. system the the not switch on turning the turning on switch not (red) AIR BAGFAILURE ¬ WARNING warning light does light warning MAR the warn- ¬ . off afterafewseconds. on,butitshouldgo ing light(iffitted)turns v Turning theignitionkeyto travelling (on some versions there versions some (on travelling also the message + symbol shown symbol + message the also on the display), stop the engine im- engine the stop display), the on mediately and contact Alfa Romeo Alfa contact and mediately Authorised Services. Authorised If the the If turns on when the car is car the when on turns PRESSURE (red) LOW ENGINEOIL v WARNING MAR warning light warning the warn- Romeo AuthorisedServices. display) stayson,contactimmediatelyAlfa is alsothemessage+symbolshownon going outisallowed). atidlespeedabriefdelayin engine running (withthe out assoontheengineisstarted on,butitshouldgo ing light(iffitted)turns If the warning light(onsomeversionsthere If thewarning Turning theignitionkeyto w CHARGE (red) LOW BATTERY MAR the warn- 75 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina76 76 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR shut. more doorsorthetailgatearenotproperly symbol shownonthedisplay)whenoneor some versionsthereisalsothemessage+ ly when,withtheignitionkeyat driver’s fastened. seatbeltisnotcorrectly The warning light (if fitted) turns on(on light(iffitted)turns The warning onglowingsteadi- lightturns The warning ´ < (red) DOOR CLOSING INCOMPLETE FASTENED (red) SEAT BELTS NOT MAR , the pads changing them,alsochecktherearbrake wear sensorsforthefrontbrakepads,when soon aspossible. inthiscasehavethemchangedas worn; on thedisplay)iffrontbrakepadsare there isalsothemessage+symbolshown the brakepedalpressed(onsomeversions d IMPORTANT onwith light(iffitted)turns The warning (red) BRAKE PAD WEAR As thecarisfittedwith as possible. assoon tact AlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices case of transmission failure. Transmission failure The messageisshownonthedisplayin t T.SPARK Selespeed) (2.0 versions FAILURE TRANSMISSION SELESPEED In thiscasecon- 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina77 of thesystem. automatically aprocedurefortheprotection bythedriver.nal atransmissionoveruse Reduction ofgearshifting The irregular use(bythedriver)maystart The irregular The messageisshownonthedisplaytosig- Romeo Authorised Services. Authorised Romeo If the message remains on remains message the If the display, contact Alfa contact display, the WARNING select the itisnotpossibleto with theenginerunning, Manual modenotavailable The messageisshownonthedisplaywhen, MANUAL Romeo Authorised Services. Authorised Romeo mode. If the message remains on remains message the If the display, contact Alfa contact display, the WARNING select the itisnotpossibleto with theenginerunning, not available Automatic mode The messageisshownonthedisplaywhen, AUTO mode. Romeo Authorised Services. Authorised Romeo If the message remains on remains message the If the display, contact Alfa contact display, the WARNING 77 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina78 78 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR overheating. companied byabuzzerwhenthereisclutch Clutch overheating The messageisshownonthedisplayac- fic lights), do not use the acceler- the use not do lights), fic ator to keep the car stopped, to stopped, car the keep to ator prevent overheating and thus dam- thus and overheating prevent aging the clutch. Instead, use the use Instead, clutch. the aging brake pedal and press the acceler- the press and pedal brake ator pedal only when about to about when only pedal ator leave off. If the message remains message the If off. leave on the display, contact Alfa Romeo Alfa contact display, the on Authorised Services. Authorised If parking or stopping the stopping or parking If car uphill (e.g. at the traf- the at (e.g. uphill car WARNING (maximum gearallowed: mode The systemisnowintherecovery the brakehelddown:enginewillstart. AVV that thebrakepedalisoperating. up,thesystemrecognises when, duringstart the display, accompaniedbyabuzzer, Delayed start-up Press thebrake- Under thiscondition,keepthekeyin shownon The messagesarealternatively position foratleast6seconds,with 2 nd ). engaged butneutral( outwithanygear iscarried only ifstart-up IMPORTANT Romeo Authorised Services. Authorised Romeo If the message remains on remains message the If the display, contact Alfa contact display, the The messagesareshown N ). WARNING 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina79 Romeo Authorised Services. Authorised Romeo ( 2 ) orreverse( If the message remains on remains message the If the display, contact Alfa contact display, the es: companied byabuzzer, inthefollowingcas- Gear notavailable when,becauseofasystemfailure,it - or when, becauseofasystemfailure,it - The messageisshownonthedisplay, ac- is possibleonlytoengage is notpossibletochangegear; R ). WARNING st ( 1 1 ), 2 nd brake pedalfirst. attempt tochangegearwithoutpressing the ditions, duetosafetyreasons, there isan companied byabuzzer, wheninsomecon- repeat operation Press thebrakepedal- cepting thegearshiftarenotpresent. conditionsforac- trol leverasthenecessary does notacceptthegearshiftbycon- companied byabuzzer, whenthesystem Operation notallowed The messageisshownonthedisplay, ac- The messageisshownonthedisplay, ac- Romeo Authorised Services. Authorised Romeo If the message remains on remains message the If the display, contact Alfa contact display, the WARNING the displaymustgooff. outthemanoeuvre. asks thedrivertocarry companied byabuzzer, whenthesystem Engage N(neutral) Shifting thegearto( The messageisshownonthedisplay, ac- Romeo Authorised Services. Authorised Romeo N ) themessageon If the message remains on remains message the If the display, contact Alfa contact display, the WARNING 79 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina80 80 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR but itisstillstored bythesystem; lightgoesoffifthefaultdisappears, warning assoon aspossible.The Authorised Services on maycausedamage.ContactAlfa Romeo light longed useofthecarwithwarning orhighspeeds.Pro- demanding heavyeffort sible tocontinuedrivingwithouthowever sumption levels.Intheseconditionsitispos- poorhandlingandhighcon- of performance, high emissionsattheexhaust,possiblelack supply/ignition systemwhichcouldcause sage +symbolareshownonthedisplay): when travelling(onsomeversionsthemes- lightisworkingproperly.the warning onindicatesthat Theinitialturning started. but itshouldgooffwhentheenginehas key to U glowing steadily on lightstaysonorturns If thewarning theignition conditions,turning In normal MAR , the warning light turns on, lightturns , thewarning applicable) markets where (for versions/ FAILURE (amber) CONTROL SYSTEM EOBD ENGINE - meansafaultinthe Services assoonpossible. Services flashing andcontactAlfaRomeoAuthorised driving conditionsthatmaycausefurther atmoderatespeed,tyringtoavoid journey lightstopsflashing;continuethe warning al tolowerthespeedofengineuntil toreleasetheacceleratorped- it isnecessary lightflashes, in thischapter).Ifthewarning damage tocatalyst(see“EOBDsystem” a flashing - indicatesthepossibilityof soon aspossible. as Alfa RomeoAuthorisedServices flashing whentravelling,contact or ifitturnsonglowingsteadily ing lightdoesnotturnon key toMAR,the If, turningtheignition U warn- CODE system”). dicates apossiblefailure(see“AlfaRomeo MAR then gooff.If,withtheignitionkeyat ing light(iffitted)flashesonlyonceand same timeofthe Y IMPORTANT Turning theignitionkeyto , the warning lightstayson,thisin- , thewarning Authorised Services. shown onthedisplay, contactAlfaRomeo themessage+symbolare gine running urable multifunctiondisplay:ifwiththeen- system. indicates afailureoftheAlfaRomeoCODE If, with the engine running, the If, withtheenginerunning, For theversionsequippedwithreconfig- have allthekeysmemorised. to Contact AlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices “Alfa RomeoCODEsystem”inthis chapter). tected bytheengineinhibitordevice (see play), thismeansthatthecarisnotpro- er withthemessage+symbolondis- ing lightflashes(onsomeversionstogeth- (amber) SYSTEM ALFA ROMEOCODE The turning onatthe The turning U and MAR Y the warn- warning lights warning Y warn- 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina81 (amber) FAILURE (dieselversions) GLOW PLUGSWARNING for animperceptiblelengthoftime. on lightmayturn temperature, thewarning lightgoesoff. as thewarning theengineassoon lished temperature.Start the glowplugshavereachedpre-estab- offwhen lightturns display). Thewarning is shownonthereconfigurablemultifunction on(onsomeversionsit lightturns warning Glow plugwarming m IMPORTANT Turning theignitionkeyto (amber) (diesel versions) WARMING GLOW PLUGS With ahighenvironment With MAR , the as possibletohavethefaulteliminated. assoon tact AlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices system.Con- ure intheglowplugwarming shown onthedisplay)whenthereisafail- some versionsthemessage+symbolare Glow plugwarmingfailure The warning light (if fitted) turns on(on light(iffitted)turns The warning the cause irregularengineoperation.If the entireinjectionsystemand in thefueloilfilter. shown onthedisplay)whenthereiswater some versionsthemessage+symbolare The warning light (if fitted) turns on(on light(iffitted)turns The warning thorised Services. ately andcontact AlfaRomeoAu- case turntheengineoff immedi- inthis introduced inthereservoir: fuelling, maybesomewater was same warningisshownafter re- have thesystemrelieved.If assoonpossibleto Services contact AlfaRomeoAuthorised figurable multifunctiondisplay) symbol areshownontherecon- on someversions,themessage+ c c cause seriousdamageto the supplycircuitmay The presenceofwaterin warning lightturnson(or, (amber) (diesel versions) OIL FILTER WATER INFUEL 81 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina82 82 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR on thedisplay). (or, onsomeversions,thesymbolgoesoff lightgoesoff car travellinguntilthewarning to cleanthefilter, itisadvisabletokeepthe the regenerationprocedure. automatically not makeitpossibletostart filter iscloggedandthedrivingprofiledoes shown onthedisplay)whenparticulate some versionsthemessage+symbolare h To allowtheregenerationprocedureand on(on light(iffitted)turns The warning (amber) (diesel versions) FILTER CLOGGED DIESEL PARTICULATE warning light warning gered, onsomeversionstogetherwiththe fuelcut-offswitchistrig- when theinertial The messageonthedisplayisshown s or leaks from the supply system supply the from leaks or are noted, do not re-engage the re-engage not do noted, are switch to avoid the risk of fire. of risk the avoid to switch If, after the display of the of display the after If, message, the smell of fuel of smell the message, where applicable) (for versions/markets CUT-OFF SWITCH INERTIAL FUEL s ). WARNING vices assoonpossible. tocontactAlfaRomeoAuthorised Ser- essary grip.Itisalsonec- es oflessthanperfect tential offeredbytheABSsystem. fectiveness unchanged,butwithoutthepo- In thiscase,thebrakingsystemkeepsitsef- the display)whensystemisinefficient. sions themessage+symbolareshownon off afterafewseconds. on,butitshouldgo ing light(iffitted)turns Caution is advisable, particularly inallcas- Caution isadvisable,particularly on(onsomever- lightturns The warning Turning theignitionkeyto > (amber) ABS SYSTEM INEFFICIENT MAR the warn- 058-085_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 11:59 Pagina 83

INEFFICIENT EBD PASSENGER’S VDC SYSTEM (red) (amber) F FRONT AIR BAG (if fitted) (amber) x DEACTIVATED á (amber) The turning on at the same (upon request for versions/ Turning the ignition key to MAR the warn- x > > time of the and warning markets where applicable) ing light turns on, but it should go off after lights (on some versions the a few seconds. message + symbol are shown With the passenger’s Air bag engaged, on the display) with the engine turning the ignition key to MAR the warn- If the warning light does not go out or running indicates an EBD system failure; in ing light turns on, but it should go off after stays on when travelling (on some versions this case heavy braking may cause rear approximately 4 seconds. together with the message + symbol shown wheels to lock before time, with the possi- on the display), contact Alfa Romeo Autho- The warning light turns on when the pas- rised Services. bility of skidding. senger’s front Air bag is deactivated. The flashing of the warning light when trav- Driving extremely carefully, immediately GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR contact the nearest Alfa Romeo Authorised elling indicates the cutting in of the VDC sys- tem. Service to have the system checked. WARNING The warning light F also shows a failure of the ¬ warning light. This condition is sig- nalled by the flashing of the F warning light over the normal 4 sec- onds. In this case the ¬ warning light may fail to signal possible faults in the restraining systems. Before going on, contact Alfa Romeo Au- thorised Services to have the sys- tem checked.

83 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina84 84 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR should gooffafterafewseconds. on,butit light(iffitted)turns warning as possible. assoon tact AlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices a failureoftheASRsystem.Inthiscasecon- symbol shownonthedisplay)alsoindicates some versionstogetherwiththemessage+ gripconditions. surface ver thatthesystemisadaptingtoroad thedri- es whenthesystemcutsin,toalert lightflash- tem isswitchedoff.Thewarning after afewseconds. on,butitshouldgooff lightturns warning V The turning on of the warning light(on onofthewarning The turning onwhenthesys- lightturns The warning Turning theignitionkeyto Turning theignitionkeyto W (amber) LIGHT FAILURE (amber) SYSTEM) (iffitted) (WHEEL ANTISKID ASR SYSTEM MAR MAR , the , the tection fuseoracut-offelectricconnection. be: oneormoreblownbulbs,apro- one ofthefollowinglightsisdetected: shown onthedisplay)whenafaulttoany- sions togetherwiththemessage+symbol The failure referring totheselightscould The failurereferring numberplatelights. - rearfoglights - fuse brakinglightsandcorresponding - sidelights - on(onsomever- lightturns The warning km. tain versionswhenautonomyis below50 litres offuelareleftinthetankandoncer- bol shownonthedisplay)whenabout7 versions togetherwiththemessage+sym- The the warning light turns on(onsome lightturns The thewarning K (amber) FUEL RESERVE pressed. lightbuttonis when thehazardwarning wards or, togetherwiththeleftindicator, rection indicatorcontrolleverismovedup- is pressed. cator, lightbutton whenthehazardwarning downwards or, togetherwiththerightindi- rection indicatorcontrolleverismoved The warning light turns onwhenthedi- lightturns The warning onwhenthedi- lightturns The warning E R INDICATOR (green) DIRECTION RIGHT-HAND INDICATOR (green) DIRECTION LEFT-HAND 058-085_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200811:59Pagina85 lights or dipped beams are turned on. lights ordippedbeamsareturned ControlknurledringtoON. the Cruise on. lights orlowbeamsareturned 3 1 The warning light turns onwhentheside- lightturns The warning onwhenturning lightturns The warning onwhenside/tail- lightturns The warning Ü (blue) MAIN BEAMS (green) (where provided) CRUISE CONTROL (green) SIDE/TAILLIGHTS WARNING LIGHT FAILURE warning light. warning light,VDC light,ASRwarning EBD warning light, lights:ABSwarning following warning message whenafaultisdetected toonethe are shownonthedisplay On someversionsthedisplay shows a On someversionsthemessage+symbol √ ture flashing)+symbol will beshown(withtheoutsidetempera- perature reachesagain3°C,anewmessage a buzzer. the symbol on theroad,temperatureexceeds6°C, aboutthepossiblepresenceofice warning off. the engineturns mains untilthetemperatureexceeds6°Cor seconds; afterthistime,onlythesymbolre- while themessageisshownforabout10 C. falls below3° when theoutsidetemperaturereachesor road, togetherwithabuzzerwhichsounds ver ofthepossiblepresenceiceon If, duringtravelling,afterthedisplayed The buzzersoundsforabout2seconds √ ROAD OF ICEONTHE POSSIBLE PRESENCE will gooffand,ifthetem- √ √ accompanied by to warn thedri- to warn SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RANGE (Trip Computer) SPEED LIMITEXCEEDED ENGINE OILSENSORFAILURE every 200km. every theignitionkey to turning tervals, tenance Programme. the deadlinegiveninScheduled Main- are shownonthedisplay2000kmfrom low 50km. are shownonthedisplaywhenrangeisbe- function display”). set previously(see“Reconfigurablemulti- when thevehisleexceedsspeedlimit the displayandsoundingofbuzzer, on, togetherwiththemessage+symbolon light. warning light,VDC light,ASRwarning EBD warning light, lights:ABSwarning following warning message whenafaultisdetectedtoonethe The messageisshownagainat timed in- On someversionsthemessage+symbol On someversionsthemessage+symbol lightturns On someversionsthewarning On someversionsthedisplayshowsa MAR 85 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina86 86 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 95 fixed vents- ing sidewindows- 1 CLIMATE CONTROLSYSTEM Upper stationary ventfor defrostingordemistingwindscreen- Upper stationary 8 Rear adjustable swivel outlet(uponrequestforversions/markets whereapplicable). 4 Adjustable centre,swivelvents- 5 Side adjustableandswiveloutlets - 2 Upper centreadjustablevent- 6 Front feetareafixedvents- 3 Stationary ventsfordefrostingordemist- Stationary 7 Rear feetarea A0A1019m 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina87 fig. 96 ADJUSTMENT CENTRE SWIVELVENT ADJUSTMENT UPPER CENTREVENT • • I I trol ( the 4directions:up/down,right/left). makes itpossibletodirecttheflowofair(in Completelyopen = Completelyclosed. = Completelyopen = Completelyclosed. = The vent( To adjusttheairflow, usecontrol( Each vent( A ). 1 ) hasanopening/closingcon- 2 ) hasalever( ( ( fig. 96 fig. 96 ) ) B ) which C ): A0A0085m fig. 97 ADJUSTMENT SIDE SWIVELOUTLET side windows. • D II I required. ring ( - fixedventfordefrostingordemisting Completelyopen = open. Partially = Completelyclosed. = To adjusttheairflow, usecontrol( To directtheflowofair, theknurled turn A ) and/ordirectlyusecontrol( ( fig. 97 ) C B ): ) as A0A0086m fig. 98 ring ( applicable versions/markets where required. ( ADJUSTMENT REAR SWIVELOUTLET fig. 98 To directtheflowofair, theknurled turn To adjusttheairflow, usecontrol( • II I A Completelyopen = open. Partially = Completelyclosed. = ) and/ordirectlyusecontrol( ) ( ) upon requestfor C B ): ) as A0A0087m 87 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina88 88 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROLSYSTEM is theclimatecontrolcompressorbutton The onlydifferencebetweenthetwosystems quest forversions/marketswhereapplicable). and manualclimatecontrolsystem(uponre- Below isabriefdescriptionoftheheating compressor ontopreventpossiblemisting. theclimatecontrol always advisabletoturn trol compressor is unable to unable is compressor trol work. It is therefore inadvisable therefore is It work. to use the inside air recirculation air inside the use to function temperature as windows may windows as temperature mist over quickly. over mist corresponding knobsasillustrated. corresponding tions ofuse,setthepointeronrings tions ofbothsystemsinthedifferentcondi- control system.To obtainthemaximumfunc- fitted onlyontheversionswithmanualclimate system isairdehumification.It ture ofthemanualclimatecontrol With low external tem- external low With perature the climate con- climate the perature IMPORTANT v WARNING with low outside low with An important fea- An important √ , fig. 101 fig. 100 fig. 99 ( upon requestforversions/marketswhereapplicable MAXIMUM COOLINGPOWER MAXIMUM COOLINGPOWER MAXIMUM COOLINGPOWER ) A0A0122m A0A0139m A0A0107m 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina89 air distribution. controlling the temperatureandthe sition ofthe electricalactuators climate controlunitreset thepo- fore startingtheengine,to letthe pages. giveninthefollowing read theinstructions system andhowtomakethebestuseofit, For more detailed information aboutthe For moredetailedinformation for atleast3minutesbe- moval/reconnection wait At any battery re- At anybattery with thesystemcomponents. er fluidswhichareincompatible cidental spillage. the environmentineventofac- rent regulationsanddoesnotharm Absolutely avoidtheuseofoth- R134a whichmeetscur- climate controlsystemis The coolantusedforthe fig. 102 CONTROLS 3 2 1 - Airdistributionselectorknob - Airtemperatureadjustmentknob - Fanspeedadjustmentknob ( fig. 102 ) v ton 6 4 control system) 5 - Rearscreenheatingon/offbutton - Climatecontrolcompressoron/offbut- √ - Insideairre-circulationon/offbutton (only versionswithmanualclimate A0A0088m ( . 89 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina90 90 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR KNOB FAN SPEEDADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT KNOB AIR TEMPERATURE ton by thelightingupoflednexttobut- ically engagesinsideairre-circulation(shown passenger compartment. personalise theamountofairadmittedto is possibletoselectoneofthefanspeeds admitted to the passenger compartment. admitted tothepassengercompartment. higher orlowerthetemperatureofair wise orcounter-clockwiserespectivelyto Position Turning thringofknob( Turn theringofknob( button ( outside airtothecar. 5 To switchoffinsideairre-circulation,press viously turned off. viously turned onagainalthoughpre- air recirculationwillturn off, at next restarting ifthefanisat off, atnextrestarting on automatically. Whenswitchingtheengine If thefanisat v 0 5 turns off thefanandautomat- turns ) ) therebyshuttingofftheinletof v 0 . 1-fig. 102 air recirculationwillturn 2-fig. 102 ) clock- ) it 0 yet, AIR DISTRIBUTIONKNOB MAX ing fordefrosting/demisting (functioncalled partment. actual vents. ty ofadjustmentusingthecontrolson following positionsareselectedinsequence: - w ≤ μ y ¥ Flow airtoallowquickdemisting/defrost- Air flowtowardsthewindscreenandfront ofthe passenger Air flowtothelowerpart Splitting ofairflowbetweentheprevious Air flowtowardstheuppercentre,frontcen- Turning theknobring( - DEF windows, turning onrearscreen heat- windows, turning ing ofthewindscreenandfrontside frosting. side windowsfordemisting/de- ofthepassengercom- the lowerpart windscreen/front sidewindowsand Splitting ofairflowbetweenthe (frontandrear). compartment senger compartment. ofthepas- vents andthelowerpart outlets (iffitted)withthepossibili- tre ventsandfromthefrontrear ) 3-fig. 102 ), the pressing button( climate controlsystem ( BUTTON COMPRESSOR ON/OFF CLIMATE CONTROL only versionswithmanual The climatecontrolcompressorisengaged essary for cooling and dehumidify- and cooling for essary ing the air; it is advisable to keep to advisable is it air; the ing this function always on, to prevent to on, always function this window misting problems. misting window engaged pressingthebutton( misting. Insideairre-circulationmayalsobe responding led,topreventthewindowsfrom is engagedautomatically, offthecor- turning off,air re-circulation trol compressoristurned low.temperature notvery Iftheclimatecon- andexternal work withtheenginerunning The climatecontrolcompressorcanonly on. sponding lednexttothebuttonturns When thesystemisoperatingcorre- speed eveniftheknob( fan isalsooperatedautomaticallyatfirst pressor will not turn on. pressor willnotturn fan isat Operation of the climate the of Operation control compressor is nec- is compressor control √ 4-fig. 102 0 the climatecontrolsystemcom- WARNING ) ) 2 ) isatposition 5 ) √ v and the . Ifthe 0 . 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina91 ON/OFF BUTTON INSIDE AIRRE-CIRCULATION Pressing button( trol compressor is unable to unable is compressor trol work. It is therefore inadvisable therefore is It work. to use the inside air recirculation air inside the use to function temperature as windows may windows as temperature mist over quickly over mist ton again. and withdrawairfromoutside,pressthebut- thefanison. senger compartment, rectly treatstheaircontainedinpas- next tothebuttonlightsup. tivates insideairre-circulationandtheled To switchtheairre-circulationfeatureoff In thiscasetheclimatecontrolsystemdi- With low external tem- external low With perature the climate con- climate the perature v 5-fig. 102 WARNING with low outside low with v ) v ac- system or “heating” required the reach “cooling” conditions faster. It is It faster. conditions “cooling” avoid admitting polluted air from air polluted admitting avoid however inadvisable to use it on it use to inadvisable however outside. The prolonged use of this of use prolonged The outside. rainy/cold days as it would con- would it as days rainy/cold function should however be avoid- be however should function siderably increase the possibility of possibility the increase siderably ed, especially with several people several with especially ed, the windows misting inside, espe- inside, misting windows the on board, to avoid the possibility the avoid to board, on cially if the climate control system control climate the if cially of the windows mistinginside. windows the of is off. off. is v It is advisable to turn on turn to advisable is It re-circulation air inside The the inside air re-circulation air inside the to possible it makes system in queues or tunnels to tunnels or queues in WARNING WARNING tons ( onoftheledsnexttobut- the turning sor andinsideairre-circulation,shownby ing modeoftheclimatecontrolcompres- IMPORTANT 4 ) The conditionandoperat- again. utes. To offearlier, turn pressthebutton and switchedoffautomaticallyafter20min- on.Thisfunctionistimed the buttonturns heating coils;simultaneouslythelednextto rearscreen, andifpresent,thewingmirror onthedemisting/defrostingof turns ON/OFF BUTTON REARSCREEN HEATING cause ittostopworkingproperly. ing filamentstoavoiddamagewhich might the insideofrearscreenover theheat- ture isbelow3°C. on rearscreenheatingifthetempera- turns IMPORTANT IMPORTANT Pressing thebutton( fore turning offareresumed. fore turning theselectionschosenbe- engine isstarted when theengineisoff.Therefore, √ and ( The systemautomatically Do notapplystickerson 5 6-fig. 102 ) v ( , arealsostored ) ( 91 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina92 92 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR er onbluesector. √ as follows: andthewindowsshut,proceed gine running ( AND DEHUMIDIFYING AIR COOLING amount ofairadmitted er onthespeedrequiredtopersonalise required symbol. ring ( theknob increase thetemperatureturning with manualclimatecontrolsystem). (led nexttobuttonon)(onlyforversions taining therequiredtemperature. fig. 102/a - airquantityadjustment( - temperatureadjustmentknob( To coolanddehumidifytheairwithen- - airdistribution( - compressoronenablebutton( - airventscompletelyopen. Wishing tomoderatethecoolingaction, Wishing (for versions/marketswhereapplicable) 1 ) towardstheredsector, untilob- heating filaments. ) 3 ), knobpointeratthe care nottodamagethe of therearscreen,take When cleaningtheinside 2 ), knobpoint- 4 1 ) pressed ), point- cooling power: perature bluesector); will gocounter-clockwise(minimumtem- ton ( imum fanspeed. - setthepointerofknob( Proceed asfollowstoobtainthemaximum - setthepointerofknob( - presstheinsideairre-circulationonbut- 5 ) fig. 102/a ( 3 - setthepointerofairdistributionknob ) totherequiredposition(position v recommended). 2 1 ) tothemax- ) asfarit . ¥ is - compressoronenablebutton( - airventscompletelyopen. compartment. mates, toavoidover-coolingthepassenger hotcli- lengthsoftimeand very to short minimum temperatureshouldberestricted tem). versions withmanualclimatecontrolsys- pressed (lednexttobuttonon)(onlyfor The useoftheclimatecontrolsystemat 4 ) A0A0220m √ 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina93 ( AND WINGMIRRORS SIDE WINDOWS,REARSCREEN WINDSCREEN ANDFRONT AND/OR DEFROSTINGTHE DEMISTING - sent, the wing mirror coils. sent, thewingmirror screen andfrontsidewindowvents; control system); sor (onlyforversionswithmanualclimate as follows: (switching offautomaticallyafter the windscreenandsidewindowswithtiming toquickendemisting/defrostingof necessary ( - turns onrearscreenheating and,ifpre- - turns - directstheflowofairtowards the wind- - operatesthefanatapredefined speed; - setsthemaximumairtemperature; - switchesoffairre-circulation,ifengaged; ontheclimatecontrolcompres- - itturns The climatecontrolactivatesallthefunctions 3 - turn theringofairdistributionknob - turn Proceed asfollows: ) tothe MAX - - DEF symbol. function ) ( 3 fig. 103 minutes), ) heating button( lowing areon:thelednexttorearscreen When themaxdeffunctionison,fol- fig. 103 more effectivedefrostingwillbe. of visionandcomfort. controls tomaintaintheoptimum conditions the windows. enoughtodemist thatisnotwarm partment restrict theinletofairtopassengercom- ly engagethepre-establishedfanspeed,to enough, thefunctiondoesnotimmediate- ual climatecontrolsystem) 6 IMPORTANT After demisting/defrosting,simplyusethe IMPORTANT button ( climate controlcompressoron/offenable ) √ 4 ) (only forversionswithman- The hottertheengine If theengineisnothot ( , thelednextto ( demist thewindows: it isadvisabletoproceedasfollows perature betweeninsidethecarandoutside, and/or rainbigdifferencesintem- 5 - airre-circulationoff,lednexttobutton IMPORTANT ) √ button ( tem). versions withmanualclimatecontrolsys- To defrost/demist therearscreen,press at least; - pointerofknob( - pointerofknob( pressed, lednexttobuttonon(onlyfor v In casesofheavydamp 6 ) the possibilityofpassingtoposition more mistingisnoted; off; - climatecontrolcompressorbutton( ( , lednexttobuttonon. 2 3 ) atfansecondspeed ) onsymbol ≤ A0A0221m y with 4 if ) 93 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina94 94 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR HEATING speed; wise (maximumtemperatureredsector); ceed asfollows: required position. amount ofairadmitted; on thefanspeedrequiredtopersonalise on theredsectorasrequired; ceed asfollows: required position(position - airdistributionknobpointer( - knobpointer( - knobpointer( To obtainthemaximum heatingpowerpro- - airdistributionknobpointer( - airquantityadjustmentknobpointer( - temperatureadjustmentknobpointer( To obtainthetemperaturerequired,pro- erating temperature. op- the engineshouldhavereached normal warming, passengercompartment isfactory manual climatecontrolsystem). IMPORTANT where applicable) able button( to presstheclimatecontrolcompressoren- ment dehumidified,youarerecommended mended. To keeptheairinpassengercompart- ( fig. 104 1 ) asfaritwillgoclock- √ 2 4 To beable toobtainsat- ) onmaximumfan ) (forversions/markets (only forversionswith ) 3 3 w ) onthe ) onthe ) isrecom- 2 1 ) ) Services. Services. set ofsummerbyAlfaRomeo Authorised at leastonceayear, preferablyattheon- with thewindowsclosed. conditions anditisclearlymoreeffective pollutants. tions, isalsoreducestheconcentrationof suchasdust,pollen,etc. particles purifiedair,senger compartment freefrom air,tering external thusadmittingtothepas- Have theconditionsoffilterchecked The filteringactionisactiveinallairinlet In additiontotheabovementionedfunc- The filterhasthespecificcapabilityoffil- fig. 104 ( POLLEN FILTER for versions/marketswhereapplicable and vents. blocking theairflowatoutlets be seriouslycompromisedupto Schedule. ified intheProgrammedMaintenance thanthosespec- intervals replaced atshorter luted areas,thefiltershouldbecheckedand If thecarishabituallyusedindustyorpol- mate controlsystemmay the efficiencyofcli- ) If thefilterisnotreplaced A0A0222m 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina95 AUTOMATIC TWO-ZONECLIMATE CONTROLSYSTEM and anoutsidetemperatureabove4°C. pressor onlyworkswiththeenginerunning driver’s sideandthepassenger’s side. a maximumdifferenceof7°Cbetweenthe temperatures requiredonthetwosidewith tem makesitpossibletopersonalisethe trol compressor is unable to unable is compressor trol work. It is therefore inadvisable therefore is It work. to use the inside air recirculation air inside the use to IMPORTANT IMPORTANT function temperature as windows may windows as temperature mist over quickly quickly over mist With low external tem- external low With perature the climate con- climate the perature AUTO v The climatecontrolcom- The climatecontrolsys- button. WARNING with low outside low with side). temperatures (driver’s side-passenger’s versions/markets whereapplicable - pressthe theknobringstosetrequired - turn To thesystem( start fig. 105 ing pages. given inthefollow- it, readtheinstructions system andhowtomakethebestuseof For more detailed information aboutthe For moredetailedinformation fig. 105 ): ponents. compatible withthe systemcom- the useofother fluidswhicharein- cidental spillage. Absolutelyavoid the environmentinevent ofac- rent regulationsanddoesnot harm R134a whichmeetscur- climate controlsystemis The coolantusedforthe ) air distribution. controlling thetemperatureand sition oftheelectricalactuators climate controlunitresetthepo- fore startingtheengine,tolet ( upon requestfor for atleast3minutesbe- moval/reconnection wait At any battery re- At anybattery A0A1020m 95 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina96 96 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR GENERAL misting, enablingthe sufficient fordemisting;inthecaseofheavy pressor, airflowtothewindscreen,fanspeed opening airre-circulation,enablingthecom- ing throughaseriesofoperationssuchas: act onthesystemtopreventorreducemist- whichcanautomatically screen innersurface “controlling” apredefinedareaofthewind- behind theinsiderear-viewmirror, capableof ed withanincipientmistingsensorinstalled sor. Onsomeversionsthesystemisintegrat- sensorandatwo-zonesunraysen- partment has anoutsidesensor, apassenger’s com- of thepassenger’s thesystem compartment, mum temperaturecontrolinthetwoareas and onthepassenger’s side.To obtainopti- just theairtemperatureondriver’s side unit whichmakesitpossibletoseparatelyad- trol system,controlledbyanelectroniccontrol The carisfittedwithatwo-zoneclimatecon- MAX stances. accumulation of dustandothersub- and theactual sensor, avoiding the given to cleaningthe windscreen windscreen. Care should also be area between the sensor and the time card, etc.)in the “control” not beapplied (roadlicenceholder, - DEF function. ing sensor, stickers must tion oftheincipientmist- To ensurecorrectopera- TO recirculation button the sensorcanbere-enabledpressing the perature, thesensorisdisabled.Inanycase, tem- trol compressororwithlowexternal ditions; thereforedisablingtheclimatecon- pollution sensorissubordinatetosafetycon- typical smellofspirit). eration ofthewindscreenwasher(with luted airincities,queues,tunnelsandop- effectsofpol- culation tolessentheharmful automatically switchingoninsideairre-cir- grated byanantipollutionsensorcapableof to the ignitionkeyisturned IMPORTANT IMPORTANT versions,thesystemisinte- On certain button ispressedagainorthenexttime turned to turned is enabledeachtimetheignitionkey the automaticmode. incipient mistingsensorsignaluntilthe flow, aircapacity. Thisoperationinhibitsthe buttons: compressor, airrecirculation, offpressingoneofthefollowing be turned ton. Whenthisprocedureisworkingitcan MAR The functionoftheanti- or pressingthe The demistingprocedure v MAR until takingitto . AUTO AU but- - the driver’s andpassenger’s displays. ically accordingtothetemperatures seton iscontrolledautomat- senger compartment temperature oftheairadmitted to thepas- ually remainsautomaticandinany casethe able. following functionsmanually: able. side andpassenger’s side) ters andfunctions: controls andadjuststhefollowingparame- ter. Theclimatecontrolsystemautomatically andactivatedcarbonfil- combined particle resumed thenexttimeit isstarted. stored when theengine is switchedoffand control. The settings selected manually are until theuser decides toresume automatic over automatic onesand remaininstorage IMPORTANT The controloffunctionsnotchangedman- - climatecontrolcompressoron/offen- - insideairre-circulationon/off - airdistribution - fanspeed It ispossibletochangethesettingof - climatecontrolcompressoron/offen- - insideairre-circulationon/off - airdistribution - fanspeed - insidetemperature(separatelyondriver’s toa Air qualitycontrolisalsoentrusted Manual selections prevail 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina97 v CONTROLS OFF ror coils( windows, rearscreenheatingandwingmir- on/off buttonforwindscreenandfrontside (passenger’s side) senger’s side) switching thesystemoff frosting on/offbutton 10 7 6 5 4 9 ( (driver’s side) side) - Rearscreen heating and wing mirror de- - Rearscreenheatingandwingmirror - Knobforadjustingthefanspeedand - Insidetemperatureadjustmentknob - Insidetemperaturesetdisplay(pas- ) - Airdistributionselectionbuttons 3 2 1 (manual/automatic) - Maximumdefrosting/demisting - Insidetemperaturesetdisplay(driver’s - Fanspeedsetandsystemoffdisplay - Insidetemperatureadjustmentknob 8 MAX - Insideairre-circulationon/offbutton - DEF ( fig. 106 function ( ) - ) driver’s side set onthepassenger’s sidewiththaton the 12 11 - Insideairtemperaturesensor - Buttonforaligningthetemperature fig. 106 MONO tomatic mode enable button 14 13 - Buttonforselectingthesystemau- - Climatecontrolcompressoron/off √ AUTO A0A1021m 97 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina98 98 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR SYSTEM TWO-ZONE CLIMATE CONTROL HOW TOUSETHEAUTOMATIC the ( atures requiredonthedisplays;thenpress ways, butitisadvisabletosetthetemper- tions. inbothdirec- reached, theyarefreetoturn the maximumorminimumvaluehasbeen have amechanicalstoppertherefore,once new requirements. matically changeitssettingstoadjustthe changed atanytime;thesystemwillauto- eration, thetemperaturessetcanbe maintain them. peratures setasquicklypossibleandthen completely automaticallytoreachthetem- The system can be started indifferent The systemcanbestarted IMPORTANT During completelyautomaticsystemop- working This waythesystemwillstart 13 ) AUTO ( fig. 106 button. The knobringsdonot ) veningmanually onthefollowingcontrols: made automaticallybythesysteminter- ger’s sidemustbewithinarangeof7°C. perature betweenthedriver’s andpassen- ed bythesystem,differenceintem- - fanspeedadjustmentknob( It ispossibletopersonalisethechoices IMPORTANT - insideairre-circulationon/offbutton( - airdistributionselectionbuttons( √ v ton ( offtherightled onthebut- functions turns - climatecontrolonenablebutton( Manually selectingoneormoreofthese . 13 To beabletoaccept- ) AUTO . 4 ) 10 8 ) ) 14 ) cally bythesystem(leftledonbutton ment continuestobecontrolledautomati- the airadmittedtopassengercompart- ually, theadjustmentoftemperature With oneormorefunctionsengagedman- With AUTO of thetwoledsonbutton( off this conditionisindicatedbytheturning a lowertemperaturethantheoutsideair; cannothave to thepassengercompartment compressor off. In fact,inthisconditiontheairadmitted on) exceptwiththeclimatecontrol not beobtained. lated withthetemperatureratethatcan- flashing onthedisplay( 13 13 ) 1 ) and/or( AUTO 5 ) re- and 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina99 ADJUSTMENT KNOBS AIR TEMPERATURE shown onthedisplays( Thetemperaturessetare compartment. or rightzone(knob quired respectivelyintheleftzone(knob ers orlowersthetemperatureofairre- wise orcounter-clockwise,respectivelyhigh- ly engaged: heating orcoolingfunctionsarerespective- is restoredautomaticallyusingknob( the knobs. treme selections counter-clockwise untiltheyreachtheex- Turning theringsofknobs( Separate operationofthetemperaturesset Turning theknobrings clockwiseor HI or 6 ) ofthepassenger LO 1 ) and( , themaximum 2 ( or fig. 107 5 6 ) above ), clock- 6 2 ). ) ) fig. 107 A0A1022m 99 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina100 100 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR ring ofknob( function on. the passengercompartment. ting airthatisnotwarmenoughto the enginecoldtopreventadmit- to thesystemsettings. tion andfanspeedarecontrolledaccording ature ofthecoolantfluid,whileairdistribu- mum potentialofthesystem. as quicklypossible,exploitingthemaxi- quiring toheatthepassengercompartment is shownonbothdisplays. the systemto“monozone”modeand passenger’s sideorboth;thissettingbrings tivated independentlyfromthedriver’s or temperature above32.5°C,andcanbeac- display will show32.5°C. set toa value below32.5°C; theopposite (highest heating power - fig. 108) heatingpower-fig.108) (highest To the switchthesystemoff, simply turn All manualsettingsarepossible with this This functionisunadvisablewith This functionusesthemaximumtemper- This functioncanbeengagedwhenre- onsettingthedisplaya This isturned 2 HI function ) or( 6 ) ofthetemperature fig. 108 Pressing key( perature adjustment. to anoperatingconditionwithautomatictem- show atemperatureof32.5°Candreturns 13 ) AUTO the displaywill A0A1023m 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina101 tribution to the climatecontrolcompressor, takesairdis- and hot airtothepassengercompartment) inside airre-circulation(topreventadmitting mum potentialofthesystem. as quicklypossible,exploitingthemaxi- quiring tocoolthepassengercompartment shown onbothdisplays. temperature below16.5°C;thissettingis (highest coolingpower-fig.109) ring ofknob( function on. by thesystem. display willshow16.5°C. set onavalueabove16.5°C;theopposite The functioncutsoffairheating,engages This functioncanbeengagedwhenre- onsettingthedisplaya This isturned To the switchthefunctionoff,simplyturn All manualsettingsarepossiblewiththis Pressing key( temperature adjustment. to anoperatingconditionwith automatic show atemperatureof16.5°Candreturns RE 2 LO function ) or( 13 and thefanspeedasset ) 6 AUTO ) ofthetemperature the displaywill fig. 109 A0A1024m 101 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina102 102 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR TEMPERATURE SET ALIGNMENT OFTHE MONO BUTTONFOR button ( ger usestheringonknob( is automaticallyrestoredwhenthepassen- board. whenonlythedriverison ger compartment perature adjustmentofthewholepassen- ring ofknob( the between thetwozonessimplyturning it ispossibletosetthesametemperature side withthatonthedriver’s side,therefore aligns thetemperatureonpassenger’s Pressing button( Separate operationofthetemperaturesset This functionisprovidedtosimplifytem- 12 MONO ) 2 ) onthedriver’s side. 12 . ) MONO ( fig. 110 6 automatically ) orpresses ) fig. 110 A0A1025m 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina103 TO ( ADJUSTMENT KNOB FAN SPEED switched offpressingbutton( if theclimatecontrolcompressorhasbeen bars lit: bar (instepsof3),uptoamaximum6 the 16selectablespeedsareshownona admitted tothepassengercompartment; the speedoffan,thusamountair counter-clockwise, increasesordecreases display ( with thefollowingsituation:display( counter-clockwise switchesthesystemoff, display fig. 111-112 Turning theringofknob( The fancanbecutoff(allbarsoff)only - minimumfanspeed=onebarlit. - maximumfanspeed=allbarslit; . Completely turning theringofknob( . Completelyturning culation button( circulation button( the ringofknob( the passengercompartment. obtain theinletofuntreatedoutside airto one button,except theinsideairre-circula- IMPORTANT 5 To thesystem onagain,simplyturn turn OFF ) off;centredisplay( manual adjustment,pressbutton( restore automaticfanspeedcontrol,aftera and leftledoninsideairre-cir- ) 8 ) 4 Pressing theinsideairre- v 4 8 ) clockwise,orpressany ), clockwiseor ) v 14 3 on. ) ) withlit- it ispossibleto 1 ) off; 4 ) 13 √ ) AU . To - tion ( tions storedpreviously. operation restoresalltheoperating condi- fig. 112 fig. 111 8 ) andrearscreen( 9 ) buttons;this IMPORTANT On leavingthe to theconditionpriorswitching off. dition, insideairre-circulation v OFF returns A0A1027m A0A1026m con- 103 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina104 104 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR RE RE BUTTONS AIR DISTRIBUTIONSELECTION Z Z compartment: possible airdistributionstothepassenger possible tomanuallychooseoneofthe5 Pressing oneormorebuttons( Splitting oftheairflowbetween tumn, whenthesunisshining. usefulinspringandau- is particularly (coolest air).Theairflowdistribution outlets andtherearoutlet(iffitted) and thedashboardcentreside senger’s air) (warmest compartment ofthepas- vents tothelowerpart of thebody. tothecoldestparts feeling ofwarmth time,alsogivingaprompt shortest the passenger’s inthe compartment type ofdistributionallowsheating cy ofheattospreadupwards,this Duetothenaturaltenden- partment. ofthepassenger’slower parts com- Air flowtowardsthefrontandrear ted). and sideoutletsrearoutlet(iffit- Flow ofairtothedashboardcentre ( fig. 113 ) 10 ) itis fig. 113 Z Q Q frost them. side windowventstodemistorde- dows. Air flowtothewindscreenandfront preventing possiblemistingofthewin- the passenger’s while compartment heatingof bution allowssatisfactory ofthe car.part Thistypeofairdistri- ing/demisting ventsandthelower windscreen andsidewindowdefrost- Splitting oftheairflowbetween ( after amanualselection,press button partment). should bespreadinthepassengercom- press (atleastinonedistributiontheairflow offwithanother out thepossibilityofturning main functionofthebuttonpressed,with- possible ones;ifnotitonlyactivatesthe if thecombinationchosenisamong5 (led onbuttonoff)theassociatedfunctions on(ledbuttonitselfon)oroff tons turns 13 To restoreautomaticairdistributioncontrol IMPORTANT ) Pressing oneofthesebut- AUTO . A0A1028m 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina105 again, the led on the button turns on, or again, theledonbuttonturns and ( ENABLE BUTTON COMPRESSOR ON/OFF CLIMATE CONTROL off onbutton circulation controlisalsoexcluded(bothleds 14 tion pressingbutton( automatic operationofinsideairre-circula- if unadvisable,itisstillpossibletorestore off topreventmistingthewindows;even turned off,theledsonbuttons( turned the ledonbuttonitself. This conditionisshownbythelightingupof ing onoftheclimatecontrolcompressor. ) control compressor, pressbutton( tomatic controlforswitchingonthe climate the enginehasbeenstopped.To restoreau- compressor remainsinstorageeven when goes off. left ledonbutton( temperature thatcannotbereachedandthe the ue flashesonthedisplayconcerning outside temperature;inthiscase,theval- withatemperaturebelowthe compartment is notpossibletoadmitairthepassenger When theclimatecontrolcompressoris Pressing button( The switchingoffoftheclimate control With the climatecontrolcompressoroff,it With √ go off;automaticinsideairre- 8 v 14 ) whichalwaysstays 13 8 ) √ ) AUTO √ v enables theturn- ( - fig.115 fig. 114 . 13 14 ) ) AUTO ) ) √ fig. 115 fig. 114 press button( be cancelled. however, theothermanualsettingssetwill 13 ) AUTO ; inwhichcase, for cooling and dehumidifying the air; it air; the dehumidifying and cooling for is advisable to keep this function al- function this keep to advisable is ways on, to prevent window misting window prevent to on, ways problems. Operation of the climate con- climate the of Operation trol compressor is necessary is compressor trol WARNING A0A1030m A0A1029m 105 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina106 106 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR on oroffmanually, theledonbutton( AUTO the airre-circulationcondition: lation button( stays onallthetimeandleftledshows pressing insequencetheinsideairre-circu- offofbothleds. indicated bytheturning tion alwaysoffwithairinletfromoutside), led goingoffatthesametime); of theleftledonbutton(andbyright on tion alwayson),indicatedbytheturning ing onoftherightledbutton; cording tothreeoperatinglogics: ( ON/OFF BUTTON INSIDE AIRRE-CIRCULATION fig. 116 If insideairre-circulationhasbeen turned off on These operatingconditionsareobtained - forcedswitchingoff(insideairre-circula- - forcedengagement(insideairre-circula- - automaticcontrol,indicatedbytheturn- iscontrolledac- Inside airre-circulartion = airre-circulationoperating; = airre-circulationoff. on theairre-circulationbutton( automatically bythesystem,rightled turns off. turns When insideairre-circulationiscontrolled ) 8 ) v . v 13 8 ) ) v washer (withthetypicalsmellofspirits). tunnels andoperationofthewindscreen of pollutedair, forexampleincities,queues, antipollution sensordetectsthepresence automaticallywhenthe culation isturned In automaticoperation,insideairre-cir- fig. 116 trol compressor is unable to unable is compressor trol work. It is therefore inadvisable therefore is It work. to use the inside air recirculation air inside the use to temperature as windows may windows as temperature function mist over quickly. quickly. over mist With low external tem- external low With perature the climate con- climate the perature v with lzow outside lzow with WARNING to reach the required “heating” or “heating” required the reach to “cooling” conditions faster. It is It faster. conditions “cooling” however inadvisable to use it on it use to inadvisable however rainy/cold days as it would con- would it as days rainy/cold siderably increase the possibility of possibility the increase siderably the windows misting inside, espe- inside, misting windows the cially if the climate control system control climate the if cially is off. off. is The inside air re-circulation air inside The system makes it possible it makes system WARNING A0A1031m 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina107 perature around 0°C) and with au- with and 0°C) around perature system tomatic air re-circulation control on, control re-circulation air tomatic avoid admitting polluted air from air polluted admitting avoid mist may form on the windows. In windows. the on form may mist outside. The prolonged use of this of use prolonged The outside. this case press the inside air re-cir- air inside the press case this function should however be avoid- be however should function culation button (8) (8) button culation ed, especially with several people several with especially ed, on board, to avoid the possibility of possibility the avoid to board, on the windows misting. misting. windows the off re-circulation (led on button off) button on (led re-circulation off and if necessary increase the flow the increase necessary if and of air to the windscreen. windscreen. the to air of v In certain weather condi- weather certain In on turn to advisable is It tions (e.g.: outside tem- outside (e.g.: tions re-circulation air inside the in queues or tunnels to tunnels or queues in WARNING WARNING v , to switch to , fig. 117 BUTTON AUTOMATIC OPERATION AUTO Pressing the( up ofbothledsonthebuttonitself. vious manualadjustments. cancelling allthepre- senger compartment, distribution oftheairadmittedtopas- tem automaticallyadjuststheamountand This conditionisindicatedbythelighting ( fig. 117 13 ) ) AUTO button thesys- When therightled,onbutton( TO that thesystemisin automatic) indicatedbytheleftledon,or (except temperaturecontrolwhichisalways therefore automaticcontrolisnotcomplete outand ual operationshavebeencarried is off,thismeansthatoneormoreman- 13 ) OFF condition. A0A1032m AU - 107 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina108 108 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR v ( ( BUTTON DEMISTING/DEFROSTING QUICK FRONTWINDOW - (and theledonbutton( . Pressing button( on bothdisplays( (both ledsoff); sor; front sidewindows,i.e.: demisting/defrosting ofthewindscreenand of allthefunctionsneededtoquicken trol automaticallyactivatestimedoperation feature ison,theledonbutton ( coils. sent, thewingmirror screen andfrontsidewindowvents; MAX - setsthemaximumairtemperature( - switchesoffinsideairre-circulation,ifon ontheclimatecontrolcompres- - itturns When themaximumdemisting/defrosting onrearscreenheatingand,ifpre- - turns - directstheflowofairtowardswind- - operatesthefanatapredefinedspeed; at thesametimeledsonbutton ( the ledonrearscreenheating button ( - DEF function) 7 ) 1 ) and( 14 - ) ( the climatecon- 5 fig. 118 ); √ 7 ) turn on; turn ) HI - ) 8 fan andswitchingrearscreenheatingoff. tion possiblearemanualadjustmentofthe ing functionison,theonlymanualopera- the windows. enoughtodemist thatisnotwarm partment restrict theinletofairtopassengercom- ly engagethepre-establishedfanspeed,to enough, thefunctiondoesnotimmediate- ) IMPORTANT When themaximumdemisting/defrost- 9 ) , fig. 118 If theengineisnothot again: ( Pressing oneofthefollowingbuttons 7 ) if any. dition toactivatingthelastfunctionrequired, iton,inad- of thesystempriortoturning function, restoringtheoperatingconditions es offthemaximumdemisting/defrosting AUTO ( 13 - or ( ) 14 , ( ) 8 ) √ v the systemswitch- , ( 12 ) MONO A0A1033m , 086-109_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:00Pagina109 BUTTON DEFROSTING/DEMISTING REARSCREEN WING MIRRORAND Pressing button( cause ittostopworkingproperly. ing filamentstoavoiddamage that might the insideofrearscreenover theheat- ture isbelow3°C. on rearscreenheatingifthetempera- turns gine isstarted. be switchedonagainthenexttimeen- off whentheengineisstoppedandwillnot button again;thefunctionisalsoswitched tomatically after20minutes,orpressingthe onoftheledbutton. the turning coils. sent, thewingmirror ing/defrosting oftherearscreenand,ifpre- IMPORTANT IMPORTANT This functionistimedandswitchesoffau- onofthisfunctionisshownby The turning ( 9 ( The systemautomatically ) Do notapplystickerson fig. 119 ( (turns ondemist- (turns ) fig. 119 POLLEN FILTER fective withthewindowsshut. air inletconditionsanditisclearly mostef- pollutants. tions, isalsoreducestheconcentrationof suchasdust,pollen,etc. particles purified air,senger compartment freefrom air,tering external thusadmittingtothepas- The filteringactiontakesplace under all In additiontotheabovementionedfunc- The filterhasthespecificcapabilityoffil- lets and vents. blocking theair flowfromtheout- the climatecontrol systemupto duce theeffectivenessof filter mayconsiderablyre- The failuretoreplacethe essary, intervals. replacedatshorter luted areasitshouldbecheckedand,ifnec- mer. once ayear, preferablyattheonsetofsum- atleast by AlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices If thecarisusedmainlyindustyorpol- Have theconditionsoffilterchecked A0A1034m 109 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina110 110 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR normal operating temperature. normal 20°C andtheenginehasnotyetreached when theoutsidetemperatureisbelow partment. able temperatureinthepassenger’s com- winter weathertoquicklyreachacomfort- theengineduringcoldor which supports applicable versions/markets where ( ADDITIONAL HEATER upon requestfor The heaterworkswiththeenginerunning The carisfittedwithanadditionalheater ) ( HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS TAILGATE OPENING CONTROLS off bypressingthebuttonagain. cluster.instrument Thisfunctionisswitched lightsonthe the directionindicatorwarning together withthedirectionindicatorsand switched on,theswitchitselfbeginstoflash of thepositionignitionkey. ( C fig. 120 These areswitchedonbypressingbutton When the hazard warning lightsare When thehazardwarning ), onthecentreconsolepanel,regardless l o c ( door. To releasethetailgate,pressbutton for 3minuteswithoutopening/closinga MAR the ignitionkeyinswitchat a A l Electric tailgatereleaseisonlyallowedwith ) onthecentreconsolepanel. ) r e U l g i s car stationary, at g u e l h a t t t s i h o e i n n s WARNING h . c a o z m a p r l d STOP i a ( w n fig. 120 c a e r n or w i n i PARK t g h ) fig. 120 FOG LIGHTS applicable versions/markets where ( be usedincompliancewithlocaltrafficlaws. on. the ledonbuttonitselfturns er lightsarealreadyon,atthesametime on thecentreconsolepanel,whenout- upon requestfor These are turned onpressingbutton( These areturned IMPORTANT Press button( ) B ) againtoswitchoff. ( The frontfoglightsshould fig. 120 ) B ), A0A1035m 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina111 ton ( ( DOOR LOCKINGSYSTEM REAR FOGGUARDS ing with a red light (deterrence condition). ing witharedlight(deterrence steadily withayellowlight; gardless ofthepositionignitionkey. fig. 120 To lockthedoorssimultaneously, pressbut- – withtheignitionkeyat – withtheignitionkeyat onasfollows: ledturns The deterrent E ), onthecentreconsolepanel,re- guards incompliancewithlocalregulations. turn themoffpressbutton( turn unlessbutton( is started do notcomeonthenexttimeengine offandthey guards areautomaticallyturned on. itself turns lightonthebutton same timethewarning ( headlights orfoglightson,pressingbutton D IMPORTANT Turning theignitionkeyto on,withthedippedbeam These areturned ) ) onthecentreconsolepanel,at Always usetherearfog MAR STOP D glowing ) ispressed.To ( D STOP flash- fig. 120 ). the fog ) fig. 121 SWITCH INERTIAL FUELCUT-OFF on the display of the instrument cluster.on thedisplayofinstrument flow offuel. the magnitudetointerrupt crash ofacertain pillar, whichistriggeredintheeventofa found onthefloornexttodriver’s door applicable ( for versions/marketswhere The cutting in of the inertial switchisshown The cuttinginoftheinertial This isanautomaticsafetyswitch,tobe ( ) fig. 121 ) A0A0092m ply systemagain. ed. Pressbutton( If noleaksarefoundthecarcanberestart- t i t h t s h c e w e h f . u r i e s I l f k f o s y a l o l A s o f t s ) toactivatethefuelsup- e w m f m i i e n r l e i g WARNING l s o d l a e f o n a f k n u a i o e n c t c l g i , i d r s t e e o n s n e o a t t , t v e o t o d h i r d e 111 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina112 112 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 122 on) usethebuttons depending onthecarload. ( HEADLIGHT AIMINGDEVICE fig. 122 To dothis(onlywithdippedbeamsturned The headlightsshouldbeaimedcorrectly sition (e.g.: the positionsduringadjustment. tion (e.g.: – pressthebuttontoincreasebyonepo- The display( – pressthebuttontolowerbyoneposi- ) ➟ ➟ 3 0 2 A 1 ), inthetachometer, shows ➟ ➟ ▲ 1 / 2 ➟ ▼ ➟ : 0 ); 3 ); A0A1116m compartment boot; ing thefrontseats following conditions: – posizione – position – position – position adjustment,bearinmindthe For correct t r i m i e e d . y o 1 0 C 2 t u 3 h : fivepeople; h : oneortwopeopleoccupy- : fivepeople+loadinthe : driver+350kginluggage c e e h c h a k e n a g t d h e WARNING l e t i g h h e p t o l o s b i a e t d a i o m t n o s i n b e g e v e c o a r f y r - fig. 123 will comeon. HAND BRAKE h t warning light on the instrument cluster lightontheinstrument warning quired brakingactionisobtained. tionary, pulllever( the twofrontseats. a a When theignitionkeyisat To operatethebrakewhencarissta- The handbrakeleverislocatedbetween n c t d A b l t r f f T o a a a h f k e R h t e e o a w . r m v h I f e e e a i e o t t l A h WARNING f s d A ( e e ) upwards,untilthere- fig. 123 o u s w h e t h h s o a o c u n n l r l o i d i d c s t k e b o b s d ) e c MAR r c a S l o u o e k f r c r e k v c t e o , the h a d n e d - j u A0A0094m s i t c x e e d s . 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina113 lever, light thewarning lease button( – keepingthebuttonpressedlower – slightlyliftthelever( To releasethehandbrake: is movedwiththehandbrakeengaged. thedriverifcar buzzer soundstoalert pletely. the safetydevice,thenlowerlevercom- to pulllever( the leverpulled,button( the brakefrombeingreleasedwhen,with is fittedwithasafetydevicewhichprevents engaging thehandbrake. tally, keepthebrakepedalpressedwhen ment clusterwillgoout. to pressingbutton( Therefore, toreleasethebrake,inaddition IMPORTANT IMPORTANT To preventthecarfrommovingacciden- B ); A ) further upwardstorelease ) further A The handbrakelever( ) andpressthere- On certain versionsa On certain B ), itisalsonecessary x B on theinstru- ) ispressed. A ) fig. 124 it is not necessary tolifttheringon thelever.it isnotnecessary ring. To changefromreversetoanothergear, 125 hand holdingthelever)ring( reverse ( gear ( the clutchpedal.Beforeengagingreverse knob. by thepictogramongearshiftlever ( GEARSHIFT LEVER fig. 124-125 After engagingthereverse,release For theversionswith6gears,toengage When shiftinggear, alwaysfullydepress The positionofthesinglegearsisshown ) positionedunderthelever. R ) waitforthecartobestationary. R ) lift(withthefingersofsame ) A-fig. A0A0095m fig. 125 possibility ofdamagingthegears. fully depressedtopreventclashingandthe for atleast3secondswiththeclutchpedal towait gaging reversegearitisnecessary beforeen- theenginerunning, still. With engaged withthecarcompletelyatastand- u t n IMPORTANT n h o a d f t t e s u h r i a l n o l n y t t u y h e l d r e d m f , T e t e b o p a h p r e e t r e e e c s d e Reverse gearmayonlybe n h w s a c a o a s l l r i u n e o t e u h t d g b c w n WARNING . e s s h t i t e h T t a g l : e h p c l e e l e m l a p e a r d e r s e a i a d d f k o s l o a m n e a r l m n s e o t s . h d u , o u e s t r t d t h h e f o l l e b o y r , e o e r A0A1077m 113 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina114 114 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 126 start. outrightfromthe operations tobecarried permissible in fulltounderstandthecorrect, lespeed correctly, thischaptershouldberead performance. quired, atthesametimeofferingbrilliant ving orwhenfrequentgearshiftingisre- of thecar, reducingthefatigueofcitydri- control, called“Selespeed”. with amechanicalgearboxelectronic where applicable) (on requestforversions/markets TRANSMISSION SELESPEED IMPORTANT The Selespeedconsiderablysimplifiesuse The 2.0T.SPARK versioncanbesupplied To beabletousetheSe- A0A0097m trol lever( off usingonlytheacceleratorpedal. al hasbeeneliminatedandthecarmoves clutch andgearengagement.Theped- added whichautomaticallycontrolsthe ly-operated electro-hydraulicdevicehasbeen chanical gearboxtowhichanelectronical- ment ( tio engagedand/orreversegearengage- quest anincrease/decreaseofthegearra- position”. Usingtheleveritispossibletore- floating typewitha“singlecentralstable Gearshifting takesplacethroughthecon- This devicecomprisesaconventionalme- R ) orneutral( A-fig. 126 fig. 127 N ). ) whichisofthe A0A1075m fig. 128 wheel spokes; centre consoleortheleversonsteering quests gearshiftingthroughtheleveron MANUAL modes: with thecarstationary). it ispossibletoshiftgearupordown(also tem decidesdirectlywhentoshiftgear. display fig. 128 (mode selectablewiththespecialbutton wheel spokes( – thesecondiautomatic,called – thefirstissemiautomatic(thencalled The gearboxcanworkintwooperating There arealsotwoleversonthesteering fig. 130 , theword ), inwhichthedriverdirectlyre- fig. 127 ). With this modethesys- ). With CITY ) throughwhich is shownonthe CITY B- A0A1121m 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina115 fig. 129 lected. on thedisplayregardlessofmodese- in the steeringwheelcontrols.Geashiftstays shifted manuallyusingthegearshiftleveror R 5 4 3 2 1 N The gearengaged( With gearshiftto With CITY = fifthgear; gear; = fourth = thirdgear; = secondgear; = firstgear; = reverse. = neutral; . CITY A0A9017g fig. 129 gears canstillbe ) isshown fig. 130 of theSelespeedtransmission. attention ofthedriverineventafault URE”) ( sponding failuremessage(“GEARBOXFAIL- shown. In the A warning lightconnectedwiththecorre- A warning CITY fig. 130 mode theselectedpositionis ) andabuzzerattractthe A0A9118g SYSTEM ACTIVATION segments ofthegeardisplay( 130 light( the gearboxfailurewarning gear engaged( about onesecond,thedisplayindicates gine isstarted. the systemtoprepareitforwhenen- of thehydraulicpart the Selespeedstarts vices. sists, contactAlfaRomeoAuthorisedSer- tem activationprocedure.Ifthefaultpre- the displaytogooff,thenrepeatsys- the ignitionkeyto turn light stayson, gaged orthefailurewarning play segmentsdonotdisplaythegearen- Turning theignitionkeyto IMPORTANT IMPORTANT ) andtheword N If after10secondsthedis- , Opening thedriver’s door 1 , CITY 2 STOP , 3 , light up.After 4 MAR , fig. 129 and waitfor 5 , , allthe R ). fig. ), 115 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina116 116 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 131 OPERATION WITHENGINEOFF system isinneutral( it goestothirdandsoonupfifth).Ifthe this shiftstosecond,ifitisinsecondgear (ifthecaris in firstgear the lever“forwards” engaged onthedisplay( gearshift controllever, alwayscheckthegear 5 ing thebrakepedalpressed: the leversonsteeringwheel. the controlleveroncentralconsoleand outthrough cepted bothiftheyarecarried pedal pressed,requeststoshiftgearareac- itispossibletoengageallthegears. ary IMPORTANT – toincreasegear( To requestgearshifting, inadditiontokeep- andwiththebrake thecarstationary With theengineoffandcarstation- With , R ). Before operatingthe N + ) orreverse( ) ( fig. 131 N , 1 , 2 , R ) push 3 ) the , 4 , A0A0101m Km/h: if the request is not carried out,the Km/h: iftherequestisnotcarried from therequest,carspeedisbelow3 the requestisacceptedif,within3seconds gagement offirstgear( movementonthelevercausesen- forward ( move thegearshiftcontrollevertoright to the brakepedalpressed,itisnecessary and from theconditionwithcarstationary to thirdandsoondownfirst). isengageditshifts iffourth moves tofourth, lever backwards(ifthecarisinfifthgearit wards ( pushing thelevertorightandthenback- ble torequestengagementofreversegear, the carpracticallyatastandstill,itispossi- fig. 132 – toshiftdown( From anygear( To putthegearboxinneutral( fig. 133 ). fig. 132 N ). Ifthecarisonmove, – , 1 ) ( , fig. 131 2 1 , ). 3 , 4 , N 5 ) pushthe ) andwith ), starting A0A0102m fig. 133 system willengageneutral( complete clutchengagement. before releasingthebrakepedaltoallow engaged andthenwaitfor1or2seconds check thatthedisplayshowsnewgear to gaged tokeepitbraked,isnecessary parked onaslopingroadwithgearen- thing stopsreleasingthegearshiftlever. tomatically switchto (over 10seconds)makesthesystemau- ing therequest.Amanoeuvreprolonged lease thegearshiftcontrolleveraftermak- toimmediatelyre- changed itisnecessary noeuvre willberepeated. IMPORTANT IMPORTANT If wantingtoleavethecar Once agearhasbeen CITY N mode; every- ) andthema- A0A0103m 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina117 STARTING THEENGINE (maximum gearallowed: mode system will remain in therecovery The brake held down, the engine will start. position for at least 10seconds, with the messages): keepingthe keyinthe procedure (seealsotherelative start-up” in workingorder, outthe“Delayed carry cedure beexecutedwiththegearbox not the brakepedal. operationandpress case repeatthestarting display showsadedicatedmessage.Inthis N with thegearboxinapositiondifferentfrom mode memorisedbeforeswitchingoff. ( automatically, thedisplayshowsletter pedal itself. onthe toincreasethepressureexerted sary itisneces- allow theenginetobestarted, edly withtheengineoff,inthissituation,to brake pedalstiffensifitispressedrepeat- operation.Asthe pressed duringthestarting brake pedalispresseddown. engaged orinneutral( N IMPORTANT IMPORTANT thegearboxsetstoneutral After starting, IMPORTANT withthegear The enginecanbestarted and withoutthebrakepedalpressed, ) andthesystemselectsoperating Should the starting-up pro- Should thestarting-up If theengineisstarted Keep thebrakepedal N ), providedthatthe 2 nd AVV , Automode Authorised Services. seekassistancefromtheAlfaRomeo start, is notavailable).Shouldtheengine AND SYSTEMDEACTIVATION SWITCHING OFFTHEENGINE in neutral( switching offtheengineremainsengaged. offandthegearselectedbefore gine turns engage firstgear ( MAR to case, theignitionkeyshouldbe turned ing of( gaging firstgear( the carcanbeputinsafetyconditions en- Turning theignitionkeyto If theengineisstoppedwithgearbox d d r a i and withthebrake pedalpressed, N v n e ) callthedriver’s attentionsothat g r e t N s r h I i d e w o s f ), thebuzzerandflash- a i t u s i t a t t p t s h h l o t 1 l e h e s a 1 t ) orreverse( r n i e y h t ) orreverse( t e e u . e e g n u a d e g t WARNING g t r a i i o e a o n r f a n l b e STOP r b t o d h f y x e a u e n R t i e h g h l p ). Inthis s a R a e t o the en- s o g ). t t b o e e a t u n d h u z s t , t t z i o a a t e m h r l r l t e a y a e t n i c d f a a t l c h l t y e e t t h t o w o u h e t i m t S n h h p r a p p e e s n g e e e s r r a m t l . e e n n r e e t g d l I i s e s y n o c t d s . t p r k a u h n e I N N : i e a t t k u e t n l r e e h o e e E d l e O p n e g y i e v V d d y o s p t d N e i w t E u o u g i i t s s o t a L r w R n r s f i h t e y h Y o b n f p . g r h a e s s e n l s e l t r e t r t e e o a o e m o h e WARNING WARNING WARNING t n l a f t t i f l y m o p e l n f h u i w o v e r t p t e t v o e t h a o n S s w h e h i e n t u s e e n e l e e o t e y u b l l g h t u d e t c t f h t e r e h i a a t n l r s a t e m n d l h a c e p r e h o k c g t e l i e e c e n a c i g e i c t e ( k e s n o r h p n l N s c d i e u t a m e i a s a t w p ) t s a t w d . u a i r s e o i t o , i r a t y - t n o e d v s h y h n l s d r r - a e - k l 117 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina118 118 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR MOVING OFFTHECAR tomatically engages secondgear( sticking occurson firstgear, thesystem au- tios: neutral( engaged fromanyofthefollowingotherra- ( off areonlyfirst( the gearsthatcanbeengagedformoving levers onthesteeringwheel. lever onthecentreconsoleaswell brake pedalpressed,tousethegearshift verse ( soundofabuzzer.termittent engaged conditionbythedisplay andthein- manoeuvre willberepeated. system willengagedneutral( Km/h: iftherequestisnotaccepted, from therequest,carspeedisbelow3 outif,within 3seconds cepted andcarried If thecarismoving,requestwillbeac- R With theengineonandcarstationary,With IMPORTANT To engagethemitispossible,keepingthe IMPORTANT ofthe reverse gear The driverisinformed ). R )/first ( N ), first( 1 1 Reverse gear( ) orneutral( If whenshiftingfromre- ), second( 1 ) orsecond( 2 N N ) orreverse )/first ( R ) andthe ) canbe 2 ). 2 1 ). ) al. as smoothusual. engagement ofreversegear( to allowgearengagement;inthiscasethe gear, closestheclutch thesystempartially reason, inthecaseofstickingonreverse oftheoperatinglogic.Forsame it ispart higher thepickuptorque. The moretheacceleratorispressed 2 1 Moving offthecarisobtained: This isnottobeconsideredasafault d graduallypressingtheacceleratorped- ) releasingthebrakepedal; ) g a i a t s t r o g p h y r e l e , r a d p i b y d v e e i e s A d t f g r o o f a t e t h r m l a e e s e r t r e u o p o e s w a r n n t m i e t e t a h s a h WARNING r l s r a e k w i e t n t q e a q h g u t y R u e t h e s i h t ) willnotbe r e c h s e e c a t e d h g r c . e t a e a s o c c a r t k c a r e m s t t l h e i e h o o i n r e f n v - a t - e - , WARNINGS pedal pressed. is stoppedcompletelyandwiththebrake or viceversa,shiftgearonlywhenthecar low speed; trol isneededformovingoffmanoeuvresat move off; the acceleratorpedalonlywhendecidingto the carstill;usebrakepedalandpress not usethemovingoffmanoeuvretokeep in neutral; itisadvisabletokeepthegearbox running until decidingtomoveoff; gaged alwayskeepthebrakepedalpressed – usesecondgear – whenthecarisparkedfacinguphill,do – duringprolongedhaltswiththeengine thecarstoppedandagearen- – With – if,inreversegear, firstgearisengaged only when morecon- 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina119 tor andusethebrakepedaltostop thecar; the carisonaslope,releaseaccelera- avoidinghesitation or,to “force”starting if inthiscaseitisnecessary is beingstarted; activates thebuzzerwhen: braking. tomatically togivethecaradequateengine speed, thesystemengagesclutchau- car ismoving),beyondapre-established gaged andtheacceleratorreleased(if wheels. transmissionoftorquetothe the correct in relationtothespeedofcarallow tem automaticallyengagesthebestgear gagement ofagearisrequested,thesys- the carissettoneutral( elling downhillforsomeunexpectedreason – clutch overheating occurswhile thecar – clutchoverheating For safetyreasonstheSelespeedsystem When travellingdownhillwithagearen- Though highlyunadvisable,ifwhentrav- N ), whentheen- STOPPING THECAR engages firstgear ( again. able ratiowillbeavailableforaccelerator ing stoppedthecarcompletely, themostsuit- the clutchandshiftstoalowergear. CITY erating modeactivated( pedal. ator pedaland,ifnecessary, pressthebrake Stopping thecarsystemautomatically If decidingtomoveoffagainwithouthav- Regardless ofthegearengagedandop- To stopthecar, simplyreleasetheacceler- ) thesystemautomaticallydisengages tionary, andgear( theenginerunning least 1.5seconds. celerator andbrakearenottouchedforat and/or brakepedalsforatleast3minutes; when: buzzer andautomaticallyshiftstoneutral( or ( Still duetosafetyreasons,withthecarsta- – thedriver’s doorisopenedandtheac- – thebrakeispressedforover10minutes; – noactionismadeontheaccelerator R 1 ) engaged,thesystemactivates ). MANUAL or 1 ), ( N 2 ) ) OPERATING MODES modes: ving style. rectly whentoshiftgearaccordingthedri- ( when toshiftgear; AL word when theautomaticmodeisselected CITY CITY – the firstissemiautomatic( The gearboxcanworkintwooperating The – the secondiscompletelyautomatic ), inwhichthedriverdirectlydecides CITY CITY button onthegearshiftleverknob; ), inwhichthesystemdecidesdi- mode isselectedbypressingthe is shownonthedisplay. MANU- 119 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina120 120 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 134 (MANUAL) SEMIAUTOMATIC OPERATION 135 ( place through: the mostappropriatemoment. change gearislefttothedriverwhodecides play showsthegearengaged. A-fig. 134 – theleversonsteeringwheel( – thecontrolleveroncentreconsole The requeststochangegearmaytake In thisoperatingmode,thedecisionto In the ). MANUAL ); operating mode,thedis- fig. A0A0097m lected mode. again, therebycuttingoutthepreviouslyse- CITY when, withthe and abuzzer. through adedicatedmessageonthedisplay ver abouttheimpossibilityofshiftinggears ations). idle(e.g.duringdeceler- let theenginerun will automaticallyshiftdownthegearsto the systemwillnotallowgearshiftingbut engineandgearboxoperation, the correct The thedri- In thesecasesthesysteminforms If thegearshiftingrequestcompromises MANUAL ( B-fig. 136 fig. 135 CITY operating modeisset ) buttonispressed mode selected,the necessary withthenewgearratio. necessary erated automaticallytobringitthespeed gear engaged. gine insuchawayasto: Selespeed systemdirectlycontrolstheen- to releasetheacceleratorpedalbecause with thecaralmoststationary. any carspeed. The neutralcommand( When downshifting,theengineisaccel- – adapttheenginespeedtolatest – reduceandthenincreaseenginetorque; When changinggearitisnotnecessary Reverse ( R ) isonlyacceptedandengaged A0A1075m N ) isacceptedat fig. 136 A0A1121m 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina121 ( gearbox willautomaticallybeinfirstgear whenthecarisstopped, otherwise, reduced tobereadyforpickingupagain; and thetransmissionratioisautomatically which simplifydriving: automatic/securitydevices there arecertain quicker. Inthe above 5000rpm,gearshiftingbecomes 60% ofitsstrokeandanenginespeed requests inrapid succession. requesting another one,toavoidmultiple the endofagearshiftingoperation before in neutral. diately higheronetoavoidleaving thecar sible, itautomaticallyengagestheimme- gear requiredagainand,ifitisstillnotpos- ment, thesystemfirstlytriestoengage low minimumspeedarenotaccepted; the enginetoabovemaximumspeedorbe- 1 – whenslowingdowntheclutchisopened theacceleratorpedalpressedtoover With IMPORTANT – ifjammingoccursduringgearengage- – requeststochangegearthatwouldtake ); MANUAL It isadvisabletowaitfor operating mode fig. 136 AUTOMATIC OPERATION (CITY) lected pressingthebutton( brake. der tomaintainanadequatelevelofengine system doesnotengageahighergearinor- and thedrivingstyle. change geardependingontheenginerpm the word at thebaseofgearshiftlever. The automaticoperatingmode Releasing theacceleratorpedalquickly, the The systemdecidesdirectlywhento In additiontothegear, thedisplayshows CITY . A-fig. 137 CITY is se- ) A0A1121m fig. 137/a FAILURE WARNING the automaticoperatingmode trol lever, thesystemautomaticallyengages shown bythe eliminated. tohavethefault Romeo AuthorisedService make itpossibletoreachthenearestAlfa In thecaseofafaulttogearshiftcon- Failures oftheSelespeedgearboxare s R h a buzzer. light accompaniedbyamessageand o o s m w p e n o o s o i a I s A n f i n n b a u d l t t t t e t h h e h d e e o t t o . t r d h i w s h i e e s ( a WARNING a fig. 137/a d p r v l n e S a m i e y n t e r h g v c s e o i s c CITY l a n f e i g a g t s a u e h a c ) warning l t t t s to e A s a o l l r i f o e a n A0A9118g t m - 121 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina122 122 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR BUZZER WARNINGS pick-up; ing theignitionkeyto neutral ( gears:firstgear( gagement ofcertain ponents, thesystemonlyallowsen- second gear( – clutch overheating takesplaceduring – clutchoverheating – thecarisparkedwithgearboxin – reversegearisengaged( The buzzerisactivatedwhen: In thecaseofafaulttoothergearboxcom- c S o h e n a N r v t v ); signalthatcanbenotedturn- a e i c c e t t I 2 e f h n a ) andreverse( s s A u y t a l h l s f t s e t a e ( e m s t STOP o R o v WARNING e o o c a h n n m n e t y e ; R c a a o R o k s ); c f ). e o a d A p m o u g o p s t e v o h s 1 e a n i o b ), r r e r . b l n i e o s t e x ) t , d o for atleast1.5seconds; tion ismadeontheacceleratorandbrake utes; and/or brakepedalforatleast3minutes; neutral ( – intheeventofgearboxfailure. or detectionofagearboxfault; or thedriver’s doorisopenedandnoac- or thebrakeispressedforover10min- there isnoactionontheaccelerator – thesystemhasautomaticallyengaged N ) after: PARKING THECAR ( toengage firstgear( essary with the gear in neutral ( gear ( toengagefirst brake pedalitis necessary should beactivatedandwiththe foot onthe ing toengageaparkinggear, thesystem so thattheclutchiscompletely closed. to gooffbeforereleasingthebrakepedal, towaitforthedisplay solutely necessary uphill slopeandagearengaged,itisab- on aslope. R MOTN NEVER IMPORTANT If thegearboxisinneutral( Turning offtheenginewithcaronan To parkthecarsafelyitisabsolutelynec- ) andalsothehandbrakeifroadis 1 ) or( R ). N abandon thecar ). 1 N ) orreverse ) andwant- TOWING THECAR thorised Services. do nottowthecar;contactAlfaRomeoAu- gency”. giveninthechapter“Inanemer- instructions mechanicalgearboxfollowingthe normal moves ifpushed)andtowasforacarwith box isinneutral( local regulations.Makesurethatthegear- Should itbeimpossibletosetneutral, IMPORTANT W s t h a i r l N For towingthecarfollow t e ) (checkingthatthecar t t h o e w WARNING e i n n g g i t n h e e . c a r d o n o t 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina123 fig. 138 GLOVEBOX INTERIOR FITTINGS ( at lid andlight. A-fig. 139 When thegloveboxisopenedwithkey To openusehandle( On thedashboardthereisagloveboxwith MAR an inside courtesy light turns on lightturns an insidecourtesy ). A-fig. 138 ). A0A0108m the lid, for inserting apenor pencil. the lid,forinserting The fittingiscompletedbydevice( fig. 139 m e v i g e h n t t N o h g f a e l o r v a m v n e e r a b t B h c o c ), on e t x WARNING i r d a p e v a o n e s p t s l . e e n n w : g draining thebattery. itofftoavoid after whichthesystemturns onfor15minutes; side canonlybeturned STOP i e IMPORTANT t t r h h e i n , openingtheglovebox,lightin- t h t l h i e d e A0A0109m Turning theignitionkeyto GRAB HANDLES passenger’s door. there isalsoagrabhandleabovethefront rear sidewindows. For versions/marketswhereapplicable Suitable grabhandlesarefittedabovethe 123 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina124 124 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 140 seconds is activated to allow car starting. seconds isactivatedtoallowcarstarting. the 3minutes)asecondtimingofabout7 which itgoesoff;closingthedoors(within 3 minutesisactivatedautomatically, after onandtimingofabout the rooflightturns controlswitch. with corresponding ( FRONT ROOFLIGHT fig. 140 IMPORTANT lights The rooflightcomprisestwocourtesy ) When adoorisopened, A0A0111m ( 2 tion keyto offgradually.control therooflightturns seconds. Lockingthedoorswithremote ing isactivatedautomaticallyforabout15 ongraduallyandtim- trol, therooflightturns switch totheright(position 0 ly. is opened. sition on. is turned 0 1 With switch( With offmovingtheigni- The lightsareturned Unlocking thedoorsusingremotecon- Switch ( Pressing switch( Pressing switch( Pressing switch( With switch( With ) bothlightsstayon. ), thelightsstayoff( ) the left light is turned on.Pressing the ) theleftlightisturned ), both lights are turned onwhenadoor ), bothlightsareturned 1 ) thelightsstayoff. B MAR ) turns the lightsonindividual- ) turns B A ) inthecentralposition(po- ) inthecentralposition A (with thedoorsclosed). A B ) totheright(position ) totheleft(position ) totheleft(position OFF 2 ) therightlight position). tomatically afterafewseconds. offau- ting adooropenthelightswillturn offwhenthedoorsareclosed.Forget- turn tral position.Bysodoing,therooflightswill make surethatbothswitchesareinthecen- itofftoavoiddrainingthebattery.turns sible for15minutes;afterwhichthesystem STOP IMPORTANT IMPORTANT , turning therooflightonisonlypos- , turning Turning theignitionkeyto Before leavingthecar, 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina125 fig. 141 on ( ignition keyat them offtoavoiddrainingthebattery. 15 minutes;afterwhichthesystemturns STOP whenthelightispoor.tesy mirror sun visor, openingthecover( where applicable ( COURTESY LIGHTS fig. 141 IMPORTANT On thebackofdriver’s orpassenger’s B ). Theselightsallowuseofthecour- the lightscanbeactivatedonlyfor ) ( for versions/markets MAR Turning theignitionkeyto ) , therooflightsturn A ), withthe A0A1043m fig. 142 REAR ROOFLIGHT ignition keyto off gradually.control therooflightturns seconds. Lockingthedoorswithremote ing isactivatedautomaticallyforabout15 ongraduallyandtim- trol, therooflightturns seconds isactivatedtoallowcarstarting. the 3minutes)asecondtimingofabout7 which itgoesoff;closingthedoors(within 3 minutesisactivatedautomatically, after onandtimingofabout the rooflightturns closed). IMPORTANT The light turns off in any case turning the offinanycase turning The lightturns Unlocking thedoorsusingremotecon- When adoorisopened, MAR (with thedoor ( the lightstaysoff. when adoorisopened. tion ( make surethattheswitch( to avoiddrainingthebattery. off only 15minutes;afterwhichitisturned STOP the lightstayson. positions. off whenthedoorsareclosed. tral position( fig. 142 Moving theswitchtoleft(position Moving theswitchtoright(position IMPORTANT IMPORTANT When switch( On thelightthereisaswitchwiththree 0 the roof light can be turned onfor the rooflightcanbeturned ) the light turns onautomatically ) thelightturns ) 0 A0A0113m ), sothattherooflightturns A Turning theignitionkeyto Before leavingthecar, ) isinthecentralposi- A ) isinthecen- 2 1 ) ) 125 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina126 126 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 143 ( PUDDLE LIGHTS applicable gardless ofthepositionignitionkey. when theassociateddoorisopened,re- for versions/marketswhere The light( A ) housed in the doors turns on ) housedinthedoorsturns ) ( fig. 143 ) A0A0243m fig. 144 DETERRENT LED and then flashes at normal frequencyagain. and thenflashesatnormal flashes atahigherfrequencyfor4seconds are notclosedperfectly, led thedeterrent time thedoorsareunlocked. tion, flashingwitharedlightuntilthenext condi- and itremainsinthe“deterrence” locked (ignitionkeyat comes intooperationwhenthedoorsare IMPORTANT The led( A ) on the instrument cluster ) ontheinstrument If adoororthetailgate ( STOP fig. 144 or removed) ) A0A0005m fig. 145 LIGHTER FRONT ASHTRAY ANDCIGAR pending onthetrimlevel. de- to theashtrayandviceversa,mayvary ashtray ( ready foruse. to itsinitialpositionandthecigarlighteris automatically onds thebuttonwillreturn MAR The positionofthecigarlighterinrelation Remove thetraytoemptyandclean To usethecigarlighter, withthekeyat To usetheashtrayopenlid( , pressbutton( C ). ( fig. 145 B ) ); afterafewsec- A ). A0A0114m 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina127 g c m . d c a i i n r i g r g e e a n h r : t a e cigar lighterhasturnedoff. n d T D t s Always ensurethatthe t w t a d h e r o e a n e t e p s g m n s o c t r t e o n e u i e e r t g b v l a y f o o u e s p i r f . s r n WARNING WARNING h a e e t l f o p i i g t r i t i e h t n e . h r s e t H a c e u o a n b a r s s n d n a e g h / t d s a e t k b o l r t c e r y e a s t t y b w c : e w u h i x a i t r i t i - s h n l t h - - fig. 146 ( REAR ASHTRAYS the arrow. cealed ashtrays. fig. 146 To useorremovepullinthedirectionof For therearpassengerstherearetwocon- ) A0A0115m fig. 147 the arrow. where applicable ( GLOVEBOX fig. 147 To usethegloveboxpushitasshownby )( for versions/markets ) A0A1045m 127 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina128 128 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 148 board. To usethem, press asshown. holder ( removable cardholderrecess( applicable versions/markets where ( AND GLASSHOLDER CARD HOLDER fig. 148 The interiorfittingsarecompletedbythe B ) locatedonthecentreofdash- ) ( ) upon requestfor A ) andglass A0A0116m fig. 149 DASHBOARD ODDMENT COMPARTMENT ON fuse box. left ofthedashboard,oncover An oddmentrecess( ( fig. 149 A ) isprovidedonthe ) A0A1048m fig. 150 CENTRE CONSOLE ODDMENT COMPARTMENT ON the followingrecessesareprovided: hand brakelever, dependingontheversions, – coinholder( – penorpencilholder( – magneticcardortollticketholder( – canholder( – oddmentrecess( On thecentreconsole,atsideof B E ); ). A ); ( D fig. 150 ); ) C ); A0A0735m 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina129 fig. 151 ON FRONTDOORS POCKETS ( A Each frontdoorhasanoddmentpocket ). ( fig. 151 ) A0A0117m fig. 152 REAR POCKETS the sidetrim( These areatthesideofrearseatsin A ). ( fig. 152 ) A0A0120m fig. 153 SUN VISORS light. the cover( with alightattheside( mirror behind thevisorsthereisacourtesy side. The lights allow use of the mirrors withdim The lightsallowuseofthemirrors For versions/marketswhereapplicable, The visorscanbedirectedatthefrontand A ). ( fig. 153 B ). To use,open ) A0A1047m 129 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina130 130 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 154 SUNROOF n c r o a d o t u r o d f a m s o f e a e w r x a i m d e n n p k a a e o m e o g n i s r t o s D I e e d w r h m u t t k o o d i e m i r w o n o p t e r n h t a h n f o r o t d o y i c o c o h h l k i p a e s t r r t a r e n n e h e e t o b o d r o c e s WARNING WARNING b p y t p t w u h e b e u l e r p y l e r y s t i n d e a s . e o b p a r k i t r t s y a i n o h n o s g o f g n e t i s e f h c e a t r i e e s n h l t h o t , u g e i a u . s t o a n e u e r s n l s r r . m m n w u o s B - a s n o i a e y t - f r - : s e A0A0123m BACKWARDS SLIDING FORWARDS/ is accessible( sothatthehandcatch come outpartially pletely. the closingmovement,itwill With roof panelwhenthesunroofisopenedcom- opens andispushedcompletelyinsidethe drawn byhandusingacatch. below, whichpreventssunradiationandis ( ing positionsavailable. of thearrow, choosingoneofthe6open- control knob( A The curtain isdrawnbytheroof whenit The curtain The sunroofisfittedwithaslidingcurtain To closetheroof,takecontrolknob With theignitionkeyat With ) tothecentreposition. A-fig. 154 fig. 155 ). ) inthedirection MAR turn the turn fig. 155 c a a r r m a . m b h r e o y i i n v . n e g g d a W O o t i o n o g p p n h y n e e p l e o i y r n r t n n a e i a e o w t v l e n n e e i r d d t d a n e h k WARNING WARNING t v m c i e n l i t t o y a n h h a s i g e e d s n e v h i s t c t n e u o h h a g r u n e e r t r l e i d o s s c n n u t a o b t a n f t r l e t h y r f i t o e o r r h a o o n e e n f m - - d A0A0125m 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina131 fig. 156 RAISING AT THEREAR ( opening positionsavailable. of thearrow, choosingone ofthethree control knob( A To closetheroof,movecontrolknob theignitionkeyat With ) tothecentreposition. A-fig. 156 ) inthedirection MAR turn the turn A0A0124m fig. 157 EMERGENCY OPERATION ( 157 andremovetheplate( the arrows ally asfollows: work, thesunroofcanbeoperatedmanu- the rooforcounter-clockwisetoclose. B – insert aspecialAllenwrenchintheseat – insert – then turn thewrenchclockwisetoopen – thenturn – applyleverageinthepointsshownby If theelectricalcontroldevicedoesnot ) withhexagonslot; ); A-fig. A0A0126m fig. 158 COMPARTMENT LUGGAGE ly shut,the pressing thebutton( remote controlimpulse; IMPORTANT from theoutsideofcar The tailgatecanbeopened: from theinsideofdoor display). message onthereconfigurablemultifunction versionsaccompaniedbythe (on certain ´ If thebootisnotproper- warning lightwillcomeon warning A-fig. 158 ). - byde- - bya A0A1050m 131 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina132 132 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR shock springs. on thecentreconsolepanel. doors. utes withoutunlocking/lockingoneofthe or in is inposition only whentheignitionkey be performed ( OPENING FROMINSIDE fig. 158 Tailgate raisingisfacilitatedbythegas To unlockthetailgate,pressbutton( Tailgate isreleasedelectricallyandthiscan STOP ) or MAR PARK and safetyof theactualtailgate. compromise the correctoperation items (suchspoilers,etc.) may turer. additionof Thearbitrary weights foreseenbythemanufac- with caratastandstill position for3min- tailgate raisingwiththe brated toensurecorrect The gasspringsarecali- A ) fig. 159 CONTROL OPENING WITHREMOTE kets). mar- twice (withtheexceptionofcertain tailgate controlsensor, thesystem“beeps” switches offvolumetricprotectionandthe system opening ofthetailgate,alarm closing isaccompaniedbyasingleflash. a doubleflashofthedirectionindicators; Opening ofthetailgateisaccompaniedby isengaged. also whentheelectronicalarm trol fromoutsidepressingthebutton( If an electronic alarm isfitted,withthe If anelectronicalarm The tailgatecanbeopenedbyremotecon- ( fig. 159 ) A ), A0A0131m TAILGATE CLOSING you feeltheclickoflock. Alfa Romeobadgetolowertailgate,until markets). (with theexceptionofcertain tions arerestored,thesystem“beeps”twice To withthe lock,pushincorrespondence Closing thetailgateagain,controlfunc- 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina133 fig. 160 BOOT LIGHT draining thebattery. itofftoavoid after whichthesystemturns light willonlybepossiblefor15minutes; STOP offautomatically.turns of theboot.Closingtailgate,light on automatically( IMPORTANT When thetailgateisopenedlightturns , opening the tailgate, turning onthe , openingthetailgate,turning Turning theignitionkeyto ( A fig. 160 ) intheright-handside ) A0A0132m fig. 161 TAILGATE AEMERGENCY OPENINGOF the chapter“Gettingtoknowyourcar”): in “Extending theluggagecompartment” tailgate itself,proceedasfollows(referto cause ofadefecttheelectriclock beflat,orbe- inside, shouldthecarbattery – tiltthebackrests; – tilttherearseatcushions; – removetherearheadrests; To succeedinopeningthetailgatefrom A0A0373m fig. 161/a ( unlock thelockbypullingstring gage compartment; release, operatingfromtheinsideoflug- shown toachievethetailgatemechanical side therightrecessintailgate). A-fig. 161/a – forversions/marketswhereapplicable – operatethelever( ) (thestringislocatedin- A-fig. 161 ) as A0A0734m 133 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina134 134 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 162 SECURING THELOAD able c/oAlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices). gage restrainer, ifpresent(inanycaseavail- boot. straps hookedtothespecialrings( The rings also serve forfasteningthelug- The ringsalsoserve maybesecuredwith The loadscarried ( fig. 162 A ) inthe A0A0133m ) LUGGAGE CAUTIONS FORCARRYING in thesameparagraph. the loaddoesnotexceedvaluesgiven of theaimingdevice,alsomakesurethat use “Headlights” inthischapter).Forcorrect beam headlights(seenextparagraph toadjusttheheightoflow it isnecessary Travelling atnightwithaloadintheboot ( s s o e e m “ a T k D e t t e t a h c o f o s h o i e s e n n n p r u n e o w i r r c p g d e t e a a e e v l r i l t o r e r n d h s m s a n WARNING , , p a . t d t h i e c t t t a c e t t h t h i e u h f e b e d i s e m c o i b a n o o o t m g f t b i r o o a j a o h t e n r m x a c s a e i t ” r b m s m b w ) o . e c u e v o A i t m l e n o l n l - g s t e h t h c e u r o r p e w a - d s n - s l t e e i g f r i a i e o l d u r s e c l A I w o b s a g t t f h e h a e a n n u h a r y e d e y , l e r v a o n s a m c e s t t u u a h e v i o s i f s c y e t t u e n w e u o a r c e s l WARNING WARNING r a b o o i u , p i l s l n n f a r o a y k i t g e n d n s a f o d s l n t e a a t y e f o h y s n a m f u t c a e g c e i c a s l t r a c a e n e i n e i n y h r t r e d , s g s r i a d e s . f . y c s n o a t a E i t l o n n r v u l c . o c e o e e s r w - t r n e e - a i n s e t t d h h e i i s n 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina135 fig. 163 BONNET wards. bonnet clicksopen. end ofthedashboard. – raisethebonnet. – pressthesafetylever( – pullthelever( To open: The bonnetopeningleverisundertheleft A-fig. 163 A-fig. 164 ) untilthe ) up- A0A0135m fig. 164 D s t o raising it. springs andaccompanythebonnetwhile two gassprings.Donottamperwiththese a IMPORTANT t t i h o i n s a o r WARNING n y . l y w i Bonnet raisingisaidedby t h t h e c a r A0A1051m peat theaboveprocedure. not pushitdownbutopenagainandre- catch. and notjustheldinpositionbythesafety then letitdrop,ensuringthatisfullyclosed and 20 cmfromtheenginecompartment If thebonnetdoesnotcloseproperlydo To close:lowerthebonnetuntilapprox. i I c n t F f l t h g o o h d e s s r e s u b t e u c r o t o b d a r i h n p n o e n t i F n w c g n b s e o t h e i o h t h t r m r t r n e i e a i s a s m i n n a t n v s n c s e t e a e e l t o o h t t o h d l f h n t e l s e e i i e WARNING e n a p m t c a d y g e c t a c l u e a r w o t p y s l c r r y a a r r o t h r o e i f y u e s e p i a a s a c s r c e s t n t l e t c r e w o r l d a h w a l y n n y a l e v g a i s e c y s c e m a y l e n k s l . o g l a g t t i s e t h h k n a b e h d e - a g g e a . t e . t t h d , e 135 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina136 136 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR fig. 165 shown bytheserigraph( 165 3-door versions PROVISION ROOF RACK The rearhooksarelocatedinthepoints( The fronthooksareinpoints( ). windows. ▼ ) onthesiderear A-fig. B ) A0A0232m fig. 166 166 5-door versions The rearhooksarelocatedinpoints( The fronthooksareinpoints( s ). c r e w s A c a f h r t e e e c r f k i r a m t h l WARNING f y a e t t w i t g h h k e t i e l o f n A-fig. a m e s d e t B . e t ). n r e i n s , g A0A0334m clearances. force concerningmaximum Follow theregulationsin IMPORTANT m chapter). bly must be carried outbyskilledpersonnel. bly mustbecarried providedinthekit.Assem- bly instructions s i i d n e d w t D h i a n e “Technical specifications” mum permissibleloads(see i n s d Never exceedthemaxi- d t i . r n i w c b r h u e e Closely followtheassem- t a e n WARNING s t e d h d r e i v s l e i o n n a g s d , i t b e i v e v i a e t n r y l i y t n o 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina137 HEADLIGHTS rised Services. rised Services. ter infiltration:contactAlfaRomeoAutho- ter insidetheheadlightindicateinsteadwa- on. Dropsofwa- when thebeamsareturned midity intheair. Thesetraceswilldisappear a lowtemperatureandtothedegreeofhu- in beamsisanaturalphenomenon,dueto a defect.Thepresenceofcondensatetraces of thebeamtransparentcover:thisisnot (fogging) canappearontheinsidesurface adjusted. have theheadlightscorrectly bypreciseregulations. governed er roadusers. andtothatofoth- your safetyandcomfort IMPORTANT to Contact AlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices The adjustmentoftheheadlightsisalso The adjustmentoftheheadlightsisvitalto A slightlayerofsteam ( COMPENSATION FORTILT justed correctly. tilt ofthecar. headlights israisedduetothebackwards fig. 167 In thiscasetheheadlightsmustbead- When thecarisloaded,beamfrom ) fig. 167 ▲ beams turned on)proceedasfollows beams turned To dothis(possibleonlywithdipped sition (e.g.: / – pressthebuttontoincreasebyonepo- ▼ made. the positionswhileadjustmentisbeing sition (e.g.: : The display( – pressthebuttontodecreasebyonepo- 0 ➟ ➟ 3 A 2 1 ), inthetachometer, shows ➟ ➟ 1 2 ➟ ➟ 0 3 ); ); A0A1116m 137 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina138 138 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR following conditions: – position – position adjustment,bearinmindthe For correct – position – position ing thefrontseats boot; luggage compartment c h a n g e 1 3 0 2 C s t : fivepeople; : driver+350kgstowedin : oneortwopeopleoccupy- : fivepeople+loadinthe h . i m e c e k b t e h WARNING a e m a l o i m a d i n g c e a v r r e i r e y d fig. 168 ABROAD HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT transparent stickertape. light asshownbelow;thisisdoneusingnon- tocovertheareasofhead- is necessary culation, toavoidglaringoncomingcarsit is marketed.Incountrieswithoppositecir- inwhichthecar for circulationinthecountry The dipped-beamheadlightsareadjusted ( fig. 168-169 ) A0A1038m hand drivetoleft-handdrive. The illustrationreferstopassngfromright- fig. 169 A0A1037m 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina139 fig. 170 bumper ( markets whereapplicable ( PARKING SENSORS stacles inthecarreararea. mittent buzzer, aboutthepresenceofob- thedriver,throughaninter- tect andwarn upon requestforversions/ These sensorsarelocatedinthecarrear fig. 170 ); theirfunctionistode- ) A0A1053m BUZZER ACTIVATION in theeventofmanoeuvresalong thewalls. seconds toavoid,forexample, signalling afterabout3 sors, thesignalisinterrupted while, ifthissituationoccursforthe sidesen- tween thecarandobstacleissame, distance increases. prox. 30cmandstopsimmediatelyifthe tween thecarandobstacleisbelowap- car andtheobstaclediminishes; buzzer isautomaticallyactivated. increase. the cardiminishes,thebuzzerfrequencywill when reversegearisengaged. – remainsconstantifthedistancebe- – becomescontinuousasthedistancebe- – increasesasthedistancebetween The buzzer: Engaging reversegearanintermittent As thedistancefromobstaclebehind The sensorsareactivateautomatically TOWING TRAILERS vated whenthetrailercableplugisremoved. let. inserted inthecartowhookout- electric cableplugofthetraileris The rearsensorsareautomaticallyre-acti- deactivated assoonthe sensors isautomatically The operationoftherear 139 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina140 140 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR ABS following instructions carefully.following instructions way Code; youarealso advised toreadthe tions andinaccordance withthelocalHigh- naturally insafetycondi- surface, a slippery with ABS,itisadvisabletopractice alittleon adversely affectedatall. sent, thebrakingcapacityof carisnot of failure,theanti-lockactionisno longerpre- conditions asacarwithoutABS.Inthecase abled, leavingthebrakingsysteminsame braking system;intheeventofafailureitdis- ed tothetypeofroad. grip andthereforethespeedshouldbeadapt- ing thatthecaristravellingatlimitofits the ABShascomeintoaction:itiswarn- malfunction. Itisthesignaltodriverthat to theactionofABSsystem. by noisemaybefeltonthebrakepedaldue When brakingaslightpulsingaccompanied car controllablealsoinemergencybraking. in thelimitsofgripavailable,keeps braking, makesfulluseofthegripandwith- which preventsthewheelsfromlockingwhen If youhaveneverpreviouslyused cars fitted ofthe The ABSsystemisanadditionalpart This shouldnotbeinterpretedasabraking The carisfittedwithanABSbrakingsystem, advice givenbelowshouldbefollowed. the antilocksystemincaseofneed, increase. To betterexploitthepossibilitiesof thespacemight surface, snow oraslippery likegravelorfresh ample, onsoftsurfaces forex- braking distancetoalwaysshorten: ing. conditions, preventingthewheelsfromlock- when brakingcompletelyunderlimitedgrip obtain thehighestdegreeofhandlingalso tional systemisthatitmakespossibleto n d However, withtheABSdonotexpect The advantageoftheABSoveraconven- e r c i v i b e e a n i e s n n s c s i r s d g n a e a r g o a t t r y h o u s y y e I T e r t g t t f t h e o h o r h i r t a e t n t a o a i e ; h p c a s t k A s c e h l g d i l t a B a o n i e h r A u p v s w S i g d e p u t B p a i b r o S u e l i WARNING WARNING d b a f e i l n r n m a o a e v c t y n t b c w u i t a i e s e e w t l s t i n r e : l s c u t o e a h , e i e r i t f e t b e s n f x o b n l s i r t a p e u s h a e i a . l t t f e t t r o d h o h y m c i g r a e t e a e c s r e r r p n e i e i a t t t n s p n s f h y n k e o , o e r i s s c r s t w e - . e i t h er, isthis: bends, evenwiththehelpofABS. cumstances. in thebestbraking conditionunderallcir- - The most important adviceof all,howev- The mostimportant Always takeduecarewhenbrakingon Following these instructions youwill be Following theseinstructions w s t c d l t t i e o o h o t i m h m t p o w e s p b i c e t f R o p h u s l r r r n d i y n o e t a t e u o n a o , h m s s t c a m k l . t t e i k , t d > e o o b e f e h e d W I e o r l l e y f s n b e n y d o e a a p u o h A e t d i r n r u w l t e w l u t ; e f a u h o t h n c i i t a a f o a b r t m t e h l t e e c r h e u s t l h l o f e e n e m h , i t s e p u i g r . l t i e s t w v e i n t l h e s h WARNING WARNING e t s l o d e p i g h d e y t A e w r t h a n , a e h h i d B e l a a c e l t c a i S o p f t n g y t S h e f v h f e o u n e h i a i c e t e r l f c l d y p r u t h v y m s i v i t o t o e t e i e a o t h i u n s l s u n i c n y p e r o g s e t i b s n r t n i n s y w t p s h y e c o b i h , s y n s o r d s e n l i e e t s s e a g l n r o e l - u s t i , n - A f i v o h c m s r n d l a e e i n e f - n , d r a g 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina141 ABS systemsensors. braking actionthroughthecontrolunitand tronic BrakeDistributor)whichdistributesthe the Manufacturer. brake liningsoftypeandbrandapprovedby only befittedwiththewheelrims,tyresand w The systemiscompletedbytheEBD(Elec- IMPORTANT c l a u w r t A s t n e h o t h B x e i e r e n S t r e e r ( g p t e t E l s s o o s u m i t B y l w s n t r c I T i h s D m A s c i e h e g f n a g i h s t a i a t l l ) l b h s e t i t e h f y e v s . s e g l h u a i m t c Cars fittedwithABSmay h i e o e l s h c I e g t t s i c n a f a h R r o t t e a h w t a y i o c . r r e n o h t d s n t l o r e p n i h o m s e o , m e f i c E e t c f i u c WARNING WARNING b n t u e h B o s s s k p u l r s b y g o t e l p D a k a y r f r s i t > e o , n c n A a o i i k t s i d t t r e f g e n u k o y i t a f o d n m s e s s i t r t p n n i h e g t t a d n i u a e r a g a o o c o n g n n u s m t r h r r n w d d i h . d n e m t l i m e o y i s e i i D f s o c w t n t e , e a u t k t h r h f d g x n r r h i h w i l e e l i e v t , t e e u u b t S a a d i a i h e t r t u n e n n . n h r e h e l - r g w e e i ; v s a o a i i the r n c i u r - n IMPORTANT e s n t d > l h - y i i - s If the battery is run down isrun If thebattery v s operation. system lightsensuresnormal of thewarning off ing theABSisnotactive.Theturning thatduringstart- a faultbutaswarning Thisshouldnotbeconsideredas starting. theengineandgooffafter when starting > i h e n a I a t n t g n h A r o g h f i p t and l a i s a t i h f n g u n h a v b c e e e o o l i e a > T t r f t s t R f s s h a h f s r h i x y u t o i e e u m e c k e e o c s c t a m n s i i t t m m h h n t e w e s h n e t E u e e warning lights might turn on lightsmightturn warning g e h n m e e i B a r o n c a . e t d n r D t o b , g a n A c o i i m A n r w a WARNING n h n t i o s u n a B d h n t g e a y t , t k o e m i i S g o c h y s t - r i l o y k u t n i y l o a m s n l e o o o e g g a i r y y n u a g c t d i h s o s o s k s l s h b t f l o e y a e w y t t e t d v s p r o o m h d t i w e e e i n r t e e S n e r h r e a i l m , o e a v d t y f o d v n h n d r o i i d u u c c o e v t r l r v a e h y t t i c a i i m - i h c d t . e . e s r t e e e a d e I e h i s n U s n . d s t e t o c n s e t a d i i l e d l o r f s t t t a o h c p o t r t i t h s f h x I a e e p r f b e t o t d e r i i t c m o a a v h n a o S n e k w e e r r e e t a l i a h a y n r l o i l o r m e v r g f t a n w e i y h m t c s WARNING f i s h n e y f y t b e e e . g s d r d c A t a r A t e t i l a l y k a i n m f g t u p e t a y h e h l e b i e f l t c l R y e l w o u o s t o s i i u i y a p t m t s d h r s n e o n t o e d l r e A f e s f a o m B v t c t o f h o i e S A l o n w e l n . u n , - i c - l o l o n n f u v e t i e g h d n - e - 141 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina142 142 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR EXCLUDED VERSIONS WITHVDCSYSTEM m m w r i i e x a n w c e r a A u o d e h d t p t S g h i e e w p R s m o o n r r s i e t r h n o o ) f i a t l o a s e g a u r , o n e y t x ( a e A d g n i h i a b c s i l . t v l t f s h s f y e e ; n r a o t e l t i h 3 a i i s e f h i d t l r s g a n A 0 k w h i a h r e r t f h r i B i a n n n r t e e o i t u g g p t k e s t e h p e g S d c r l h s h i s d m y f o a i c p z / . i b w u t s i n ) e m n e r t h t A g r O t WARNING i a o t g p s o d t ( t a h e m o S m i s a y n 2 e x n k e t R t a a b a a a r 0 e . h h g u i c c r i b l y d v n e e A o n y e c a 1 o m r o t d o o d t S r 5 A c s i h v i b t i e s f f n l R o p i d o S o e e t u n d k t t m t a R , f f h t r o u h m t t m i r s t t o e e t r t n u e w t o o w e t t i a e e l a r m n e s a a h o ( “ t w n v s n n o u d r 1 r n n ) e e e t e h f s a n d n i 0 o . . r t l i o w d v e o i a t - i d e n r . h t T f n e e n r i e m g o h e t o l d e l p h r d e a a d f c l c o i f u a r l a ” s e r r r r s - e f g i o f b h u r l t e l e - , ( VDC SYSTEM change. larly usefulwhentheroadgripconditions direction. to bringthecarbackcorrect car stabilityand,inthelackofgrip,ithelps applicable versions/markets where ( Vehicle DynamicsControl upon requestfor The actionoftheVDCsystemisparticu- It isanelectronicsystemthatcontrolsthe b t t u t h e d h r n e r e a n a i f v d d e f r i i r s o c a n ) c t i a T e h a . p s g v m h f s y e d t T e e s e e u h s r t a d t d s e s y e r r t u p t y o i m r t i r e v i e o s f n r e t s r a s f a a p r i t WARNING o h c a s ’ h l k o s e k w r o n e n e . m , u s y a s . l c p i y a v d b c o o s i n T a i ) s n i h l n c i s a n i d e b b e t o e n t y i i t l t d l e a o s i i f i o t t s o l f n i y y w n s n d l s t a u e a a h a y c n o n e n s e o d f r d y f r c o a a s d e OF THEVDCSYSTEM CUTTING IN SYSTEM WORKS HOW THEVDC cated bytheflashingof switched off. andcannotbe ly whenthecarisstarted The cuttinginoftheVDCsystemisindi- The VDCsystemisengagedautomatical- bility andgrip. ver thatthecarisincriticalconditionsofsta- cluster,on theinstrument thedri- toinform á warning light warning 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina143 WARNING VDC SYSTEMFAILURE disengages automaticallyandthe In theeventofafailureVDCsystem possible. assoon Alfa RomeoAuthorisedServices tem: inanycaseitisadvisabletocontact car behaveslikeanotfittedwiththissys- on thereconfigurablemultifunctiondisplay. glowing steadily, togetherwiththemessage on clusterturns ing lightontheinstrument In theeventofaVDCsystemfailure á warn- t t t y c b h e w a r e a m e r h n . , e b c t e o t o h i h l r s D n a s n e u p t t e s r i r a n e m o i r i f n f u n a e o g e t l r h s l w m e u e e h w r s i WARNING n n i e o o e o t t d t e s r o h h l k f , e a t g i h r n n t r t h a h i g t p e t e y a . r t V I i c e h n s t o D s e o m s C l o r h o p s m f s o w p a y t u a a e c h s l l t r r - e d e m f t i d y e u i p d t s i e t o t y n o b p F s n w e o e a a o , r d o n l r b l f k a t r w h a b t c h h n o e o e e v d r WARNING e e r V s a l e s D a a n , c m l d C t l i l n n e o y s s i , f p z y b e e t t s r h h r . a t f e e e n e m c s d t t p y e a c r t c o e n o i n s - d - 143 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina144 144 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR ferential. an effectsimilartothatofaself-locking dif- ly brakingthewheelthatisslipping,with wheel, theASRsystemcutsinautomatical- er transmittedbytheengine. ted, theASRdevicecutsinreducingpow- being causedbyexcessivepowertransmit- systems areactivated: driving wheelsslip. timeoneorboth cuts inautomaticallyevery applicable versions/markets where ( ( ASR SYSTEM upon requestfor Antislip Regulation 2) ifslippinginvolvesonlyonedriving 1) ifslippinginvolvesbothdrivingwheels, In slippingconditions,towdifferentcontrol The ASRfunctioncontrolsthecardriveand ) ) face (aquaplaning). surfaces. the roadsurface. wheels alsoinrelationtotheconditionsof or excessiveacceleration. due totheeffectofdynamicloadchanges ful inthefollowingcircumstances: – inthecaseoflossgriponawetsur- – accelerationonslippery, snowyorfrozen – toomuchpowertransmittedtothe – slippingoftheinnerwheelonabend, help- The actionoftheASRisparticularly a i t t s n i y o k y s t n s a r a o . s c w f n a e T t o a d a s t h f y e y k e t s t e r s T b s h h s a h h e y t t p e f o e y h s f o u a l t i r e i e c e d l o n p d . m a a d t o e l R p n d r f e e r t o i i f s e v WARNING d n s o t s u d e r r i a t i o r n r m v e t f n ’ a d o s i a r a d n d u m c n t r g c e h u s e c e s , u e n e m s t o v r p n h u c f i f o e o o a s e s c n i f a n t c b e d s e c d i i s r i t n t l i b s i i i i - h v - a s v i e e l r e i a r y t l y - . 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina145 fig. 171 THE ASRFUNCTION SWITCHING ON strument panel warning light( panelwarning strument 171 off andonagainpressingswitch( cally eachtimetheengineisstarted. When the function is turned off,thein- When thefunctionisturned When travellingthedevicecanbeswitched The ASRfunctionswitchesonautomati- ). next timetheengineisstarted. onagainautomaticallythe elling, itwillturn If thefunctionisswitchedoffwhentrav- A-fig. V ) turns on. ) turns A0A1119m ter drive. moving offmakesitpossibleto obtain bet- tions, slippingofthedrivingwheels when the ASRdeviceoff:infact,these condi- with snowchains,itmaybehelpfultoturn s IMPORTANT o p n e a t d a i c c b o i i n f t s n d i i o e o i l l d t n s u t i y e u g s f F D t c t p r s A i r e h y o u g p u e a n S w l t p r t u a r y n s R e o i i r c o r d When travellingonsnow t n o a , o n e o b f s h , g n b r f y n b e l w r a a a t l s t r a u e e h i l h g t a o b t f l n c s e e WARNING WARNING h e l n u f o m t e d o w m e e d n v m o t w u h o l t c e h p , h a t e i t f e i e e h n i t n n e s a e o r h t e g s d s l l h a s n e a s l t a t t e , , s r g s i y d A m t u o i e o i c r i e z S V n n m s o e e f e a R o p m s . o e d p t n l b f a f h n m i e p u r l y t e t r t y a w a n h u . h f c n e a c e s e t c t - t d c o r l r t u n g e s i e c n t t o e g h n r - - INDICATION ASR SYSTEMFAILURE switches offautomaticallyandthe In theeventofafault,ASRsystem sible. assoonpos- Romeo AuthorisedServices in anycase,itisadvisabletocontactAlfa as acarthatisnotfittedwiththissystem: failure, thecarbehavesinsameway urable multifunctiondisplay. together withthemessageonreconfig- on, clusterturns ing lightontheinstrument In theeventofanASRsystemoperating V warn- 145 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 12:02 Pagina 146

EOBD SYSTEM The system also has a diagnostic connector IMPORTANT After eliminating the in- (for versions/markets where that can be interfaced with appropriate tools, convenience, to check the system com- applicable) which makes it possible to read the error codes pletely, Alfa Romeo Authorised Services are stored in the control unit, together with a se- obliged to run a bench test and, if necessary, The EOBD system (European On Board Di- ries of specific parameters for engine opera- road tests which may also call for a long jour- agnosis) allows continuous diagnosis of the tion and diagnosis. ney. components on the car correlated with emis- sions; it also alerts the driver, by turning on the warning light U(on some versions to- gether with the message + symbol on the reconfigurable multifunction display) on the instrument panel when these components are no longer in peak conditions. If, turning the ignition key to MAR, the warning light The objective is: GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR U does not turn on or if, – to keep the system efficiency under con- while travelling it turns on glow- trol; ing steadily or flashing (on some versions together with the mes- – warn when a fault causes emission lev- sage + symbol on the reconfig- els to increase over the threshold established urable multifunction display), con- by European law; tact Alfa Romeo Authorised Ser- – warn of the need to replace deteriorat- vices as soon as possible. ed components.

146 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina147 find thepowercables. hereitispossible to es inthecompartment: be removedpressingthetworetainingcatch- whichcan cated intheglovecompartment power supply; board ( onthedash- ted withaglovecompartment applicable ( PRESETTING SOUND SYSTEM for versions/marketswhere The radioistobefittedinthehousinglo- – aerialoncarroof. – housingforsoundsystem; – cableforaerialpowersupply; – cablesforfrontandrearloudspeaker – cablesforsoundsystempowersupply; The radiosystempresettingconsistsof: The car, ifrequestedwithoutradio,isfit- fig. 172 ) ). tery warrantynull. tery andmakethebat- age thebattery useless powerasboptionmaydam- charge.Theexcessive the battery to adviseyouonhowpreserve whowillbeable thorised Services tocontactAlfaRomeoAu- essary ing thecar, firstitisnec- dio systemafterpurchas- If youwishtofitthera- fig. 172 A0A1055m tem. it whenwashingthecarinautomaticsys- the aerialfromrooftoavoiddamaging are recommendedtoslackenandremove Aerial mm (2frontand2back)40Wpower. er; markets whereapplicable)with30Wpow- sound systemconsistsof: Speakers TECHNICAL INFORMATION The aerialislocatedonthecarroof.You – No.4speakerswithadiameterof165 – No.4tweeters:2frontandback(on In thecarsfittedwithradiopresettingthe, 147 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina148 148 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR for thisreasonitcannotberemoved. tem cannotbeadaptedtoothervehiclesand the styleofdashboard.Thesoundsys- with apersonaliseddesignthatblends cial featuresofthepassengercompartment, been designedinaccordancewiththespe- CD player(radiowithMP3player)has er (radiowithCompactDiscplayer)orMP3 applicable ( SOUND SYSTEM for versions/marketswhere The carsoundsystem,fittedwithCDplay- ) er refertothespecificmanual. foruseof the CDChang- For theinstructions CD Changer(ifprovided)throughtheradio. so containtheprocedureforcontrolling to readthroughcarefully. al- Theinstructions foruse,whichyouareadvised instructions sori AlfaRomeo. of thecontrolsquick,facilitatinguse. graphics onthefrontpanelmakelocation sition forthedriverandpassenger In thefollowingpagesyouwillfind The CDChangerisavailableatLineacces- The radioisinstalledinauser-friendlypo- normal. thevolumemaybehigherthan formation, station beinglistenedto. whenfarawayfromthe bridges particularly by thepresenceofmountains,buildingsor when driving.Receptionmaybedisturbed Reception conditions todrive. tions) beforestarting various radiofunctions(e.g.:storingsta- Road safety ADVICE IMPORTANT Reception conditionschangeconstantly You howtousethe areadvisedtolearn When receivingtrafficin- 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina149 a T t h s i e r r r i e s e n k f b s a o o T o o v e , ( o a l r f i w e e o e n n a . a t g d d t g h t c h y h j . . i c u g e : ) s t e a . h s h n v p t a h e o a s o p t WARNING o u d l s a u v u r r s o m o m i t n r i f n b l o t s b u e h l , u o s u e m e s u n t l h h e a c t d d o o h e n i r w u n r i c h a v h l g e d e e p e , w r a n e a e ’ a r s o l p d n y p l t r o v i h l i f t l i - e e i e h r c . o a e n n w t o m a i i t y s e e i s n s s t ucts mightspoilthesurface. antistatic cloth.Cleaningandpolishingprod- Authorized Services. In theeventofafault,contactAlfaRomeo maintenance. with noneedforparticular Care andmaintenance To cleanthefrontpanelonlyuseasoft, ensureslongoperation The radiostructure ed surface of Compact Discs. ed surface bending; longed lengthsof timetopreventthemfrom sunlight, hightemperatures ordampforpro- that maycauseskippingwhenplaying; their container, to avoid marksorscratches pact Discs; ofCom- as theymightdamagethesurface ing (e.g.:spraycans,antistaticorthinners) ference andcleanfromthecentreoutwards; Compact Discsfromtheoutercircum- port gerprints anddustusingasoftcloth.Sup- following brand: lowing advice: optimum playingconditionswegivethefol- Compact Disccancauseskipping.To obtain Compact Disc – Do not stick labels or write on the record- – DonotexposeCompactDiscs todirect – Afteruse,putCompactDiscs backin – Neverusechemicalproductsforclean- – CarefullycleanallCompactDiscsoffin- – OnlyuseCompactDiscswhichhavethe on marksordistortion Remember thatdirt, 149 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina150 150 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR player. will involvemalfunctioningordamagetothe discs,etc.Theuseofthesediscs distorted pact Discoutwards. fromthecentreofCom- cloth starting circumference. Nevertouchthesurface. ence. carefully, holdingitbytheoutercircumfer- tainer, pressthecentreandraisedisc Do notusehighlyscratched,cracked,or To removefingerprintsanddust,useasoft Always holdCompactDiscsbytheouter To removeaCompactDiscfromitscon- internal mechanismanddamagethedisc. internal bilisers, etc.astheymightgetstuckinthe sheets forCDincommerceordiscswithsta- MB. CDs withmax.capacityhigherthan650 R/RW CDsnotproperlymasteredand/or Regular operationisnotguaranteedifusing IMPORTANT For optimalplayinguseoriginalCDsonly. Do notusetheprotective PC/MAC”, oritisidentifiedbysymbolslike: ED”, “THISCDCANNOTBEPLAYED ONA like: “COPYCONTROL”,PROTECT- characters. Usuallyitisindicatedbywritings the CDcoverinsmalllettersorhardtoread disc. Copyprotectionisoftenindicatedon the CDplayercanplaywhateverprotected tection methods,itisnotguaranteedthat liferation ofalwaysnewanddifferentpro- for playingthem.Moreover, duetothepro- be used,then,fewsecondsmayrequired IMPORTANT Should copy-protectedCDs 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina151 tification symbol: ten arenotmarkedwiththeaudioCDiden- Protected discs (and their cover) very of- Protected discs(andtheircover)very sion CD,onlythefirstsessionwillbeplayed. mats isnotguaranteed. these systems,readingofallcompressionfor- HOFER) however, duetotheevolutionof on sale(e.g.:LAME,BLADE,XING,FRAUN- most ofthecompressionsystemscurrently IMPORTANT IMPORTANT When loadingamulti-ses- The CDplayercanread (2 frontand2rear)with40W power. power sions/markets whereapplicable)with30W comprising: Speakers tem. it whenwashingthecarinautomaticsys- the aerialfromrooftoavoiddamaging are recommendedtoslackenandremove Aerial Radio TECHNICAL DATA – 4speakerswithadiameterof165mm – 4tweeters:2frontandrear(forver- ofasystem The soundsystemisformed The aerialislocatedonthecarroof.You Maximum power:4x30W. 151 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina152 152 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR tact AlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices. radio needstobepulledout:thereforecon- oftheset.Torear part replacethefuse, Protection fuse The radiohasa10Afuselocatedinthe markets whereapplicable ( HI-FI BOSESYSTEM people canusethesystem. and intuitivetouse,sothateven less expert nology, butatthesametimetheyareeasy are theresultofmostsophisticatedtech- is feltwhenlisteningtolivemusic. pants withthenaturalspatialsensationthat enveloping theoccu- senger compartment of thesoundsisreproducedinwholepas- Inaddition,thecomplete range perfluous. er things,maketheLoudnessfunctionsu- tones andfull,richbasseswhichamongoth- treble faithful reproductionofcrystalline seats inthepassengercompartment. forallthe musical realismofaliveconcert, outstanding soundqualityandreproducethe car hasbeenaccuratelydesignedtooffer optional forversions/ The componentsadoptedarepatentedand The system’s featuresincludeoutstanding The HI-FIBOSEsysteminstalledonyour ) inside; at theback,eachhavingacoaxialtweeter ameter 165mm,twoatthefrontand Technical information – No.1bassboxwithavolumeof12dm – No.4highefficiencywooferswithdi- System comprises: 130 mmdiametersub-woofer. ising inamplitudesignalphaseandwith (150W) with6channels,analogueequal- housed ontheleft-handsideofboot; – No.1highpowerHI-FIamplifier 3 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina153 utnGNRLFNTOS Mode VOL GENERAL FUNCTIONS VOL+ ON Button dedicated FMband-FMT(AS–Autostore) Radio section CONTROLS ONFRONTPANEL fig. 167 – Automaticstorageof6stationsinthe – Traffic reception(TA) information Volume down Volume up Off On Press button Press button Long pushonbutton pushonbutton Short A0A1125m CD /MP3section to carspeed sions withBoseHI-FIsystem) sions withBoseHI-FIsystem) with BoseHI-FIsystem) Audio section – Previous / next directory selection – Previous/nextdirectory – FF/FR – Previous/nexttrackselection – Play/Pause – MUTEfunction – Automaticvolumechangingaccording – Personalequalization(excludingver- – Standardequalization(excludingver- – Loudnessfunction(excludingversions 153 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina154 154 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR utnC UCIN Mode ▼ ▲ Mode ÷˜ CD FUNCTIONS ˚ Button 1 23456 RADIOFUNCTIONS Button Mode MENU AUD MUTE CD AM GENERALFUNCTIONS FM Button ÷˜ AS ▼ ▲ Advanced functionsadjustment front/rear soundadjustment(FADER) right/left soundadjustment(BALANCE), Audio settings:bass(BASS),treble(TREBLE), Volume on/off(MUTE/PAUSE) Audio sourceselection(radio/CD/CD-Changer) Radio bandselectionMW, LW Radio bandselectionFM1,FM2,FMAutostore Previous/next directory playback (forMP3CD) Previous/next directory Previous/next CDplayback (forCDChanger) CD trackfastforward/backward Previous/next trackplayback CD ejection Stored stationrecall radiostationstorage Current • Manualtuning • Automatictuning Radio stationtuning: Adjustment selection:pressbutton Menu activation:briefbuttonpressing Brief buttonpressing Brief cyclicbuttonpressing Brief cyclicbuttonpressing Brief cyclicbuttonpressing Brief pressingonbuttons Brief buttonpressing Automatic tuning:pressbutton Brief pressingonbuttons Brief pressingonbuttons Long pressingonbuttons respectively forpreset/memoriesfrom1to6 Brief buttonpressing respectively forpreset/memoriesfrom1to6 Long buttonpressing (long pressingforfastforward) Manual tuning:pressbutton (long pressingforfastforward) Value adjustment:press button Adjustment selection:pressbutton Menu activation:briefbuttonpressing Value adjustment:pressbutton ▲ ▲ ÷ ÷ ▲ or or ÷ or ▼ ▼ or ÷ ÷ or ˜ ˜ ▲ ▲ ▼ or or or or or ˜ ˜ ˜ ▼ ▼ 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina155 utnFNTO Mode ó ô SRC – FUNCTION + z Button (where provided) STEERING WHEELCONTROLS CD Changer:selectprevious CDintheChanger MP3: selectprevious directory Radio: recallpreset stations (6to1) CD Changer:selectnextintheChanger MP3: selectnextdirectory Radio: recallpresetstations(1to6) (Radio -CDMP3Changer)selection button (FM1, FM2,FMT, MW, LW) andaudiosource Radio frequency Volume down Volume up (with soundsystemon) Audio Muteon/off fig. 174 Press button Press button Press button Press button Press button Brief buttonpressing A0A1126m 155 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina156 156 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR GENERAL justment withcar speed; Bose HI-FIsystem):automaticvolume ad- of 6stationsinFMband; band; FMT), 6intheMWbandandLW the FMband(6inFM1,6FM2, tion inRDSmode; gional programmes); EON (EnhancedOtherNetwork)-REG(Re- fic announcements)-TP(ProgramType) - quency bands; Radio section – automaticStereo/Mono switching. – SVCfunction(excludingversions with – automaticstorage(Autostore function) – manualstorageof36stations:18in – FMMultipathdetector; – automatic/manualstationtuning; presetting; – emergencyalarm frequencysearchselec- – AF:alternative – RDS(RadioDataSystem)withTA (traf- – PLLtuningwithFM/AM/MW/LW fre- The setpossessesthefollowingfunctions: CD section and speakers. causing damagetothefinalstages compromise roadsafety, aswell rustling andsuchavolumeasto Playing oneoftheseCDsmaycause – PlayingaudioCDsandR/RW CDs. oftrack; name/time elapsedfromstart – CDDisplayfunction:displaying – Fastforward/backward; – Track selection(forward/backward); – Directdiscselection; data tracksarerecorded. tion tosoundtracksalso On multimediaCDsinaddi- sions withBoseHI-FIsystem); with BoseHI-FIsystem); Audio section file name); oftrack, tag info,timeelapsedfromstart CD MP3section – Right/leftchannelbalancing. – Separatebass/trebleadjustment; – 7bandgraphicequalizer(excludingver- – Loudnessfunction(excludingversions – SoftMutefunction; – Mute/Pausefunction; – PlayingaudioCDsandR/RW CDs. name,ID3- – MP3DISPfunction:directory – Fastforward/backward; – Track selection(forward/backward); selection(previous/next); – Directory 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina157 FM Selecting radiofunctions Turning thesoundsystemoff paragraph “IGNTIMEfunction”). er 20minutesbypressingbuttonON(see theradioon again foroth- possible toturn After automaticswitchingoff,itishowever off automaticallyafterabout20minutes. not fittedintotheignitiondevice,itwillturn set toover. volume levelwillbebroughtto20ifitwas Turning thesoundsystemon ADJUSTMENTS FUNCTIONS AND Pressing brieflyandrepeatedly button Keep buttonONpressed. onwhenthekeyis If theradioisturned thesoundsystemon, When turning The setisswitchedonpressingbuttonON. in sequence: it ispossibletoselectthefollowing functions functions insequence: – TUNER (“MW”,“LW”). Pressing brieflyandrepeatedlybutton AM – TUNER(“FM1”,“FM2”,“FMT”); AS it ispossibletoselectthefollowing lected. resumed, itistunedtothelaststationse- tion isselected,whentheRadiomode stopped. againfromthepointinwhichitwas it starts stopped andwhentheCDmodeisresumed, is selected(e.g.:theradio),playing function Audio sourcememory nected). ed); sources insequence: it ispossibletoselectthefollowingaudio functions Selecting CD/CDChanger If whilelisteningtotheradioanotherfunc- If whilelisteningtoaCDanotherfunction – CHANGER(onlyiftheCDChangeriscon- – CD(onlyiftheCompactDiscisinsert- Pressing brieflyandrepeatedlybuttonCD vating thisfunction. level insidethepassengercompartment. increases tomaintaintheratiowithnoise speed ofthecar, increasingitasthespeed tomatically adaptthevolumelevelto Bose system) (excluding versionswithHI-FI SVC function bulletin. ting ismaintainedonlyuntiltheendof broadcast ofatrafficbulletin,thenewset- buttons. Volume adjustment See sectionMENUforactivating/deacti- The SVCfunctionmakesitpossibletoau- If thevolumelevelischangedduring Adjust volumethroughVOL+andVOL– 157 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina158 158 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR traffic announcement. function willberesumedatthe end ofthe sage ignorestheMutefunction. TheMute withtheTAletin arrives functionon,themes- new levelselected. function andthevolumewillbesetto fore switchingontheMutefunction. tothevaluesetbe- become louderreturning button MUTEagain.Volume willgradually (when inCDorCD-Changermode). “MUTE” (wheninradiomode)or“PAUSE” ally lowerandthedisplaywillshowword press thebuttonMUTE.Volume willgradu- completely) (turning offthevolume Mute /pausefunction – if an emergency alarm oratrafficbul- – ifanemergencyalarm theMutefunctionon: With Changing volumewilldeactivatetheMute To switchofftheMutefunction,press To switchontheMutefunction,briefly button AUD.Thedisplaywillshow“BASS”. ed: AM/FM/CD/CDC. differ accordingtotheaudiosourceselect- Audio adjustments To scrolltheMenuoptions,usebuttons To changeAudiofunctions,pressbriefly The optionsproposedbytheaudiomenu or selected, pressbuttons ▼ . To changethesettingofoption ting). vation andselection); HI-FI system)(standardequalization acti- system) (Loudnesson/off); FI system)(front/rearbalance); the following: of thefunctionselected. – XXUSER(personal equalizationset- – PRESET(excludingversionswith Bose – LD(excludingversionswithBose HI-FI – FADER (excluding versionswithBoseHI- – BALANCE(right/leftbalance); – TREBLE(trebleadjustment); – BASS(bassadjustment); The functionscontrolledbythemenuare status The displaywillshowthecurrent ÷ or ˜ . ▲ (bass/treble) Tone adjustment – Usebutton Proceed asfollows: ue forbothrightandleftspeakers. from therightspeakersorbutton or “TREBLE”intheAUDIOmenu; ANCE” intheAUDIOmenu; – pressbutton – pressbutton Balance adjustment ing isfaster. gradual bysteps.Pressinglonger, chang- crease/decrease thebassesortrebles. ing isfaster. gradual bysteps.Pressinglonger, chang- increase thesoundfromleftspeakers. ÷ – Usebutton Proceed asfollows: Pressing thebuttonsbrieflychangeis Select “ Pressing thebuttonsbrieflychangeis 0 ▲ ÷ ˜ ▲ or ÷ or ” tosetthesameval- to increasethesound ▼ ▼ to select“BASS” or to select“BAL- ˜ ˜ to in- to 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina159 ▲ Fader adjustment – Usebutton Proceed asfollows: or “LDOFF”. on thedisplayforfewsecondsby“LDON” The functioncondition(onoroff)isshown or creasing thebassesandtrebles. volume whenlisteningatlowlevel,in- HI-FI system) (excluding versionswithBose LD function ue forbothfrontandrearspeakers. from therearspeakersorbutton ▼ in theAUDIOmenu; To switchthefunctionon/off,usebutton The Loudnessfunctionimprovesthesound – pressbutton to select“LD”intheAUDIOmenu. ing isfaster. gradual bysteps.Pressinglonger, chang- increase thesoundfromfrontspeakers. ÷ Select “ Pressing thebuttonsbrieflychangeis 0 ▲ ÷ ˜ or ▼ ” tosetthesameval- to increasethesound to select“FADER” ˜ by meansofbutton makes itpossibletoadjustthesoundcurves. (“TREBLE”), whileactivatingthefunction ing thebass(“BASS”)andtrebletones to changethesoundsettingsonlyadjust- theequalizeroff,itispossible or off.With HI-FI system) (excluding versionswithBose (equalizer on/off) ROCK/JAZZ functions PRESET/XX EQSET*/CLASSIC/ to To theequalizeroff,select“PRESET” turn on The integratedequalizercanbeturned or the displayshows “EQ”. ment forbestplayingofjazzmusic). sic); ment forbestplayingofrockand popmu- justment forbestplayingofclassicmusic); er bandsthatcanbechangedbytheuser); tions: ˜ When oneofthe equalizersettingsison, – “JAZZ”(predefinedequalizer adjust- – “ROCK”(predefinedequalizeradjust- – “CLASSIC”(predefinedequalizerad- – “USER”(adjustmentofthe7equaliz- to selectoneofthefollowingop- To theequalizeron,usebutton turn ÷ or ˜ . ÷ button HI-FI system) (excluding versionswithBose setting hasbeenselected) (only iftheUSERequalizer *XX EQSETfunction To setapersonalequalizeradjustment,use or ÷ Antitheft protection gether withthegraph7bars. The displaywillshowtheword“MEN”to- AUD againorwaitforabout10seconds. Refer toparagraph“CDPlayer”. To storethenewsettings,pressbutton ▼ and itispossibletoadjustusingbutton Choose thebartobeadjustedusingbutton where eachbarrepresentsafrequency. “XX EQSET”andthenagraphwith7bars, press button The displaywillshowforabout2seconds . or ▲ ˜ or ; the bar chosen starts toflash ; thebarchosenstarts ▼ ▼ for long. to selectUSERandthen ▲ 159 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina160 160 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR tons FM to anotheraudiosource,pressbrieflybut- CD orChanger). offisplayed(Radio, selected beforeturning Introduction RADIO (TUNER) To selecttheTuner sourcewhilelistening onthelastfunction When thesetisturned edly pressbuttonFM Selecting thefrequencyband (e.g.: P1). FM1) andthepreselectionbuttonnumber ly) (orfrequency),thefrequencyband(e.g.: the selectedstationname(RDSstationson- frequency band. If intheTuner mode,brieflyandrepeat- When Tuner ison,thedisplaywillshow lowing bandsareselectedinsequence: required frequencyband. “FMT”; – PressingbuttonFM timethebuttonispressed thefol- Every – PressingbuttonAM:“MW”and “LW”. AS or AM,accordingtotherequired AS AS or AMtoselectthe : “FM1”,“FM2”, station. Storing is confirmed by abeep. station. Storingisconfirmed longer than2secondswillstorethetuned presetbutton(from1to6). corresponding frequency bandandthenpressbrieflythe FM2, 6inFMT); settings: make itpossibletosetthefollowingpre- Presetting buttons with theAutostorefunction. tothestationsstoredautomatically reserved FM2 andFMT. TheFMTreceptionbandis frequency bandwillbetuned. wording onthedisplay. Pressing therespectivepresetbuttonfor To callapresetstation, choosetherequired – 6intheLW band; – 6intheMWband; – 18intheFMband(6FM1,6 The buttonswithsymbolsfrom1to6 The FMbandisdividedintosections:FM1, The laststationselectedintherespective Each bandisshownbytherespective Automatic tuning onorthereceptionbandischanged. turned band, whichisthentunedwhentheradio the laststationheardforeachreception Storing thelaststationheard Briefly pressbutton The radioautomaticallykeepsinstorage cast trafficbulletins. the tuneronlysearchesstationswhichbroad- the nextreceivablestation. the buttonisreleased,tunerstopson longer, quicksearchingtakesplace.When If theTA functionison (trafficinformation), the directionchosen. next stationthatitispossibletoreceivein automatically searchingthetuningfor If button ÷ or ÷ ˜ or is pressedfor ˜ to start 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina161 then pressbrieflyandrepeatedlybutton or chosen band. Manual tuning Select therequiredfrequencybandand This allowsmanualstationsearchinginthe Pressing oneofthebuttons O to start searchinginthechosenband. to start stopped whenthebuttonisreleased. searching,whichis obtains fastforward N or O longer N button FM (automatic stationstorage) A-STORE function To switchontheA-STOREfunction,keep toSTore function. the stationheardbeforeactivationofAu- again: theradiowillautomaticallytuneto intensity oftheFMTfrequencyband. the strongestsignalindecreasingorderof dio automaticallystoresthesixstationswith thisfunctionthera- beep.With firmation shows “A-STORE”. tion willbestored. only thestationsthatsendtrafficinforma- ously intheFMTband. function cancelsthestationsstoredprevi- IMPORTANT To A-STORE pressbuttonFM interrupt During automaticstoragethedisplay If theTA functionison (trafficinformation), AS pressed untilreceivingthecon- Activating theA-STORE tons. tions willbestoredonthefreepresetbut- strong signal.Inthiscasetheprevioussta- function isunabletofind6stationswitha band wherethefunctionisthenrun. LW bandswillautomaticallyselecttheFMT band. strong signalinthatmomentthepresent tions areautomaticallystoredthatgivea ton 1. station intheFMTbandstoredonpresetbut- dio automaticallytunesonthefirstpreset IMPORTANT Activating theA-STOREfunctioninMWor On buttonsnumberedfrom1to6,thesta- At theendofA-STOREfunctionra- AS Sometimes theA-STORE 161 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina162 162 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR ments (seeparagraph“TA function”). change asdescribedfortrafficannounce- ing thisannouncementthevolumewill play willshowthemessage“ALARM”.Dur- cannot bedeactivated. station tuned. floods, etc.),iftheyarebroadcastbythe may causegeneraldanger(earthquakes, exceptional circumstancesoreventsthat emergency announcementsinthecaseof Emergency alarmreception During emergencyannouncementthedis- This functionisactivatedautomaticallyand In theRDSmoderadioissettoreceive switches automaticallyfromStereotoMono. Stereophonic stations stations ofthesamecircuits. time thesebulletinsaregivenbyoneofthe TA functionon); temporarily: interrupted gramme ofthestationbeingheardwillbe Inthiscasethepro- cast trafficinformation. together severalstationsenabledtobroad- (Enhanced OtherNetwork) EON function If thesignalreceivedisweak,device – tolistenregionalprogrammesevery (onlywith – toreceivetrafficinformation countrieshavecircuitswhichgroup Certain or “MENU”. button MENU.Thedisplayshowstheword MENU buttonfunctions MENU To scrollthemenufunctionsusebutton To activatethemenufunction,brieflypress ed functionusebutton ▼ . To changethesettingofselect- MENU again. dio); trol); tion tospeed); the following: of thefunctionselected. To exit themenu function, press button – DEFAULT (resetoriginal settings). – IGNTIME(Systempoweroff mode ra- audiosourcescon- – EXTVOL(external – SVC(automaticvolumecontrolinrela- – MP3DISP(MP3CDdatadisplay); – REG(regionalprogrammes); – TA (trafficinformation); frequencysearch); – AF(alternative The functionscontrolledbythemenuare status The displaywillshowthecurrent ÷ or ˜ . ▲ 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina163 FM1 bandonthe laststationselected. the AFfunctionis activated,itpassestothe the displayshows“AF”. on OFF”. IftheAFfunctionhasbeen turned ton MENU,andthenselect“AFON” or“AF be receivableintheareacariscrossing. changing area. out havingtochangethefrequencywhen continue listeningtothestationchosenwith- itwillthusbepossibleto During thejourney nal thatisbroadcastingthesameprogramme. tuned tothestationwithstrongestsig- off. (the displayshows“AF”); in twodifferentmodes: (alternative frequencysearch) AF function If theradioisworkinginAMband, when To the AFfunctionon/off,pressbut- turn Of course,thestationbeinglistenedtomust “AFON”,theradioisautomatically With frequencysearch – “AFOFF”:alternative frequencysearchon – “AFON”:alternative theRDSsystemradiocanwork Within then select“TA ON”or“TA OFF”. tion on/off,brieflypressbuttonMENUand the displayshows“TP”. abouttrafficconditions.Inthiscase formation and FMT)areenabledtoalsobroadcastin- (traffic information) TA function volume off. fined minimumvolumeevenwith theradio player orCDChangerarebeingused; fic information; mit intheFMband,enabledtobroadcasttraf- automatic stationtuningwillstart. stalled), Telephone orMute/Pauseactive: ison,withCD,CDChanger(ifin- formation) IMPORTANT To theTA turn (trafficannouncement)func- stationsintheFMband(FM1,FM2 Certain – to receive traffic information ataprede- – toreceivetrafficinformation althoughCD – toreceivetrafficinformation – tosearchonlyRDSstationsthattrans- theTAWith functionitispossible: If theTA function(trafficin- any soundsystembutton. letin inprogress. and thenewvalueiskeptonlyforbul- letin thevalueisnotshownondisplay volume =listening+1. volume =20(fixedvalue); volume: transmitted variesdependingonthelistening on thelaststationheard. TA isactivated,itpassestotheFM1band mit trafficinformation. is on(thedisplayshows“TP”),donottrans- stations existwhich,eveniftheTPfunction The TA bypressing functionisinterrupted If thevolumeischangedduringatrafficbul- – listeningvolumeabove20:trafficbulletin – listeningvolumebelow20:trafficbulletin The volumewithwhichthetrafficbulletinis If theradioisworkinginAMband,when IMPORTANT In certain countriesradio In certain 163 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina164 164 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR casting intheselectedband. ÷ automatically toregionalstationsbroad- function”). ly onlocalstations(regional)(see“EON This functionmakesitpossibletotuneinon- grammes whichdifferfromregiontoregion. nate timesoftheday, transmitregionalpro- (regional broadcastreception) REG function To the functionon/offusebutton turn Activate thisfunctionifyouwanttotune nationalbroadcasters,atdetermi- Certain or ˜ . a valid alternative frequency.a validalternative other theradiocouldnottuneproperlyto tive, whenpassingfromoneregiontoan- ceived. the regionalstationofnewareaisre- nate areaandthecarentersadifferentarea, gramme istunedthatworksinadetermi- of thefunction: IMPORTANT If thefunctionisoffandaregionalpro- – “REGOFF”:functionoff. – “REGON”:functionon. status The displaywillshowthecurrent If AFandREGarebothac- “MP3 DISP”. CD isloaded:inthiseventthedisplayshows listening toaMP3CD. shownonthedisplay,the information when (CD MP3datadisplay) MP3 DISPfunction To changethefunctionusebuttons This functioncanbeselectedonlyifaMP3 thisfunctionitispossibletochoose With ÷ able) able) six possible: – TIME (time elapsed from start oftrack). – TIME(timeelapsedfromstart – FILENAME(MP3filename); name); – DIR(directory – ALBUM(albumtitle,ifID3-TAG avail- – AUTHOR(trackauthor, ifID3-TAG avail- – TITLE(tracktitle,ifID3-TAG available) The displayshowsthesettingamong or ˜ . 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina165 level insidethepassengercompartment. ÷ increases tomaintaintheratiowithnoise speed ofthecar, increasingitasthespeed matically adaptthevolumelevelto Bose HI-FIsystem) (excluding versionswith (volume changingwithspeed) SVC function To thefunctionon/offusebutton turn This functionmakesitpossibletoauto- rent statusofthefunction: – SVCHIGH: function on – SVCLOW: functionon – SVCOFF:functionoff or ˜ . Thedisplaywillshowthecur- (low sensitivity) (high sensitivity). ternal audiosources. ternal (setting from0to40)orexclude(OFF)ex- (external audiosourcecontrol) EXT function To thisfunctionon/off,usebutton turn thisfunctionitispossibletoadjust With ÷ ÷ for 20 minutes max. key toSTOP thesoundsystem willstay on ignition key. theignition Afterhavingturned to STOP; theignition key automatically whenturning ignition key. Soundsystemwillswitchoff modes. To thefunctiononusebutton turn then: sound systemaccordingtotwodifferent radio) (system poweron/offmode IGN TIMEfunction el 23. of thefunction: – “20MIN”:deactivation independentof – “00MIN”:deactivationdependent on The displaywillshow“IGNTIME”and This functionenablestoswitchoffthe – “EXT23”:functiononwithvolumelev- – “EXTOFF”:functionoff. – “EXTVOL”:functionon. status The displaywillshowthecurrent or or ˜ ˜ . . the previoussituationisdisplayed. the audiosourcewillnotbechangedand “RESTORE”. Attheendofthisoperation, operation thedisplaywillshowmessage tings. Optionsavailablearethefollowing: RESTORE function ing thekeytoMARitwillstayoff. switched offpressingbuttonON,whenturn- key toMAR.Ifthesoundsystemhasbeen theignition switch onautomaticallyturning ate or20-minutedelayedpoweroff),itwill the ignitionkeytoSTOP(forbothimmedi- is switchedoffautomaticallyafterturning IMPORTANT – YES:restoredefaultsettings.Duringthis – NO:norestore; This functionenablestorestoredefaultset- When thesoundsystem 165 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina166 166 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR adjustments”. operation, refertoparagraph“Functionsand soundsystem eration variants:asconcerns Introduction COMPACT DISCPLAYER This sectiononlydescribesCDplayerop- mastered attheaslowpossiblespeed. When usingR/RW CDs,usetopquality CDs “CD”: thelastheardtrackwillbeplayed. on andpressbrieflybuttonCDtoselect will beplayed; grated intheset,proceedasfollows: Selecting thecompactdiscplayer For optimalplayinguseonlyoriginalCDs. theset turn – ifaCDisalreadyinserted, or aCDwiththeseton:firsttrack – insert To ontheCompactDiscplayerinte- turn will positionitcorrectly. tivate thepoweredloadingsystem,which Inserting/ejecting aCD Press button To theCDsetitgentlyinplacetoac- insert change thesourcetoCD. moving itfromtheslot,tunerwillnot then willsettoTuner (Radio). it automaticallyafterabout20secondsand CD willreturn. ejection, thesourceheardbeforeplaying erate thepoweredCDejectsystem.After Inserting theejectedCDwithout fullyre- Inserting CD cannotbeejectedifthedeviceisoff. If CDisnotejected,thedevicewillreload ˚ , withthedeviceon,toop- 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina167 Menu functionison); ofthetrack(ifcorresponding the start the CD; means: which play showsthefollowinginformation Display information source beforeCDwasselectedreturns. sage “CDERROR”forabout2seconds. thedisplaywillshowmes- ing error), properlyorread- CDnotinserted inserted, Possible errormessages “03:42”: showsthetimeelapsedsince “T05”: showsthenumberoftrackon When theCDplayerisworking,dis- The CDisthenejectedandtheprevious isillegible(e.g.:CD-ROM If theCDinserted (forward/backward) Select track Briefly pressbutton Fast forward/backward track, pressthebuttontwiceconsecutively. this caseifwantingtoplaytheprevious In the trackisplayedagainfromstart. Keep button stopped oncethebuttonisreleased. is ly backward.Fastforward/backward keep button athighspeed and track selectedforward vious trackandbutton seconds ago,pressingbrieflybutton vice versa. last track,thefirstonewillbeplayedand one. Tracks areplayedinsequence:afterthe If playing the track started morethan3 If playingthetrackstarted ÷ ˜ pressed tomoveitquick- pressed tomovethe ÷ ˜ to playthepre- to playthenext ÷ ing thesoundsource. MUTE again. MUTE. Thedisplaywillshow“PAUSE”. Pause function The pausefunctionisdeactivatedchang- To resumeplayingthetrack,pressbutton To pausetheCDplayer, pressbutton 167 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina168 168 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR cedure describedinthefollowingparagraph. enter thesecretcodeaccordingtopro- theuserofneedto the deviceinforms control unit(BodyComputer)isreplaced, codes arenotthesameorifelectronic working, whereasifthecomparison starts nected. timetheradiosupplyisdiscon- code every ofthesecret security andpreventsentry on thecar. tronic controlunit(BodyComputer)installed betweentheradioandelec- formation tection systembasedontheexchangeofin- Antitheft protection If theresultofcheckispositive,set thehighestlevelof This systemwarrants The radioisfittedwithanantitheftpro- essary to enter the correct code. toenterthe correct essary theuserthatitisnec- dashes “---”to warn “CDC CODE”for2secondsand then fours sounds abeep,thedisplayshows theword working. seconds), theradiostarts codeentry.as anincorrect dashes “---”.Thisisnottobeconsidered “CDC CODE”for2secondsandthenfours 20 seconds,thedisplayshowsword the sameway. (from 1to6).Entertheothercodedigitsin keyofthepresetstations the corresponding dashes. tooneofthe 1 to6,eachcorresponding followed byfourdashes“---”. the word“CDCCODE”forabout2seconds, event ofcoderequest),thedisplaywillshow Entering thesecretcode If awrongcodeisentered,the radio digit (within20 After enteringthefourth If thefourfiguresarenotenteredwithin To enterthefirstdigitofcode,press The secretcodecomprisesfourfiguresfrom thesoundsystemon(in When turning theft. the competentauthoritiesineventof fully tobeablegivetherelateddata dio model,serialnumberandsecretcode. of theradio.TheCodeCardcontainsra- Code Card procedure. thenewcodeentry start WAIT”. Whenthisgoesoffitispossibleto be shownonthedisplaywithword“CDC imum of24hours.Thewaitingtimewill 2h, 4h,8h,16h,24h)untilreachingamax- 2 min,481630min,1h, the waitingtimeincreasesgradually(1min, IMPORTANT possession This thedocumentthatcertifies timetheuserentersawrongcode, Every Keep theCodeCardcare- 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina169 Thomson multimedia. nology licensedfromFraunhoferIISand and adjustments”. tem operation,refertoparagraph“Functions soundsys- er operationvariants:asconcerns Introduction (where provided) MP3 CDPLAYER NOTE This sectiononlydescribesMP3CDplay- MPEG Layer-3audiodecodingtech- cannot beselected. el), directoriesnotcontainingMP3tracks rectories areallbroughttothesamelev- taining MP3tracks(directoriesandsub-di- with sequentiallistsofalldirectoriescon- CDs masteredataspeedaslowpossible. CD. aconventionalaudio graph wheninserting described in“CompactDiscplayer”para- Soundsystemwilloperateas MP3 format. sound systemcanalsoplayaudiofilesin MP3 mode MP3 CD files are structured bydirectories, MP3 CDfilesarestructured For optimalplayinguseonlytopquality In additiontostandardaudioCDs,the system willnotbeabletoplayit. thesound characters tonamefilesotherwise sampling MP3CDyoumustnotusethese are notadmittedinMP3tracknames.When trophe), (and)(openclosedbrackets) tracks (files). mono orstereo(32to80kbit/s); stereo (96to320kbit/s)-22.05kHz, theycannotbeplayed; otherwise cording toISO9660Standard; MP3 filesareasfollows: IMPORTANT – itispossibletoplayvariablebit-rate – samplingfrequenciesare:44.1kHz, – musicfilesshallberenamedas“.mp3” – adoptedCD-ROMshallbemasteredac- Technical dataandoperatingconditionsfor Characters: blank,‘(apos- 169 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina170 170 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR be displayed. has noID3-taginfothen,thefilenamewill Album)andthetrackbeingplayed tle, Artist, OF *. by anasterisk. isstoredontheCD,followed the directory tothenamewithwhich play corresponds function”) aredisplayed. Author(see“MP3disp track Title,Artist, and filename,alsoID3-taginforelevantto (track informations) ID3-tag infodisplay DISPLAY INFORMATION If youwanttodisplayoneID3-taginfo(Ti- name:BEST Example offullMP3directory nameshownonthedis- The MP3directory name In additiontotimeelapsed,directory Select next/previousdirectory Press button or pressbutton played. isplayed, thenextwillthenbe rectory willbeplayed. new directory the following2seconds,firsttrackin lected andviceversa. thefirstoneisse- after thelastdirectory be shownonthedisplay. will The nameofthenewselecteddirectory If the last track in the currently selecteddi- If thelasttrackincurrently isselectedin If nootherdirectory/track Directories areselectedincyclicsequence: N O to selectthenextdirectory to selectthepreviousone. Antitheft protection Refer toparagraph“CompactDiscplayer”. 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina171 CD CHANGER(CDC) ER”. peatedly buttonCDuntilselecting“CHANG- changer Selecting theCD graph “Functionsandadjustments”. soundsystemoperation, refertopara- cerns (where provided)operationvariants:ascon- Introduction Authorized Services. performed byAlfaRomeo Turn ontheset,thenpressbrieflyandre- This sectiononlydescribesCDChanger Changer shallonlybe of aLineaccessoriCD Installation andconnection show thefollowing: sound sourceisnotchanged,thedisplaywill the firstone)ortheyarealsoillegible,if from er (afterthelastCDsearchwillrestart if therearenootherCDsintheCDChang- “CD ERROR”.ThenextCDwillbeselected; is changed; the wording“NOCD”untilsoundsource they arealsoillegiblethedisplaywillshow be selected;iftherearenootherCDsor number oftheselectedCD.ThenextCDwill the displayshows“CDERROR”after properly): lected positionorCDnotinserted sound source; will show“CDERROR”untilchangingthe lowing cases: Possible errormessages – error inCDreading:thedisplay shows – error – selectedCDisillegible(CDnotinthese- – noCDintheChanger:display messageswillbedisplayedinthefol- Error selected. ❒ ❒ ❒ – a CD-ROM is inserted: nextCDwillbe – aCD-ROMisinserted: “CD Error” forabout5seconds; “CD Error” plays nextsourceforother5seconds; “CD Changer”forabout2.5seconds; Selecting theCD Press button played automatically. wording “CDERROR”,andthenextCDis tion selected,thedisplaybrieflyshows loader doesnotcontainadiscintheposi- button O to selectthepreviousCD.If N to selectthenextCDand 171 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina172 172 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR Overview TROUBLESHOOTING L R s o e e you wanttoplay. No CDloaded.LoadtheorMP3 Fader levelsetis=R+9. power reductionandvolumemutingifthe (front), topreventsoundsystemoutput The Faderfunctionshallonlybesetto“F” w q l e u c v i t r o e e l d d u m s o e u r c e c a n n o t b e Compact discplayer ˚ R C CD. D e Another CDisalreadyloaded.Pressbutton Loaded CDisscratched.Try toplayanother Loaded CDisdirty. CleantheCD. q and removetheCD. n u o i r t e p d l a C y D e d c a n n o t b e l o a d e d MP3 filereading M S track lengthcanbedisplayedincorrectly. vice” paragraph. CD asdescribedinparagraph“CD”“Ad- c k o In certain cases(duetorecording)MP3 In certain Loaded CDisscratchedordirty. Cleanthe P i r 3 p r p e t i c r n t a l g y c k w l h e e n n g t r h e a n d o i t n g d i M s p P l a 3 y f e i d l e s 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina173 PROVISION MOBILE TELEPHONE cific connectorforconnectinghands-freekit. na; installing acellphone. – connectionandsupplycableswithspe- – radio+cellphonedual-purposeanten- The mobilephoneprovisionconsistsof: The carmaybefittedwithaprovisionfor compromise thesafetyofcar. ity ofanyinconveniencethatmay first-rate resultswithnopossibil- thiswillguarantee rised Services; contact onlyAlfaRomeoAutho- to theprovisionincar, cell phoneandconnection For theinstallationofa with thecustomer’s phone. as itmustbecompatible purchased bythecustomer The voicekitshouldbe BY THEOWNER PURCHASED ACCESSORIES more powerful battery.more powerful whether itneedstobeintegratedwitha able towithstandtheloadrequired,or checking whetherthecarelectricsystemis also evaluatetheoverallelectricabsorption, belonging toLineaccessoriAlfaRomeo,will besides suggestingthemostsuitabledevices whosequalifiedpersonnel, rised Services, electric supply, contactAlfaRomeoAutho- or accessoriesthatinanycaseburdenthe radionavigator withsatelliteantitheft,etc.) voicefeature, nent electricsupply(alarm, electrical accessoriesthatrequireaperma- If afterbuyingthecar, youdecidetoinstall 173 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina174 174 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR DEVICES ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION OF manufacturer's specifications. andincompliancewith manlike performed outataspecialized shop, work- carried of transceiversprovidedthatinstallationis the andmarking: shallbear buying thecarorinaftermarket Fiat AutoS.p.A.authorizestheinstallation Electric/electronic devicesinstalledafter quirements. not incompliancewiththespecifiedre- mended byFiatAutoS.p.A.andinstalled non-genuine accessoriesornotrecom- for damagescausedbytheinstallationof directly orindirectly. tioned modificationortraceablebacktoit defectsduetotheabovemen- as concerns agents andalsothelapseofwarranty may causedrivinglicenseseizingbytraffic sulting inmodificationsofcarcharacteristics Fiat AutoS.p.A.declinesallresponsibility IMPORTANT Installation ofdevicesre- TELEPHONES AND CELLULAR TRANSMITTERS RADIO less aseparateaerialismounted. the like)shallnotbeusedinsidecarun- er equipment(e.g.:HAMradiosystemsand ufacturer's specifications. homologa- tion, keepstrictlytothemobilephone man- (GSM, GPRS,UMTS)with ing effectofthecarbody. these devicesmaybeaffectedbytheshield- gers. stituting apotentialhazardforthepassen- could compromisesafetyinadditiontocon- tems equippingthecartomalfunction.This separate aerial)maycauseelectronicsys- (without inside thepassengercompartment HAM radiosystemsorothersimilardevices IMPORTANT Mobile phonesandotherradiotransceiv- As concerns theuseofmobilephones As concerns In addition,transmissionandreceptionof The useofmobilephones, 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina175 GENERAL TECHNOLOGY Bluetooth COMMANDS AND WITH VOICE HANDSFREE SYSTEM The steering wheel,asprescribedby thelaw. phone callswithouttakingthehands offthe driving situation,receivingandmaking tele- calls safely, inany freely and comfortably mands makesitpossibletomaketelephone strictions andiscompletelyfree. The handsfreesystemwithvoicecom- tooth 10 metres. 1 Mb(Megabyte)persecondinarangeof changes dataandvoiceataspeedofabout radiowaveswhichex- sion ofshort-radius the handsfreesystemincar. less) betweenyourcellulartelephoneand logue withoutelectricalconnections(wire- Bluetooth The radiofrequencyusedbythe Communication isbasedonthetransmis- ® technology isnotsubjecttoanyre- ® ® technology allowsdia- Blue- lar dependingonthetypeofcellularphone) each singlecontact(e.g.home,work,cellu- in thedirectory of cellularphone) priority willbedescribedlater) lular atatime(thesettingoftheconnection lular telephoneswiththeactivationofonecel- car speakers,withoptimalsoundquality following functions: – storingofmoretelephonenumbersfor – automaticstoringoftelephonenumbers – voicerecognition(accordingtothetype – possibilityofconnectinguptothreecel- – transmissionofconversationthroughthe – handsfreeconversation – radiosoundcutoffduringtelephonecalls The systeminstalledonthecarincludes the typeofcellularphone) directly tothecellularphone(dependingon transfer thesoundfromhandsfreesystem (see theRadioparagraph) menu andtheradiovolumecontrolbuttons cellular phone) voice command(dependingonthetypeof – reductionofechoandbackgroundnoise. – “confidential”conversationmode,to – volumecontrolwiththecellulartelephone callswith – forwarding/accepting/rejecting 175 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 12:02 Pagina 176

SYSTEM COMPONENTS The button control panel (fig. 175) is on Pressing simultaenously the green The main components of the system are: the central console and has two buttons, one (A) and red (B) buttons for at least green (A) and one red (B), which make 2 seconds clears the memory. – electronic control unti it possible to activate all the functions of the Clearing the memory im- system. IMPORTANT – microphone plies the disconnection of all the telephones – button control panel Press the green button (A) to: memorised, the clearing of all the numbers The electronic control unit is housed in the – activate the voice recognition stored in the memory of the handsfree sys- tem and then calls for a new connection pro- dashboard, and contains the transmitter with – accept the call or double call ® cedure to use the system again. the Bluetooth technology, the micro- processor for the signals and the software. – dial the last number called The microphone located in the front pan- – turn on the “confidential” mode. el is a high-quality component, designed to Press the red button (B) to: ensure the optimum communication in every GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR condition. – end a call – refuse a call.

A0A1036m

176 fig. 175 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina177 TK8020,S100 E200,C500 QTEK SPV TELITAL SONY ERICSSON PDA/SMARTPHONES Fisio820,825 SIEMENS SPVM1000,XDA2 X700 SHARP SAMSUNG PHILIPS XDA2 PANASONIC NOKIA R520,T39m,T68m MOTOROLA ERICSSON BLACKBERRY 7100, 7290 TELEPHONES COMPATIBLE CELLULAR system areshowninthefollowingtable: The cellularphonescompatiblewiththe rn Model Brand S55, S56,S65,S66,SL75,SK65,SX1 GX15, GZ15,GZ-100,GX30, SPV E200,C500,M1000 E1000, MPX220,E680,A779,A780, V3, V500,V501,V525,V547,V551, 6300, 6310,6310i,6600,6650, 6230i, 6233,6234,6260,6288, K800i, T630,T650i,W850i,W880i 6630, 7280,7600,7610,8800, 6670, 6680,6230,6810,6820, 3110, 3650,3660,6131,6230, SGH-D500, SGH-E730,SGH-E640, SLVR L7oV8,KRZRK1,RAZR2 T610, Z600,Z608,V800,K750i, SGH-E370, SGH-E950,SGH-U700 T68i, P800,P900,P910i,T606, V555, V600,V635,V80,E398, N-Gage QD,N73,N90,X5700 8910, 8910i,9300,N-Gage, GX31, GX32,TM200 RIZR Z3,Z8 NeoFone SYSTEM ACTIVATION lular phoneonandthe togetinsidecarwiththecel- it isnecessary phone tothesystemafterfirstconnection tons lighton.To connectyourcellulartele- the systemisactive,twoledsonbut- theignitionkeyto nection, turn To activatethesystemafterfirstcon- activated. Bluetooth MAR . When ® function TO THESYSTEM OF THECELLULARTELEPHONE FIRST CONNECTION tooth toactivatethe tem itisnecessary the cellulartelephoneandhandsfreesys- To outthefirstconnectionbetween carry Bluetooth user’s handbook. to thesystem(seeyourcellulartelephone pair device”.Nowconnectthecellularphone “Please, system, youwillheartheinstruction is on,therelatedicondisplayed. phone user’s handbook).Whenthefunction (seeyourcellulartele- related instructions IMPORTANT When connectingforthefirsttimeto it is necessary to turn theradioon. toturn it isnecessary To hearthemessage“Please,pairdevice” radio PHONEfunction(seeRadioparagraph). device” settingtheminimumvalueof to avoidrepeatingthemessage““Please,pair ® function onyourphone,followingthe ® handsfree system,itispossible If wantingtousethe Blue- 177 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina178 178 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR ( when the ignition key is turned to when theignitionkeyisturned the mostknowncellulartelephones. to makeforthefirstconnectiononsomeof Below aresomeexamplesoftheoperations cate thattheconnectionhasbeenestablished. closedistance.Abeepwillcommuni- at very automatically, providedthatthetwosetsare and thenconfirm. nection code;entercode“1234” show amessagetoenterthecon- the cellulartelephonedisplaywill device”, resetthesystempressing( handsfree systemdoesnotsay“Please,pair to thesystem.Ifatfirstconnection, ly thefirsttimecellularphoneismatched outon- connecting proceduremustbecarried B IMPORTANT out theconnectionwillbecarried Afterwards During theconnectionprocedure, ) simultaneouslyforatleast2seconds. The systemworks MAR CLEARING THESYSTEM TELEPHONES CONNECTION OFOTHER cedure tousethesystemagain. tem andthencallsforanewconnectionpro- ofthehandsfreesys- stored inthememory memorised, theclearingofallnumbers plies thedisconnectionofalltelephones onds. ( tem (seefollowingparagraph). toclearthesys- phones itwillbenecessary phones. Fortheconnectionofothercellular nection, uptoamaximumof3cellular outforthefirstcon- the procedurecarried A A IMPORTANT To pressthegreen clearthesystemmemory To connectanothercellularphone,repeat only ) and ) andred( . The B ) buttonsforatleast2sec- Clearing the memory im- Clearing thememory MANAGING TELEPHONECALLS CONNECTION PRIORITY switchover tothehandsfreemode). search fortheothercellularphones. connected. Ifitisnotfound,thesystemwill be thefirstonetosearchedand,ifpresent, sary topressthegreen button( sary some cellulartelephonemodels it isneces- switched overtothehandsfree mode (on phone call telephone keyboard manually To makeatelephonecall cellular telephones. aging telephonecalls,generallyappliedtoall tem active(ignitionkeyat that whengettinginsidethecar, withthesys- will bethatwiththehighestpriority. Itmeans nected, thefirstonetobeconnected(intime) – thetelephonecallwillbeautomatically thetele- – pressenteronthephonetostart – Dialtherequirednumberoncellular Below arethegeneralproceduresforman- If atleast2cellularphoneshavebeencon- MAR ), itwill A ) to 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina179 the procedure. one, presstheredbutton( isdifferentfrom thewished for confirmation telephone call itandthenmakethe name toconfirm you wishtocall “PHONE” tobeshownontheradiodisplay numbers inthephonedirectory) matching voicesamplestothe the voicecommands(after – if thenamepronouncedbysystem – – thesystemwillrepeatpronounced – pronouncethenameofperson – waitforthebeepand/orword – pressthegreenbutton( To makeatelephonecallwith B A ) andrepeat ) ing thewordswellandclearly. nounced keepinganaturaltone,articulat- system thevoicecommandsmustbepro- will recogniseonlythesevoicesamples. tory, but,inthiscase,thehandsfreesystem samples directlyinthehandsfreesystemdirec- ing onthetypeofcellulartelephone)voice matched tothevoicesamples. the voicecommandallnumbers phone, thusmakingitpossibletocallwith the voicesamplesrecordedoncellular matchedtoavoicesample. in thedirectory commands ispossibleonlyforthenames IMPORTANT Anyway, itispossibletomemorise(depend- The handsfreesystemcanrecogniseall The telephonecallmadewiththevoice To berecognisedby the Bluetooth phone thefollowingfunctionsareon: commands makesurethatonthecellular ple formax2seconds. “Mario”); thesystemrecordsavoicesam- example: “MarioRossi”insteadof tion keyat ing conditions: associate thevoicesamplesinfollow- IMPORTANT – preferablyusinglongnames(for – fromthedriver’s seat – withventilationandengineoff(igni- – withdoorsandwindowsclosed For anoptimalresult,itissuggestedto MAR ) Before usingthevoice on themodelofcellularphoneused. voice recognitionarevariableanddepend ofthe cellular phone).Theperformance “Wordspotting” (accordingtothetypeof ® , “Voice commands”and 179 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 12:02 Pagina 180

To accept a telephone call To manage a second telephone IMPORTANT The system can manage Press the green button (A). call (depending on the type of cel- the second call only if the ”Call notice” lular phone) function is active on the cellular phone. To reject a telephone call – To refuse the second oncoming call For additional information about the Press the red button ( ). B press the red button (B). association between vocal samples and To end a call – To communicate with the new caller numbers in the address book, calls by press the green button (A) once. means of keywords, and other settings, Press the red button (B). refer to the cell phone manual. To dial the last number called – To go back to the first telephone call Press and keep the green button (A) press the green button (A) again. pressed until the number is dialled. – To end communication, press the red button (B) once. GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR

180 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina181 IMPORTANT The systemdoesnotrecognisethevoice commands are notcopiedinthesystemmemory Some numbersinthetelephonedirectory The systemdoesnotmakeitpossibletomanagethedoublecall the nameisnotrecorded with thevoicecommand,systemsaysthat tomakeatelephonecall When trying by thesystem The cellulartelephoneisdetectedtoomuchslowly no connectioncanbeestablished After enteringthecode“1234” The interlocutor’s voicecannotbeheard during communication The interlocutorcomplainsabouttheecho during communication The interlocutorcomplainsaboutthebadaudioquality The cellulartelephoneisnotdetected The telephonedoesnotdetectthehandsfreesystem a connectionproblemwiththe The systemsignals The systemisnotoperative PROBLEM PROBLEM SOLVING For the checks, service orpossiblerepairingofthesystem,contact onlyAlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices. For thechecks,service Bluetooth ® Check thattheBluetooth Turn offthecellularphoneandthenonagain Turn offthecellularphoneandthenonagain(ifhandsfreesystemdoesnotrespondtocommands) to Make surethattheignitionkeyisturned SOLUTION on thecellularphone Check thattheBluetooth the SIMcard of andnot only inthememory Check thatthesenumbersarepresent inthecellulartelephonedirectory Check thatthe“Callnotice”function has beenactivatedonthecellulartelephone Repeat thenameclearlyinmicrophone direction Check thatthenamehasbeenassociatedtoavoicesample Set theuser’s priority(seethe“Connectionpriority”paragraph) tothemainmenuandrepeatconnectionphase Return function (seeRadioparagraph) Adjust thecellulattelephonevolumeand,ifneeded,checkof radioPHONE function (seeRadioparagraph) Lower thecellulartelephonevolume.Ifnecessary, loweralsothevolumeofradioPHONE Speak clearlytowardsthemicrophone Repeat theconnectionphase (if necessary, ofyourcellularphone) seetheinstructions ® ® , “Voice commands” and“Wordspotting” functionshavebeen activated function ofthecellularphoneison MAR 181 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina182 182 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR PETROL ENGINES REFUELLING drain thefuelcircuitandtank. the fuelintank,completely ENGINE. Donotattempttodilute the quantity, DONOTSTART THE the fueltank,nomatterhowsmall catalyst. Ifleadedfuelisaddedto damage theexhaustgas as thiswouldirreversibly Never useleadedpetrol, of 95orover. petrol withoctanenumber(R.O.N.) only four-starunleaded on thecarobligeuseof The antipollutiondevices JTD ENGINES zle ofthistypepetrol is ofsuchasizeasnottoacceptthenoz- petrol, thediameteroffueltankfiller To preventaccidentallyfillingwithleaded circuit. toemptythewholesupply essary addition tothe tank,itisalsonec- shorttime,in even foronlyavery tank. Iftheenginehasbeen run start theengineandempty the with anothertypeoffuel, donot the eventofaccidentally filling ty duetothedamagecaused.In with invalidatoionofthewarran- may irreparablydamagetheengine use ofotherproductsormixtures European SpecificationEN590.The ronment pollution. hicles, incompliancewith with fueloilformotorve- at theexhaust,thusenvi- leads toharmfulemission The carmustonlybefilled An inneficientcatalyst than usablecapacity. in thetankanamountoffuel50% higher situation youarealsorecommended tohave el availableatlocalfillingstations.Inthis areas/mountains, refuelwiththedieselfu- parking thevehicleforalongperiodincold Ifdrivingor Adding itlaterwillbeworthless. diesel fuelbeforetheduetocoldtakeplace. fuel. antifreeze inthetankandthendiesel statedonthecan,puttingfirst portions TUTELA DIESELART temperature,mixdieselfuelwith the current tic type(mountains/coldareas). the season:summertype,wintertypearc- types ofdieselaredistributedaccordingto fins andcouldclogthedieselfuelfilter. ofparaf- diesel thickensduetotheformation TUTELA DIESELART If refuellingwithdieselfuelnotsuitablefor In ordertoavoidtheseproblems,different low,If theoutsidetemperatureisvery the additive inthepro- shall beaddedto 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina183 FUEL CAP on theinnerflap,asillustrated. counter-clocwise andremovethecap. open theflapthenuseignitionkeytoturn tens ittotheflap( catch topreventmisplacingit( When refuelling,hookthecaptodevice The fuelcap( ( A fig. 176 ) iskey-lockableandhasa C ); togainaccessit, ) B ) thatfas- fig. 176 the keyclockwisetolock.Closeflap. til oneormoreclicksareheard;thenturn solutely normal. ing off,whileslackeningthecap,isab- may causelightpressurising.Alittlebreath- distributor. inthefuel inserted fuel nozzleiscorrectly theengine,alsomakesurethat starting IMPORTANT thecapclockwiseun- After refuelling,turn IMPORTANT The sealingofthetank For yoursafety, before affected. systemcouldbeadversely covery efficiency ofthefuelvapourre- other genuineone,orthe replace thecapwithan- A0A0146m In thecaseofneed,only l g i t o c i i n g g a r D t y f e f o i o o u l t o l u t l e e n r n v r s o e a f : w a t a p d i c r o a t g e h WARNING u n t , o h r g n t s e o e a n . r k e f a u o e a v e f d r o l f i f d i t f l r h i a e l i e l m n . e h A r e f a v s u w l o e i o i n i l t r d g h a r m h - 183 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina184 184 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR PROTECTION ENVIRONMENTAL one ormoreglowplugsdisconnected. lencer); emissions are: Do not run theengine,evenforatest,with Do notrun – Anti-evaporationsystem. – Lambdasensors; – Trivalent (catalyticsi- catalyticconverter The devicesusedtoreducepetrolengine sions/markets whereapplicable). (E.G.R.); – Particulate filter(DPF)(onlyforver- – Particulate – Exhaustgasre-circulationsystem – Oxidisingcatalyst; The emissionreducingdevicesare: g a t e t h r i e o o n p f a v o b f r o D e e d i f t l t r v e r u s i u r e c t , s e ) y r e u h . i r e p o l l t e l s i a e i t h n n n n o t a c r e s e e f e a v / l t a n c a f t h m a WARNING a i m e c l e r t l h e a y e m d e r h s r t k l d a h i i e ( c g e b o s D d h t l , s u u P e s i e l l r F t d e m t w e i ) c n n m . n h a ( g ) c o o e t : p e e o t r d r e r e p a b i r a a e a n e a n r l - - s - p n d p l p ( a y g l r i r f k c a o a e s r - d s , 110-185_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:02Pagina185 markets whereapplicable) (only forversions/ Filter) DPF (DieselParticulate quantity of particulate inthe filter.quantity ofparticulate perature reached,etc.)andcalculatesthe the use(time,typeofroad,tem- cerning control unitrecordsaseriesofdatacon- ulations. reg- in accordancewiththecurrent/future completely theemissionsofcarbonparticles, engines. cles presentintheexhaustgasesofdiesel haust system,whichtrapsthecarbonparti- During normal useofthecar,During normal theengine The filterfunctionistoeliminatealmost It isamechanicalfilter, fittedintheex- and theenvironment. faults anddonotaffectthecarperformance haust. smoke level,hightemperatureattheex- vation ofelectricfan,limitedgrowth nomena mayoccur:raisingofidling,acti- the filterregenerationfollowingphe- ditions andthecarusingconditions.During engine controlunitaccordingtothefiltercon- procedure ismanagedautomaticallybythe theregeneration ing thecarbonparticles, which mustberegenerated(cleaned)burn- These situationsmustnobeconsideredas As thisfilterisanaccumulatingsystem instrument cluster instrument Particulate filterclogged When the particulate filterisclogged,the When theparticulate h bol h (on someversionsthesymbol warning lightgoesoff(orthesym- warning advised tokeepthecartravellinguntil on.Inthiscaseyouare displayed) turns on thedisplaygoesoff). h warning light warning h is 185 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAR 186-196_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:03Pagina186 186 CORRECT USE OF THE CAR THE ENGINE STARTING system”. seethe“AlfaRomeoCODE fails tostart, electronic enginelockdevice.Ifthe IMPORTANT speed, hardbraking,etc.). celeration, longjourneysattop mance (forexampleexcessiveac- not drivetofullcarperfor- ing theinitialperiodyoudo We recommendthatdur- The carisfittedwithan C C O O R R R R E E the device preventsthekeybeingmovedfrom immediately.not start operationiftheenginedoes ing thestarting key tothe the device whichobligesthedrivertoreturn Similarly, the whentheengineisrunning, The ignitionswitchisfittedwithasafety C C MAR dangerous. The engine consumes engine The dangerous. oxygen and produces carbon produces and oxygen monoxide which is a highly toxic highly a is which monoxide and lethal gas. lethal and T T to the STOP Running the engine in con- in engine the Running fined areas is extremely is areas fined U U AVV position beforerepeat- S S ATTENZIONE position. E E O O F F T T H H E E C C A battery. current absoptionfromdrainingthe MAR positiontopreventpointless A R R the ignitionkeyin switched offneverleave When theengineis 186-196_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:03Pagina187 FOR JTDVERSIONS STARTING PROCEDURE Services. Services. but contactAlfa RomeoAuthorised attempts which may damagethecatalyst, the enginedonotinsistwith extended dure. the keyto starts. sition andreleaseitassoontheengine rearscreen), areswitchedoff. quantities ofenergy(e.g.heated devices, especiallyiftheyabsorbhigh gears. motorisnotforcedtocrankthe the starter has started. press theacceleratorbeforeengine IMPORTANT 6) If the engine does not start, return return 6) Iftheenginedoesnotstart, 5) Turn theignitionkeyto 4) Ensure thattheelectricsystemsand 3) Fullydepresstheclutchpedal,sothat 2) Movethegearlevertoneutral. 1) Makesurethehandbrakeisengaged. IMPORTANT STOP , thenrepeattheproce- It is important neverto It isimportant If itisdifficulttostart AVV po- FOR PETROLVERSIONS STARTING PROCEDURE engaged. the configurable multifunctiondisplaywillshow 3) Turn theignitionkeyto 2) Setthegearshiftlevertoneutral. 1) Makesurethehandbrakeis 4) Wait forthe m work oftheglowplugsuseless. out. Waiting toolong,makesthewarming soon asthe as topassunnoticed. time light mightstayonforsuchashort the warm theenginevery engine. With takes placesooner, the thewarmer 6) Turn theignitionkeyto 5) Fullydepresstheclutchpedal. warning light. warning m warning lighthasgone warning m MAR to turn off,which to turn battery charger to start theengine. chargertostart battery charge.Neverusea is duetolowbattery do notinsistwithprolongedattempts. Romeo CODEsystemworkingproperly), before repeatingstarting. attempt, movetheignitionkeyto cut offautomaticallyduringstarting. mate control,rearscreenheating,etc.)are absorb ahighamountofenergy(cli- . There- Only use an auxiliary battery ifthecause battery Only useanauxiliary isdifficult(withtheAlfa If starting atthefirst If theenginedoesnotstart IMPORTANT AVV as The electricdevicesthat STOP 187 CORRECT USE OF THE CAR 186-196_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:03Pagina188 188 CORRECT USE OF THE CAR SWITCHING OFF WARMING THEENGINE temperature intheenginecompartment. back” allowingittoidleawhilelowerthe advisable tolettheengine“getitsbreath position andswitchofftheengine. until theenginereachesidlespeed. 50-60 °C. til theenginecoolanttemperaturereaches initial kilometresofthejourney. Wait un- out acceleratingabruptly. IMPORTANT Turn theignitionkeyto – – Releasetheacceleratorpedalandwait – forthe Do notdriveatfullperformance – Driveoffslowly, atmediumrevswith- After a tiring journey itis After atiringjourney STOP turn on( turn lightmay ed, theAlfaRomeoCODEwarning the caronmove,nexttimeitisstart- IMPORTANT Services. Services. off. Ifnot,contactAlfaRomeoAuthorised the carstationary, lightstays thewarning theengine againwith ing offandstarting bearings. age totheturbochargerimpeller lessly andmaycauseseriousdam- no purpose,consumesfuelpoint- “kick” ontheacceleratorserves fore switchingtheengineoff.A celerating shouldbeavoidedbe- Y cars ingeneral,sharpac- er inparticular, butforall For carswithturbocharg- ). Inthiscase,checkthatswitch- If the engine turns offwith If theengineturns EMERGENCY STARTING tion key (warning light tion key(warning recognise thecodetransmittedbyigni- If theAlfaRomeoCODEsystemdoesnot versible damage. into thecatalystcausingirre- ing are not operational until the until operational not are ing engine has been started, there- started, been has engine fore much more effort than usual than effort more much fore is required on the brake pedal and pedal brake the on required is steering wheel. steering “In anemergency”. code oftheCODEcard. outusingthe maybecarried gency starting ment clusterglowingonsteadily)emer- For the correct procedureseethechapter For thecorrect would causefueltoflow coast startthecarasthis Remember that the ser- the that Remember vobrake and power steer- power and vobrake Never bump,tow, or WARNING Y on theinstru- 186-196_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:03Pagina189 PARKING handbrake slips. will immediatelycometoahaltifthe hill orreverseifthecarisfacingdownhill. lows: – Turn thefrontwheelssothatcar- – Engagefirstgearifthecarisfacedup- – Engagethehandbrake. – Switchofftheengine. When thecarisparked,proceedasfol- Always remove the ignition key ignition the remove Always when leaving the car and take it take and car the leaving when with you. you. with Never leave children leave Never unattended in the car. the in unattended draining thebattery. less currentabsorptionfrom MAR positiontopreventpoint- the ignitionkeyin switched offneverleave WARNING When theengineis affect consumptionlevelsandstability. heavily urban traffic),anditsgeometry boot. Theweightofthecar(especially in Useless loads increase asresistancetorollingishigher. the pressureistoolowconsumptionlevels ofnomorethan4 weeks: if at aninterval Tyres Maintenance Programme”. out inaccordancewiththe“Scheduled have thechecksandadjustmentscarried Car maintenance GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS FUEL ECONOMY duce harmful emissions. duce harmful costsandre- is possibletosavecarrunning Never travelwithanoverload inthe Check thepressureoftyresroutinely To takecareofthecarmaintenance By followingafewsimpleguidelines,it consumption levels. items mayadverselyaffectairdragand Aerodynamic items preferablyusetheairvents. permitting, +20% onaverage).Outsidetemperature cing higherconsumptionlevels(upto load bearingheavilyontheengineindu- Climate controlsystem +25% intheurbancycle). fuelconsumption(upto ment ofcurrent energy, thereforeincreasingtherequire- heater fanneedaconsiderableamountof tional headlights,windscreenwipersand of timeneeded.Rearscreenheating,addi- Electric services The use of non-certified aerodynamic The useofnon-certified The climatecontrolsystemisafurther Use electricdevicesonlyfortheamount 189 CORRECT USE OF THE CAR 186-196_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:03Pagina190 190 CORRECT USE OF THE CAR consumption andpollution. carsand alsoincrease pointless onmodern and alsodoubledeclutchingisabsolutely lights orbeforeswitchingofftheengine.This Pointless manoeuvres faster. high speeds.Thiswaytheenginewillwarm to moveoffimmediately, slowly, avoiding tion andemissions.Itisthereforeadvisable more slowly, increasingelectricalconsump- upmuch these conditionstheenginewarms standstill oratidlehighspeed:under Starting DRIVING STYLE Avoid acceleratingwhenwaitingattraffic theenginewithcarata Do notwarm exceed themaximumtorque. els; itiswisetoaccelerategradually andnot effect onconsumptionandemission lev- a highspeedhasconsiderablyadverse Acceleration fuel andemissions. ofboth accelerating, whichcostinterms brakingand speed, avoidingsuperfluous with speed.Maintainanevenaspossible Top speed engine wear. gear increasesconsumption,emissionsand increasesconsumption. formance road allow, useahighergear. Gearshifting Accelerating heavilytakingtheengineto Fuel consumptionconsiderablyincreases In thesamewayimproperuseofahigh Using alowgeartoobtainbrilliantper- As soonastheconditionsoftrafficand off. ings) itisadvisabletoswitchthe engine Stopping inthetraffic sumption. adversely affectcon- rough roadsurfaces lights. Alsowindingmountingroadsand lower gearsorincitieswithmanytraffic ample inqueueswithfrequentuseofthe to situationswithheavytraffic,forex- conditions Traffic situationsandroad substances. and emissionofharmful (from +15to+30%ontheurbancycle) significant increaseinconsumptionlevels operating temperature.Thisresultsina do notallowtheenginetoreachoptimum Cold starting CONDITIONS OFUSE During prolongedstops(e.g.level cross- Rather highconsumptionlevelsaretied andfrequentcoldstarts journeys Short 186-196_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:03Pagina191 the comfort duringtravelling. the comfort type ofsuspensiontrim,abletoincrease applicable) (for versions/marketswhere SUSPENSIONS COMFORT The car can be fitted with a particular The carcanbefittedwithaparticular WINTER TYRES to the purposes for which they are certified. to thepurposesforwhichtheyare certified. tyres. lower thanthatofnormal ofthesetyresis neys, theperformance jour- conditions ofuseorlongmotorway should bereplaced. depths isbelow4mm.Inthiscasethey reduced considerablywhenthetread “Technical Specifications”chapter. giveninthe follow theinstructions pressures andspecificationsofwintertyres, intends tomakeofit. tyre mostsuitedtotheuseCustomer pleased toadviseyouonthechoiceof tyresprovidedonthecar.normal It is necessary therefore tolimittheiruse It isnecessary Due tothewinterfeatures,undernormal The winterfeaturesofthesetyresare For thetypeoftyretobeused,inflation willbe Alfa RomeoAuthorisedServices Use wintertyresofthesamesizeas change thedirectionofrotationtyres. safety whenbrakingandgoodhandling. (brand andprofile)toensurehigherdriving CE Directive). missible speedofthewintertyres(asper ver’s view, whichstatesthemaximumper- passenger’s plainlyinthedri- compartment, (increased by5%),placeanoticeinthe the onethatcanbereachedbycar used withamaximumspeedindexbelow IMPORTANT Remember thatitisinappropriateto Fit thesametypeoftyreonallfourwheels When wintertyresare 191 CORRECT USE OF THE CAR 186-196_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:03Pagina192 192 CORRECT USE OF THE CAR SNOW CHAINS first fewmetreshavebeendriven. Romeo AuthorisedServices. you arerecommendedtocontactAlfa drive wheels(front). file of12mm. beyondthetyrepro- maximum protrusion ance withlocalregulations. Check thetensionsofchain after the Before purchasingorusingsnowchains, Snow chainsshouldonlybeappliedtothe Use snowchainswithreducedsize Use ofsnowchainsshouldbeincompli- suspension strut. due tointerferencewiththefront R16” 91Wor215/45R17”87W 55 R16”91V-205/55 used ontyrestype205/ Snow chainsmaynotbe to themsolveanemergency. wheels, snowchainscanbefitted way, withtwonormaldrive should befittedtotherear. This possible) andthesparewheel specified pressureassoon the car(inflatetyresto should befittedtothefrontof chains areneeded,arearwheel (drive) wheelispuncturedand ton on. the ASR-OFFbutton,ledonbut- spare wheel.So,ifafront fitted tothecompact the ASRsystem.Press is advisabletoturnoff Snow chainscannotbe With snowchainsfittedit pension andsteering. prevent damagingthetyres,sus- potholes, stepsandpavementsto Do notexceed50km/h.Avoid chains arefitted. down whensnow Keep yourspeed 186-196_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:03Pagina193 CAR INACTIVITY parts withmarketedproducts; parts protective wax; tral greenarea; (where provided)adarkcolourinthecen- iftheindicator shows Charge thebattery threemonthsduringstowage. every charge. Thischeckshouldberepeated andcheckthe battery nal fromthebattery engaged; and possiblyventilatedplace; be noted: periods, thefollowingprecautionsshould – cleanandprotectthemetal polished – cleanandprotectthepaintworkby negative termi- – disconnectthebattery – checkthatthehandbrakeisnot – engageagear; – housethecarunderacoverinadry If thecaristobeleftinactiveforlong tem. battery; dark colourinthegreenarea,charge daysandiftheindicator showsa thirty the electricsystem,checkitschargeevery ly; andcheckitperiodical- bars abovenormal onthecarfromevaporating; the surface tic coverswhichpreventthehumidityon ed plasticcover. Donotusecompactplas- der andraisethemofftheglass; rearscreen wiperbladeswithtalcumpow- – donotemptytheenginecoolingsys- isnotdisconnectedfrom – ifthebattery – inflatethetyrestoapressureof+0.5 – coverthecarwithafabricorperforat- – openthewindowsslightly; windscreenand – covertherubber WARNINGS TOWING TRAILERS the actualcarloadingcapacity. tow hookreducesbythesame amount hill, ratherthanconstantlyusingthebrake. longer dependingontheoverallweight. takes spaces increaseandovertaking steep hillsarehardertoclimb,thebraking Remember thatwhentowingatrailer, asspecifiedbylaw. mirrors rearview document forcirculationontheroad. cialised personnelwhoreleaseaspecial outbyspe- Installation shouldbecarried and anadequateelectricsystem. towhook must befittedwithacertified The weight the trailer exerts onthecar The weightthetrailerexerts Engage alowgearwhendrivingdown- Install anyspecificand/oradditional For towingcaravansortrailersthecar 193 CORRECT USE OF THE CAR 186-196_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:03Pagina194 194 CORRECT USE OF THE CAR km/h. maximum speedshouldneverexceed100 forcartrailers.Inanycasethe country every sonal belongings. laden trailer, includingaccessoriesandper- book) accountshouldbetakenofthefully weight isnotexceeded(giveninthelog Drive withinthespecificspeedlimitin To makesurethemaximumtowable does not control the trailer braking trailer the control not does tem be altered to control the the control to altered be tem system. Particular care is therefore is care Particular system. trailer brake. The trailer braking trailer The brake. trailer necessary on slippery surfaces. surfaces. slippery on necessary system must be fully independent fully be must system of the car’s hydraulic system. system. hydraulic car’s the of Under no circumstances no Under with system ABS The should the car brake sys- brake car the should fitted be may car the which WARNING WARNING THE TOWHOOK INSTALLING Manufacturer. the carManufacturer and/ortowingdevice givenby lowing anyreferenceinstructions (CUNA/UNI andISO/DINstandards) fol- pole 12VDCconnectionmust beused tened tothetowingdeviceitself. fas- placed onaspecialbracketnormally nector shouldbeusedwhichisgenerally on whichitistobeinstalled. must matchthetowableweightofcar ments. 94/20/CEE andsubsequentamend- regulations withreferencetoDirective itself. supplied bytheManufacturerofdevice additional and/orintegrativeinformation andany ing tothefollowinginstructions the bodybyspecialisedpersonnelaccord- For theelectricconnectiona 7 or13 For theelectricconnectionaunifiedcon- For anyversionthetowingdeviceused The towingdevicemustmeetcurrent The towingdeviceshouldbefastenedto 186-196_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:03Pagina195 15W. light,thoughnotabove cable foraninternal supply cableforanelectricbrakeandtothe electric systemcanonlybeconnectedtothe In additiontotheelectricalbranches,car a cross-sectionofnolessthan2.5mm throughacablewith rectly bythebattery Any electricbrakeshouldbesupplieddi- 2 . in thepointsshownbysymbol using 8M10screwsand4M12screws. ( INSTALLATION LAYOUT a minimumthicknessof6mm. a minimumthicknessof5mm. with Ø20x4.5mmspacers. fig. 2 The counter-plates( mustbefastened The towhookstructure The counter-plates( The fasteningpoints( ) 1 3 ), ( ), ( 5 ) shouldbefitted 2 4 ) shouldhave ) shouldhave the hookisremoved. of therearbumpsthatremainsvisiblewhen avoiding anytypeofdrillingandtrimming material withthefollowingwording: a label(plainlyvisible)ofsuitablesizeand IMPORTANT The hookshouldbefastenedtothebody Ø MAX LOADONBALL60kg. It is compulsory tofasten It iscompulsory 195 CORRECT USE OF THE CAR 186-196_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:03Pagina196 196 CORRECT USE OF THE CAR fig. 2

Rear wheel axis SEZ. A-A Centering hole Centering hole Regulation ball

fully laden A0A0339m 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina197 STARTING EMERGENCY the inhibitor withtheAlfaRomeoCODEsystem, If itisnotpossibletodeactivatetheengine CODE card. (point1). peated fromthestart to procedure, theignitionkeyshouldbeturned itout. rying fully readtheentireprocedurebeforecar- theengine. ing isneededtostart Emergencystart- the enginewillnotstart. Y 2) Turn theignition keyto 1) Readthe5-figureelectroniccode onthe If amistakeismadeduringtheemergency IMPORTANT STOP and In anemergencywerecommendthatyoucallthefreephonenumberfoundinWarranty Booklet. You canalsoconsultwww.alfaromeo.com yournearest tofindAlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices and theoperationsmustbere- U warning lightsstayonand warning You areadvisedtocare- MAR . I I N N keep itpressed.The 3) Fullydepresstheacceleratorpedaland A A accelerator pedalpressed.The ing digitsontheCODEcard. accelerator pedalandkeepitpressed. the seconddigitonCODEcard,press to ter thenumberofflashescorresponding pressed untilthe press theacceleratorpedalandkeepit times asthefirstdigitonCODEcard, after ithasflashedthesamenumberof 7) Afterenteringthelastfigure, keep the 6) Repeatthisprocedurefortheremain- release theacceleratorpedal. (for fourseconds)andthengoesoff;now now releasetheacceleratorpedal. come onforeightsecondsandthengooff, 5) The N N 4) The goes off;nowreleasetheaccelerator pedal. on(forfourseconds)andthen light turns U U warning light starts toflash:af- lightstarts warning E warning lightbeginstoflash: warning E M U M warning light turns on lightturns warning U E E warning lightwill warning R R G G U E E warning N N C C Y Y 8) Aquickflashofthe engine isstarted. procedure mustberepeatedeachtimethe becausetheemergency thorised Services, it isadvisabletocontactAlfaRomeoAu- frompoint 1). procedure starting thekeyto on, turn IMPORTANT key tothe from outcorrectly.operation hasbeencarried thatthe (for aboutfourseconds)confirms Conversely, ifthe 9) Start the engine turning theignitionkey theengineturning 9) Start MAR STOP to AVV After emergencystarting U STOP position. without returning the without returning warning lightstays warning U and repeatthe warning light warning 197 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina198 198 IN AN EMERGENCY fig. 1 BATTERY STARTING WITHANAUXILIARY auxiliary battery with an earth point withanearth battery auxiliary ( lead tothenegativeterminal cable. nal) ofthetwobatteriesusingaspecial ( tive terminals ing catches(front),thenconnecttheposi- postpressingontheopen- positive battery the flatone. with thesamecapacityoralittlehigherthan battery theengineusinganauxiliary start green areainthecentre),itispossibleto optical hydrometer:darkcolourwithout 2) Connecttheendofsecondjump 1) Removetheprotectivecoveron Proceed asfollows( with isflat(forbattery If thebattery started. started. the engineorgearboxofcartobe + sign nexttothetermi- fig. 1 ): – ) ofthe E A0A0149m on Alfa Romeo Authorised Service. Alfa RomeoAuthorisedService. donotinsistbutcontatthenearest start, for connection. the cables,reversingsequencefollowed with theflatbattery. accidentally betweenthiscarandtheone another car, touching avoidmetalparts isinstalledon battery If theauxiliary gas whichcouldcomeoutofthebattery. ies: anysparksmayignitethedetonating ofthetwobatter- the negativeterminals IMPORTANT If afterafewattemptstheenginedoesnot remove 4) Whentheenginehasstarted, theengine. 3) Start Do notdirectlyconnect control units. ularly theignitionandfuelsupply tronic systemsofyourcar, partic- qualified personnel because incor- because personnel qualified rect operations may cause electri- cause may operations rect cal discharge of considerable considerable of discharge cal intensity. The liquid contained in contained liquid The intensity. the battery is poisonous and cor- and poisonous is battery the rosive. Avoid contact with the the with contact Avoid rosive. skin and eyes. Keep naked flames naked Keep eyes. and skin and lighted cigarettes away from away cigarettes lighted and the battery and do not cause not do and battery the sparks. this coulddamagetheelec- er tostarttheengineas charg- Never useabattery This starting procedure starting This must be carried out by out carried be must WARNING 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina199 STARTING BYINERTIA catalyst damagingitirreversibly are not operational until the engine the until operational not are is started, therefore, much greater much therefore, started, is effort than usual is needed on the on needed is usual than effort brake pedal and steering wheel. steering and pedal brake cause fueltoflowintothe start thecar. Thiscould Remember that the engine the that Remember Never push,toworcoast brake and power steering power and brake WARNING IN THEEVENTOFAPUNCTURE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS some precautionsaslistedbelow. sions/markets whereapplicable)callfor jack andcompactsparewheel(forver- lowing chapter. containedinthefol- see theinstructions with “KitfortyrequickrepairFix&Go“, Wheel changing and correct useofthe Wheel changingandcorrect IMPORTANT to current regulations: hazard regulations: current to warning lights, reflecting triangle reflecting lights, warning etc.. Any passengers should leave the leave should passengers Any car and wait for the wheel to be to wheel the for wait and car changed out of harm of the traf- the of harm of out changed fic. If parked on a slope or rough sur- rough or slope a on parked If face, chock the wheels with wheels the chock face, wedges or other suitable devices suitable other or wedges to prevent the car from rolling. rolling. from car the prevent to Signal the presence of the of presence the Signal stationary car according car stationary If thecarisequipped WARNING driving with a trailer, disconnect trailer, a with driving the trailer before raising the car. the raising before trailer the The compact spare wheel is specif- is wheel spare compact The ic to your car, do not use it on on it use not do car, your to ic other models, or use the spare the use or models, other wheel of other models on your on models other of wheel cars. Should the type of wheels used used wheels of type the Should be changed (alloy rims instead of instead rims (alloy changed be steel), it is also necessary to necessary also is it steel), change the whole set of fastening of set whole the change bolts with others of suitable size. suitable of others with bolts The compact spare wheel is nar- is wheel spare compact The rower than normal wheels, it wheels, normal than rower Never start the engine the start Never should be used only for the dis- the for only used be should with the car jacked. When jacked. car the with tance necessary to reach a ser- a reach to necessary tance vice point to have the punctured the have to point vice tyre repaired and during its use, its during and repaired tyre the car speed must not exceed 80 exceed not must speed car the km/h. WARNING 199 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina200 200 IN AN EMERGENCY the main cautions for use and lim- and use for cautions main the itations. Ths sticker should never should sticker Ths itations. be removed or covered. Th stick- Th covered. or removed be er contains the following in four in following the contains er languages: CAUTION! FOR TEMPORARY USE TEMPORARY FOR CAUTION! ONLY! MAX 80 km/h! REPLACE REPLACE km/h! 80 MAX ONLY! BY NORMAL WHEEL AS SOON AS SOON AS WHEEL NORMAL BY POSSIBLE. DO NOT COVER THIS COVER NOT DO POSSIBLE. LABEL IN USE. USE. IN LABEL Never fit a wheel cap on a compact a on cap wheel a fit Never spare wheel. wheel. spare The car will handle differently with differently handle will car The the spare wheel fitted: avoid fitted: wheel spare the The spare wheel has a has wheel spare The heavy braking and accelerating, and braking heavy sticker that summarises that sticker sharp corners and a bends. a and corners sharp WARNING this distance it should be replaced be should it distance this with another of the same type. same the of another with Never attempt to fit a convention- a fit to attempt Never al tyre on a rim designed for use as use for designed rim a on tyre al a compact spare wheel. Have the Have wheel. spare compact a punctured wheel repaired and re- and repaired wheel punctured fitted as soon as possible. Two or Two possible. as soon as fitted more compact spare wheels should wheels spare compact more never be used together. Do not Do together. used be never grease the threads of bolts before bolts of threads the grease installing them; they might slip out. slip might they them; installing The jack only serves for changing for serves only jack The the wheels on the car with which it which with car the on wheels the is provided or on cars of the same the of cars on or provided is The life of the spare wheel spare the of life The model. It must not be used for for used be not must It model. is approx. 3000 km, after km, 3000 approx. is other purposes such as for instance for as such purposes other raising cars of other models. In no In models. other of cars raising case should it be used for repairs for used be it should case under the car. Incorrect positioning Incorrect car. the under of the jack may cause the jacked the cause may jack the of car to fall. Do not use the jack for jack the use not Do fall. to car higher capacities than stated on its on stated than capacities higher label. WARNING spare wheel, so, if a front wheel front a if so, wheel, spare is punctured and chains need to need chains and punctured is be fitted, the front axle should be should axle front the fitted, be fitted with normal wheels and wheels normal with fitted the compact spare wheel fitted to fitted wheel spare compact the the rear. This way, with two nor- two with way, This rear. the mal wheels at the front, snow front, the at wheels mal chain can be fitted thereby solv- thereby fitted be can chain ing the emergency situation. emergency the ing Never tamper with the inflation the with tamper Never valve. Do not insert tools of any kind any of tools insert not Do between the rim and the tyre. tyre. the and rim the between Check, and if necessary, restore necessary, if and Check, Snow chains cannot be cannot chains Snow the pressure of the tyres and of and tyres the of pressure the fitted on the compact the on fitted the compact spare wheel to the to wheel spare compact the values given in the “Technical the in given values Specifications” chapter. Specifications” WARNING 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina201 fig. 2 CHANGING AWHEEL handbrake. sible, parkonalevel,compactsurface. sible tochangethewheelsafely. Wherepos- not dangerousforthetraffic,whereitispos- can befittedtothejack. another originalone. event ofbreakage,itmustbereplacedby – Engagefirstgearorreverse. – Switchofftheengineandengage – Stopthecarinsuchapositionthatitis To changeawheel,proceed asfollows: – notoolsotherthanitsoperatingcrank – thejackcannotberepaired.In – thejackrequiresnoadjustment. – thejackmassis2.100kg. that: Please beinformed A0A0150m 3 of stiffcover( it nearthewheeltobechanged. – Take outthetoolcontainer( – Loosentheclampingdevice( – Usethehandle( – Take thesparewheel( ). fig. 3 B ). A ) toremovethepiece C ). B ) andtake A-fig. ground. the wheelisafewcentimetresfrom from theprofileofwheelhouse. lower profileofthebody( onthe inserted ofjackiscorrectly upper part ly versionswithsteelrims) extend ituntilthegroove( age theplasticstreamlinedguard. wheel tobechangedtakingcarenotdam- one turn. 5 – Removethewheelcap( – Work thejackandraisecaruntil – Usingthewrenchprovided( – Work thejackcrank( – Setthejackundercar, nearthe ), loosenthefasteningboltsbyabout A0A0151m C ) approx.40cm A-fig. 6 fig. 4 A-fig. 4 B ) onthe A-fig. ) (on- ), to A0A1059m 201 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina202 202 IN AN EMERGENCY fig. 5 the boltsinsequenceshown five bolts. pin ( hole ( the fasteningboltstoslacken. and freeofimpuritieswhichmaylatercause the sparewheelwithhubareclean and removethewheel. – Using thewrenchprovided,fullytighten – – Lowerthecarandremovejack. – Usingthewrenchprovided,fasten – Installthesparewheelmatching of – Makesurethatthecontactsurfaces – Completelyunscrewthefasteningbolts B A-fig. 7 ). ) with the corresponding ) withthecorresponding fig. 8 . A0A0152m fig. 6 NORMAL WHEEL REFITTING A fastening bolts. tening boltstoslacken. of impuritieswhichmaylatercausethefas- the wheelwithhubarecleanandfree pin ( hole ( For versionswithsteelrims: wheel. viously, raisethecarandremovespare – Usingthewrenchprovided,tighten of – Makesurethatthecontactsurfaces – Fit the normal wheelmatchingthe – Fitthenormal – Followingtheproceduredescribedpre- B A-fig. 7 ). ) with the corresponding ) withthecorresponding car istravelling cause thewheelcaptocomeoffwhen completely.tion valveuntilitisinserted nearesttotheinfla- fromtheparts starting slot providedonthecap. the inflationvalvecancomethrough ously forthecompactsparewheel en theboltsinsequenceshownprevi- IMPORTANT – Pressthecircumferenceofcap, – Placethecapnearwheelsothat – Usingthewrenchprovided,fullytight- – Lowerthecarandremovejack. Incorrect fittingmay Incorrect fig. 8 . A0A1140m 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina203 fig. 7 vided intheboot for thecompactsparewheel the boltsinsequenceshownpreviously en thelastfasteningbolt. sion provided( available. Thisisfacilitatedbytheexten- the wrenchprovided,tightenfourbolts the fasteningboltholesonwheelhub. For versionswithalloyrims: – stowthesparewheelinspacepro- After refittingawheel: – Usingthewrenchprovided,tighten – Lowerthecarandremovejack. – Removethepin( – Insert thewheelonpinand,using – Insert – Tightenthepin( B ). A-fig. 9 A-fig. 9 fig. 8 ) andtight- ) inoneof . A0A0155m Versions withVDCexcluded 3 thing withtheclampingdevice( on thesparewheelandsecureevery the container travelling it lightlytopreventfromvibratingwhen – correctly re-positionthestiffcover.– correctly – stowthecontainercompletewithtools – placethetoolsusedinhousings thejackinitscontainerforcing – insert ) fig. 8 standard wheel, it is necessary to to necessary is it wheel, standard After using the spare the using After wheel and refitting the refitting and wheel A-fig. WARNING A0A0156m fig. 9 road or approx. 15 km (10 min- (10 km 15 approx. or road utes) on a highway until the soft- the until highway a on utes) ware of the ABS/ASR control unit control ABS/ASR the of ware recognises the size of the “normal” the of size the recognises wheel; in this period of time the car the time of period this in wheel; may slightly go adrift on a side a on adrift go slightly may during brakig and the ASR warn- ASR the and brakig during ing light (if fitted) may come on. come may fitted) (if light ing Therefore it is recommended to recommended is it Therefore travel carefully and to avoid, to and carefully travel where possible, sharp braking. On braking. sharp possible, where cars fitted with ASR travel for the for travel ASR with fitted cars above mentioned distance with distance mentioned above the ASR turned off through the through off turned ASR the travel for approx. 30 km 30 approx. for travel suitable button. suitable (20 minutes) on a mixed a on minutes) (20 WARNING A0A0157m 203 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina204 204 IN AN EMERGENCY the towring. er, whichincludesalsothescrewdriverand in thebootinsideappropriatecontain- provided withthecar. ing thetoolsandcompactsparewheel quick repairingkitcalledFIX&GO,replac- applicable) (for versions/marketswhere REPAIRING QUICK TYRE FIX&GO KITFOR The quickrepairingkit The carcanbeequippedwithatyre fig. 10 is placed panel) afterfixingthetyre; visible tothedriver(oninstrument 80 km/h”,tobeplacedinaposition and fittings; and fittedwith: ❒ – acompressor ❒ – abottle The quickrepairingkitincludes: filling pipe a sticker A-fig. 10 fig. 10 C B bearing thenotice“max. D with pressuregauge containing sealer compartment ofthecompressor; compartment with thequickrepairingkit; sonnel whowillhandlethetyretreated this leafletshallbedeliveredtotheper- useofthequickrepairingkit; for acorrect – a leaflet with the instructions – aleafletwiththeinstructions – adaptersforinflatingdifferentelements. – apairofprotectiveglovesintheside A0A1095m fig. 11 fig. 11 A0A1096m 197-233_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 12:04 Pagina 205

WARNING It is necessary to know that: WARNING Give the leaflet to the The sealer included in the quick repairing The bottle contains ethyl- personnel who will handle kit is good for temperatures between ene glycol. It contains the tyre treated with the quick –20°C and +50°C. latex which might cause an aller- repaiting kit. gy reaction. This substance is toxic: do not swallow it and WARNING avoid contact with the eyes. It may provoke sensitisation due to

The sealer has expiry date. IN AN EMERGENCY Replace the bottle whose inhalation and contact. Avoid con- sealer due date is expired. tact with the eyes, the skin and the clothes. In case of contact, In the event of a puncture rinse with abundant water. If caused by foreign bodies, swallowed do not induce vomit, it is possible to fix tyres rinse the mouth, drink a lot of having cracks with maximum di- WARNING water and contact a medical doc- ameter up to 4 mm. It is not possible to fix tor immediately. Keep the bottle cracks on the tyre sides. Do away from children. The product not use the quick repairing kit if the must not be used by asthmatic tyre is damaged due to driving subjects. Do not inhale the with the wheel flattened. vapours during fitting and suction operations. If any allergy reac- tion should take place call a med- ical doctor. Keep the bottle in the suitable compartment and keep WARNING away from heat. The sealer has In case of damages to the expiry date. wheel rim (the deformation is such that there is an air leakage) fixing is not possible. Do not re- move foreign bodies (screws or nails) which have penetrated the tyre. 205 197-233_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 12:04 Pagina 206

WARNING INFLATING PROCEDURE – unscrew the tyre valve plug, take off the filling pipe A-fig. 13 and screw the ring Do not operate the com- nut B-fig. 14 on the tyre valve; pressor for more than 20 WARNING minutes: risk of overheating. The – make sure that the compressor switch Wear the protective gloves quick repairing kit is not suitable A-fig. 15 is in position 0 (off), start the provided with the quick re- for a final repairing, therefore engine, insert the plug G-fig. 16 in the pairing kit. repaired tyres must be used only socket/lighter on the front tunnel and temporarily. start the compressor by taking the switch IN AN EMERGENCY to A-fig. 15 position I (on); Proceed as follows: – inflate the tyre to the correct pressure – place the wheel with the valve A-fig. value. You are advised to check the tyre 12 in the position illustrated in the figure, pressure value on the pressure gauge B- engage the handbrake, then remove fig. 15 with the compressor off, in order the quick repairing kit and place it on the Do not disperse the bot- to have a more accurate reading; tle and the sealer in the ground next to the wheel; environment. Dispose of it according to the national and local regulations.

A0A1097m A0A1098m A0A1099m

206 fig. 12 fig. 13 fig. 14 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina207 fig. 15 been reached, start drivingimmediately; been reached,start Romeo AuthorisedServices; tyre istoomuchdamaged.ContactAlfa not guaranteeproperholdbecausethe thequickrepairingkitcan- el anyfurther: least 1.8barsisnotobtained,dotrav- onapressureofat the compressorturning tyre andrepeattheinflatingprocedure; metres todistributethesealerinside byabout10 then movethecarforwards compressor fromthevalveandsocket; 1.5 barsisnotobtained,disengagethe – once the correct tyrepressurehas – oncethecorrect – if,alsointhiscase,5minutesfrom – ifin5minutesapressureofatleast A0A1100m fig. 16 to engagethehzandbrake the tyrepressureonceagain; – afterabout10minutes,stopandcheck ly seen by the driver as a notice a as driver the by seen ly that the tyre has been treated treated been has tyre the that with the quick repairing kit. Drive kit. repairing quick the with carefully especially in a bend. Do bend. a in especially carefully not overcome 80 km/h. Avoid Avoid km/h. 80 overcome not sudden acceleration or braking. or acceleration sudden Place the sticker in a posi- a in sticker the Place tion where it can be clear- be can it where tion WARNING remember ; A0A1039m Romeo AuthorisedServices. driving thecar; ning andthehandbrakeengaged)start pressure(withtheenginerun- the correct – drivethecarwithgreatcaretoAlfa – ifatleast1.8barsaredetected,restore tyre has been repaired with the with repaired been has tyre repairing quick the further: any quick repairing kit. Give the leaflet the Give kit. repairing quick hold proper guarantee cannot kit to the personnel who will handle will who personnel the to much too is tyre the because the tyre treated with the quick the with treated tyre the Romeo Alfa Contact damaged. repairing kit. repairing Services. Authorised It is absolutely necessary absolutely is It below is pressure the If to communicate that the that communicate to travel not do bars, 1.8 WARNING WARNING 207 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina208 208 IN AN EMERGENCY fig. 17 CHECKING ANDRESTORING ONLY FORPRESSURE will beinjected. connected tothecompressorandnosealer ed directly tothevalveoftyrebeinflat- quick coupling restoring thetyrepressure.Disengage The compressorcanalsobeusedonlyfor fig. 18 ; thiswaythebottlewillnotbe A-fig. 17 and connectit A0A1101m fig. 18 THE BOTTLE PROCEDURE FORCHANGING clockwise andraiseit; B disconnect thepipe – fitthecoupling itclockwise; – fitthenewbottleandturn thebottletobechangedcounter- – turn – disengagethecoupling Proceed asfollows: into itshousing. B A ; or connectthepipe A-fig. 19 and A0A1102m fig. 19 tyre has been repaired with the with repaired been has tyre quick repairing kit. Give the Give kit. repairing quick sticker to the personnel who will who personnel the to sticker carry out the restoring opera- restoring the out carry tions. It is absolutely necessary absolutely is It to communicate that the that communicate to WARNING A0A1103m 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina209 CHANGE ABULB WHEN NEEDINGTO ried out correctly and without tak- without and correctly out ried changed c/o Alfa Romeo Autho- Romeo Alfa c/o changed ing account of the system specifi- system the of account ing rised Services. The correct opera- correct The Services. rised cations may cause failures and the and failures cause may cations tion and aiming of the outer lights outer the of aiming and tion risk of fire. fire. of risk are vital to the safety of the car the of safety the to vital are and its passengers and the subject the and passengers its and to specific laws. laws. specific to Alterations or repairs to repairs or Alterations Where possible, it is ad- is it possible, Where the electric system not car- not system electric the visable to have bulbs have to visable WARNING WARNING of breakage they may burst. burst. may they breakage of metallic part. If the transparent the If part. metallic bulb is touched with the fingers, fingers, the with touched is bulb its lighting intensity is reduced reduced is intensity lighting its and the life of the bulb may be may bulb the of life the and compromised. If touched acciden- touched If compromised. tally, rub the bulb with a cloth a with bulb the rub tally, moistened with methylated spirit methylated with moistened and allow to dry. dry. to allow and Halogen bulbs contain bulbs Halogen Halogen bulbs must be must bulbs Halogen pressurised gas, in the case the in gas, pressurised handled touching only the only touching handled WARNING WARNING ble replacement of Xenon Xenon of replacement ble lamps must be carried out by out carried be must lamps skilled personnel only: danger danger only: personnel skilled of death! Contact Alfa Romeo Romeo Alfa Contact death! of Authorised Services. Authorised Because of the high the of Because supply voltage, possi- voltage, supply WARNING 209 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina210 210 IN AN EMERGENCY GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS changing abulbtoensuretheyaresafe. ers ofthesametypeandpower. tacts foroxidation. in thischapter. fuse” paragraph “Intheeventofaburnt changing abulb. fuseisintactbefore the corresponding – Alwayscheckheadlightaimingafter bulbsmustbereplacedbyoth- – Burnt – Beforechangingabulbcheckthecon- – Forthelocationoffuses,referto – Whenalightisnotworking,checkthat TYPES OFBULBS .Tubular bulbs C. Bayonettypebulbs B. Allglassbulbs A. car: Various typesofbulbsarefittedtoyour remove. Free themfromtheircontactsto from itsholder. wise toremovethistypeofbulb counter-clock- Press thebulb,turn remove. These arepressedon.Pullto ( fig. 20 ) fig. 20 .Xenonlamps F. bulbs D.-E.Halogen retaining ring. tening ringnutandreleasethe To removethebulb,slackenfas- its housing. To remove,freeitfromtheclipon A0A0503m 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina211 Boot light Glovebox light light mirror Courtesy Rear rooflight Front rooflight Puddle lights Number platelight Rear foglights Reversing light Third stop(additionalbrakinglights) Rear sidelights-brakinglights Rear directionindicators Side directionindicators Front directionindicators Foglights Front sidelights Anabbaglianti ascaricadigasXenon Low beam High beam BULBS FIGURE 20 D D B B B B B B C C C C A A A A A F E P21/5W W1.2W W2.3W PY21W TYPE C10W C10W P21W P21W P21W W5W W5W W5W H6W C5W C5W DS2 H1 H7 H1 5W/21W POWER 1.2W 2.3W 21W 21W 55W 35W 55W 55W 10W 10W 21W 21W 5W 6W 5W 5W 5W 5W 211 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 12:04 Pagina 212

IF AN EXTERIOR HALOGEN HEADLIGHTS The front light units contain the side light, dipped beam, main beam and front direc- LIGHT GOES OUT tion indicator bulbs. WARNING The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit as follows (fig. 21): REPLACEMENT OF XENON Alterations or repairs to LIGHTS the electric system not (A) Dipped beam headlights carried out correctly and without Xenon lights have a very long life, there- taking account of the system (B) Main beam headlights IN AN EMERGENCY fore breakdowns are unlikely. specifications may cause failures (C) Sidelights and the risk of fire. The front light units contain the side light, (D) Front direction indicators. dipped beam, main beam and fog light bulbs. IMPORTANT A slight layer of steam (fogging) can appear on the inside surface WARNING IMPORTANT See the previous chapter of the beam transparent cover: this is not Because of the high “When needing to change a bulb” for the a defect. The presence of condensate traces supply voltage, possible type of bulb and power rating. in beams is a natural phenomenon, due to replacement of Xenon lamps must low temperature and to the degree of hu- be carried out by skilled person- midity in the air. These traces will disappear nel only: danger of death! Contact when the beams are turned on. Instead the Alfa Romeo Authorised Services. presence of drops inside the beam indicates A0A1066m water infiltration: in ths case contact Alfa Romeo Authorised Services.

212 fig. 21 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina213 fig. 22 ( Dipped beamheadlights fig. 22-23 – Removethebulbandreplaceit. – Disconnecttheelectricconnector( cover.– Removetheprotectiverubber To changethebulb,proceedasfollows: – Releasethebulbcatch( ) B ). A ). A0A1067m fig. 23 ( the reflector, thenhookthebulbholdercatch coincidewiththegrooveson metallic part B – Refittheprotectivecovercorrectly. – Re-connecttheelectricconnector( – Fitanewbulb,makingthetabson ). A ). A0A1068m fig. 24 Front sidelights the retainingclipsclickintoplace( snap-fitted andchangeit. holder. – Presstheclips( cover.– Removetheprotectiverubber To changethebulb,proceedasfollows: – Refittheprotectivecovercorrectly. – Refitthebulbholdermakingsurethat thebultholder( – Withdraw A ) andremovethebulb ( fig. 24 B ) whichis ) A ). A0A1069m 213 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina214 214 IN AN EMERGENCY fig. 25 ( Main beamheadlights fig. 25-26 – Disconnecttheelectricconnector( cover.– Removetheprotectiverubber To changethebulb,proceedasfollows: – Releasethebulbcatch( – Removethebulbandreplaceit. ) B ). A ). A0A1070m fig. 26 ( lamp unit,thenhookthebulbholdercatch coincidewiththeoneon metal part B – Refittheprotectivecovercorrectly. – Re-connecttheelectricconnector( – Fitanewbulb,makingthetabof ). A ). A0A1071m fig. 27 ( follows: ( Front directionindicators checking thatitissecuredcorrectly. ing clockwise. counterclockwise. turning fig. 27 A – Turn thebulbholdercounterclockwise To changethebulb(orange),proceedas – Refit the bulb holder turning clockwise, – Refitthebulbholderturning – Fitthenewbulbpushinglightlyandturn- – Removethebulbpushinglightlyand ) andremoveit. ) A0A1072m 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina215 fig. 28 FOG LIGHTS Alfa RomeoAuthorisedServices. light bulbsandadjusttheheadlightscontact IMPORTANT ( To replacethefrontfog- fig. 28 ) A0A1073m cause incovenience to other road other to incovenience cause users if the light units are not not are units light the if users correctly adjusted. If in doubt doubt in If adjusted. correctly contact Alfa Romeo Authorised Romeo Alfa contact Services to have them checked checked them have to Services and adjusted if necessary. if adjusted and The efficiency of the lights the of efficiency The will be decreased and may and decreased be will WARNING fig. 29 making surethecatchclicksintoplace. parent cover( remove thisunit. and the catch.Releasefrontpart towards therearofcartocompress ( SIDE DIRECTIONINDICATORS replace it. wise andremoveitfromthecover. fig. 29 – Turn thebulbholder( – Pushthetransparentcover( – Insert thebulbholder( – Insert – Removethesnap-fittedbulband ) A ), thenpositiontheunit B B ) counter-clock- ) inthetrans- A ) A0A1040m 215 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina216 216 IN AN EMERGENCY fig. 30 ( ing asillustrated),loosenthefasteningnuts tension withthescrewdriverprovided(work- ing forwards. right andtheotheronleftofcarfac- they aretobefoundrespectivelyoneonthe in thetaillightuntilfastenedtotailgate; ( AND REARFOGGUARDS REVERSING LIGHT fig. 30-31 B – Removethecap( – Openthetailgate. To changethebulb,proceedasfollows: The reversinglightandrearfogguardare ) of the light unit concerned. ) ofthelightunitconcerned. ) A ) then,usingtheex- A0A0167m fig. 31 ening thenuts( holder andtightenthescrews( counterclockwise. turning the bulbholder. pressing iton. – Re-tightentheelectricconnector( – Slackenthescrews( – Slackentheelectricconnector( thelightunitoutwards. – Withdraw – Refitthelightunitontailgatetight- – Replacethebulb,thenrefitbulb – Removethebulbpushinggentlyand B ), thenrefitthecap( D ), andremove D ). C ). C A ). ) A0A0168m fig. 32 BRAKING LIGHTS AND REARSIDELIGHTS- REAR DIRECTIONINDICATORS the lightunit. lustrated), slackenthenuts( and thescrewdriverprovided(workingasil- formed trim( formed fastened tothebody. lights-braking lightsareinthetaillightunit – Withdraw thelightunitoutwards. – Withdraw – Frominsidetheboot,openpre- To changethebulb,proceedasfollows: The reardirectionindicatorsandtheside A ) then,usingtheextension ( fig. 32-33 B ) fastening ) A0A0169m 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina217 fig. 33 the screws( counterclockwise: ing gentlyandturning bulb holder. holder andtightenthescrew( – Close the preformed trim( – Closethepreformed – Refit thelightunitonbodytightening – – Re-connecttheelectricconnector( ( – Removethebulbtobechangedpush- – Slackenthescrew( – Replacethebulb,thenrefitbulb ( – Disconnecttheelectricconnector( E F ) -bulbforrearsidelight/brakinglight. ) -bulbforreardirectionindicator. B ). D ), andremovethe D A ). ). C C ). ). A0A0170m fig. 34 the catch( tocompress in thepointshownbyarrow move theunit. ( NUMBER PLATE LIGHTS the catchclicksintoplace( parent coverthenrefittheunitcheckingthat and removeitfromthetransparentcover. fig. 34 – Work onthetransparentcoverframe, To changethebulbs,proceedasfollows: Turn thebulbholdercounter-clockwise( – – Insert thebulbholder( – Insert Remove thesnap-fittedbulbandreplaceit. – ) B ). Freetheoppositeendandre- A B ). ) inthetrans- A ) A0A0171m fig. 35 (THIRD STOP) ADDITIONAL BRAKINGLIGHT the bulbholder. ( holder ( tion ( A – Removethebulbtobechanged. – Open thetailgate,slackenscrews To changethebulbs,proceeedasfollows: – Working onthesidecatches( – Removethetransparentcover-bulb ) thendisconnecttheelectricconnec- B ). C ) from the support ( ) fromthesupport ( fig. 35-36 D ). E ), release ) A0A0172m 217 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina218 218 IN AN EMERGENCY fig. 36 side catchesclickintoplace( the screws( ( C – Re-connecttheelectricconnector( thebulbholdermakingsure – Insert – Refittheunitontailgatetightening – Refitthetransparentcover-bulbholder ) in the support ( ) inthesupport A ). D ). E ). B ). A0A0173m fig. 37 PUDDLE LIGHT applicable ( tighten thefasteningscrew( tween thecontacts. clampedbe- that thenewbulbiscorrectly leasing itfromthesidecontactsmakingsure transparent coversthenchangethebulb,re- ( for versions/marketswhere A – Realignthetwotransparentcoversand – Removetheunitcomposedoftwo – Openthedoorandslackenscrew To changethebulb,proceedasfollows: ) fasteningthetransparentcovers. ) ( fig. 37 A ) ). A0A0174m fig. 38 contacts. clamped betweenthe new bulbiscorrectly from thesidecontactsmakingsurethat spondence withtheretainercatches). (incorre- the pointsshwonbyarrow ( FRONT ROOFLIGHT LIGTH GOESOUT IF ANINTERIOR fig. 38-39 – Removethelightunit( To changethebulbs,proceedasfollows: – Replace the bulb concerned releasingit – Replacethebulbconcerned – Opentheprotectivecover( ) A ) leveringin B ). A0A0175m 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina219 fig. 39 til hearingtheclick. respondence withtheretainercatches,un- – Refitthelightunitpressinggentlyincor- – Closetheprotectivecover( B ). A0A0176m fig. 40 ( REAR ROOFLIGHT is correctly clampedbetweenthecontacts. is correctly side contactsmakingsurethatthenewbulb the pointshownbyarrow. fig. 40-41 – Removethelightunit( To changethebulb,proceedasfollows: – Replacethebulbreleasingitfrom ) A ) leveringin A0A0177m clicks intoplace( then pressingtheothersideuntilcatch firstthesidewithconnector,inserting – Refit the light unit in the correct position – Refitthelightunitincorrect fig. 41 B ). A0A0178m 219 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina220 220 IN AN EMERGENCY fig. 42 GLOVEBOX LIGHT light unit( parent cover. snap-fitted bulb. the arrow. – Opentheglovebox,thenremove To changethebulb,proceedasfollows: – Closetheprotection( – Opentheprotection( A ) leveringinthepointshownby B ( ) andchangethe B fig. 42-43 ) onthetrans- ) A0A0181m fig. 43 the otheruntilitclicksintoplace. rect positionfirstlyononeendandthen – Refit the light unit inserting itinitscor- – Refitthelightunitinserting A0A0182m fig. 44 BOOT LIGHT the pointshownbyarrow. – Removethelightunit( – Openthetailgate. To changethebulb,proceedasfollows: ( fig. 44-45 A ) leveringin ) A0A0183m 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina221 fig. 45 the otheruntilitclicksintoplace. rect positionfirstlyononeendandthen clampedbetweenthecontacts. correctly contacts, makingsurethatthenewbulbis replace thebulbreleasingitfromside – Refit the light unit inserting itinitscor- – Refitthelightunitinserting – Closetheprotectivecover( – Opentheprotectivecover( B ). B ) and A0A0184m fig. 46 GENERAL IN THEEVENTOFABLOWNFUSE ment( efficiency ofitsfuse.Theconductorele- on thesystem. off) mainlyduetoafaultorimproperaction tric system:itcomesintoaction(i.e.cuts rating (samecolour). replace thefusewithoneofsameamp When adevicedoesnotwork,checkthe The fuseisaprotectivedevicefortheelec- A-fig. 46 ) mustbeintact;ifnot, A0A0185m provided ( ( Remove theblownfuseusingpincer ( B C ) -Fusewithdamagedfilament. ) -Undamagedfuse D ), inthecontrolbox. fuse ofthesamecolour. else. Alwaysuseanintact metal wiresoranything Never replaceafusewith 221 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina222 222 IN AN EMERGENCY in, do not attempt any repair and repair any attempt not do in, FIRE. OF DANGER rating; contact Alfa Romeo Authorised Romeo Alfa contact Services. Services. If a general fuse (MAXI- fuse general a If with fuse a replace Never FUSE or MEGA-FUSE) cuts MEGA-FUSE) or FUSE amp higher a with another WARNING WARNING rised Service. Service. rised the all that and removed been has other services are switched off switched are services other and/or disengaged. and/or If a fuse blows again, con- again, blows fuse a If fuse, a replacing Before tact an Alfa Romeo Autho- Romeo Alfa an tact key ignition the sure make WARNING WARNING fig. 47 cover pressingtheopeningcatches(front). post,removetheprotective on thebattery trim ( ( dashboard byslackeningthetworetainers next totheactualbattery. positivepoleand dashboard, onthebattery trol boxes,tobefoundrespectivelyonthe A-fig. 47 To gainaccesstothefusesinfusebox Access isgainedtothecontrolboxon Fuses ofthecararegroupedinthreecon- B ). ) andremovingtheprotective A0A1082m 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina223 fig. 48 ( releasingtheperimetralcatches the battery cover ( fig. 50 refer tothefollowingillustrations tableonthefollowingpages, the summary A-fig. 48 Access isgainedtothecontrolboxnext To locatetheprotectionfuses,consulting B ). and ) andremovingtheprotective 51 . fig. 49 , A0A0187m fig. 49-Controlboxondashboard A0A0134m 223 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina224 224 IN AN EMERGENCY fig. 50 - Control box next to battery fig. 50-Controlboxnexttobattery A0A0137m fig. 51 - Control box on battery positive pole fig. 51-Controlboxonbattery A0A0215m 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina225 EVCSFGR UEAMPERES FUSE FIGURE IMPORTANT AMPERES Heater unitrelaycoils Climate controlcompressor Climate controlsystem FUSE Climate controlsystem Headlight aimingdevice Additional heater Selespeed transmissionpump FIGURE SERVICES +30 directionindicators Reversing light Braking light Foglights Left main-beamheadlight Right main-beamheadlight Left dipped-beamheadlight Right dipped-beamheadlight Hazard lights LIGHTS FUSE SUMMARY TABLE Strictly observe thefuseamp: incaseofdoubtcontactAlfaRomeo AuthorisedServices Strictly observe 49 50 49 49 49 51 50 49 49 49 50 50 50 49 49 49 F53 F35 F37 F30 F15 F14 F13 F12 F53 F73 (MAXI-FUSE) F03 (MAXI-FUSE) F31 F19 F39 F31 F13 7.5 10 10 15 10 10 10 10 10 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 30 30 15 225 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina226 226 IN AN EMERGENCY Secondary services Secondary (electronicinjection) services Secondary (electronicinjection) services Primary AMPERES +30 Services Headlight washer Central doorlocking FUSE control Cruise –heatednozzles Heated wingmirrors Seats withelectricheating Cigar lighter FIGURE -rearscreenwasher(two-waypump) Windscreen Rearscreen heating Rear rightpowerwindow Rear leftpowerwindow Rearscreen wiper Navigator Radio Selespeed transmission Selespeed transmission Key-operated +30 SERVICES 49 50 50 49 50 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 F49 F11 F17 F39 F09 F38 F35 F41 F45 F44 F43 F40 F34 F33 F52 F39 F39 F51 F32 F32 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 15 15 15 20 30 30 20 20 15 15 15 15 20 20 15 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina227 Trailer control unit Dashboard controlunit controlbox (petrolversions) Engine compartment AMPERES Electronic injectioncontrolunit+30 Air -bagcontrolunit Boot controlunit FUSE Dashboard controlunit ABS controlunit ABS controlunit Driver’s doorcontrolunit FIGURE cluster Instrument cluster Instrument Climate controlsystemlighting Control lighting Passenger’s doorcontrolunitsupply Driver’s doorcontrolunitsupply Cell phoneprovision EOBD systemdiagnosissocket Steering anglesensor VDC systemsensor Volumetric sensors SERVICES 49 51 51 50 49 49 50 50 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 F70 (MEGA-FUSE) F71 (MAXI-FUSE) F02 (MAXI-FUSE) F04 (MAXI-FUSE) F36 F18 F50 F39 F42 F39 F53 F37 F35 F49 F48 F47 F39 F39 F42 F42 F39 125 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 70 15 50 50 15 10 10 20 20 15 15 15 227 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina228 228 IN AN EMERGENCY Injectors (dieselversions) Radiator fan(secondspeed–dieselversions) AMPERES Radiator fan(firstspeed–dieselversions) controlbox (dieselversions) Engine compartment Heated fueloilfilter(dieselversions) (dieselversions) Glow plugwarming FUSE Ignition switch Additional heater Sunroof Sunroof FIGURE Bose system Bose system Electronic injectionsystem Tailgate electricunlocking Ignition coils Injectors (petrolversions) Fuel pump Horn Radiator fan(secondspeed-petrolversions) Radiator fan(firstspeed-petrolversions) Climate controlfan SERVICES (*) Fuse behind dashboard control box on an auxiliary bracket. (*) Fusebehinddashboard controlboxonanauxiliary 50 50 50 51 50 50 51 50 49 49 49 49 50 49 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 F70 (MEGA-FUSE) F07 (MAXI-FUSE) F06 (MAXI-FUSE) F01 (MAXI-FUSE) F72 (MAXI-FUSE) F07 (MAXI-FUSE) F06 (MAXI-FUSE) F05 (MAXI-FUSE) F63 (*) F62 (*) F61 (*) F60 (*) F22 F20 F08 F46 F16 F21 F22 F21 F10 150 7.5 25 15 15 15 15 50 30 40 20 60 40 20 50 30 30 15 20 15 15 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina229 CHARGING THEBATTERY IN THEEVENTOFAFLAT BATTERY may damagethebattery. ing for24hours.Chargingalongertime by AlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices. out poses. Thisoperationshouldbecarried pur- cedure isdescribedonlyforinformation in the“Carmaintenance”chapter. fromdrainingandforensuringlonglife tery read theprecautionsforpreventingbat- Charging shouldbeslowatalowamprat- IMPORTANT Before anythingelse,youareadvisedto The battery chargingpro- The battery nal ( fore disconnectingitfromthebattery. ensuringthatthebiasiscorrect. terminal nal ( – Re-connect the battery negativetermi- – Re-connectthebattery offthechargerbe- – Aftercharging,turn – Turn onthecharger. Connectthechargercablestobattery – negativetermi- – Disconnectthebattery asfollows: Charge thebattery – – ). ). corrosive. Avoid contact with the with contact Avoid corrosive. skin or eyes. The battery should be should battery The eyes. or skin charged in a well ventilated place, ventilated well a in charged away from naked flames or pos- or flames naked from away sible sources of sparks: danger of danger sparks: of sources sible explosion and fire. fire. and explosion The liquid contained in the in contained liquid The battery is poisonous and poisonous is battery WARNING AUXILIARY BATTERY STARTING WITHAN trol units. lar the ignition and fuel supply con- the electronic systems, inparticu- this chapter. See “Starting with an auxiliary battery” in battery” withanauxiliary See “Starting firstly be thawed, otherwise it otherwise thawed, be firstly may burst. If freezing has occurred, has freezing If burst. may the battery should be checked be- checked be should battery the fore charging by specialised per- specialised by charging fore sonnel, to make sure that the in- the that sure make to sonnel, ternal elements are not damaged not are elements ternal and that the body is not cracked, not is body the that and with the risk of leaking poisonous leaking of risk the with and corrosive acid. acid. corrosive and engine: youmaydamage charger tostartthe tery Strictly avoid usingabat- Never attempt to charge a charge to attempt Never frozen battery: it must it battery: frozen WARNING 229 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina230 230 IN AN EMERGENCY fig. 52 IF THECARISTOBETOWED the front( housed inthetoolboxunderbootmat. soft clothtoavoiddamagingthecar. screwdriver provided,protectthetipwitha 53 – Removethecover( – Take thetowringfromtoolbox. To installthetowring,proceedasfollows: The towringsuppliedwiththecaris – Firmly screwtheringinitshousing. – Firmly ). To dothis,ifusingtheflat-bladed fig. 52 ) orrearbumper( A ) snap-fittedon fig. A0A1083m fig. 53 ed housing. Before beginning to beginning Before housing. ed tow the car, make sure that the that sure make car, the tow ring is firmly tightened in its in tightened firmly is ring threaded housing. housing. threaded Before tightening the ring the tightening Before carefully clean the thread- the clean carefully WARNING A0A1084m MAR and back to STOP again with- again STOP to back and MAR out removing it. Removing the key the Removing it. removing out automatically engages the steering the engages automatically lock resulting in the impossibility the in resulting lock to steer the wheels. When towing When wheels. the steer to remember that without the help of help the without that remember the engine brake and power steer- power and brake engine the ing greater effort is required on the on required is effort greater ing pedal and steering wheel. Do not Do wheel. steering and pedal use flexible cables for towing and towing for cables flexible use avoid jerks. During towing opera- towing During jerks. avoid tions make sure that fastening the fastening that sure make tions joints does not damage the com- the damage not does joints ponents in contact with it. When it. with contact in ponents Before starting to tow, to starting Before towing the car, it is compulsory to compulsory is it car, the towing turn the ignition key to key ignition the turn follow specific traffic regulations traffic specific follow concerning both the towing device towing the both concerning and behaviour on the road. road. the on behaviour and WARNING 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina231 fa Romeo Authorised Services. fa RomeoAuthorisedServices. neutral, donottowthecarandcontactAl- en previously. giv- transmission, followingtheinstructions carwithmechanical for towinganormal car movesifpushed)andthenproceedas gears areinneutral( speed transmission,makesurethatthe Should itbeimpossibletosetthegears IMPORTANT Do not start the engine the start not Do when towing the car. car. the towing when For versionswithSele- N ) (checkingthatthe WARNING USING THEJACK LIFTED IF THECARISTOBE may befittedonthejack. other originalone; event ofafaultitmustbereplacedbyan- ture” inthischapter. – notoolotherthanitscranckingdevice – thejackcannotberepairedandin – thejackrequiresnoadjustment; – lthejackmassisapprox.2.100kg; that: Please beinformed See paragraph“Intheeventofapunc- on the car with which it is provid- is it which with car the on ed or on cars of the same model. It model. same the of cars on or ed must never be used for other pur- other for used be never must poses such as for example raising example for as such poses cars of other models. In no case no In models. other of cars must it be used for repairs under repairs for used be it must the car. car. the The purpose of the jack is jack the of purpose The only for replacing wheels replacing for only WARNING fig. 54 WORKSHOP LIFT USING ANARMLIFTOR shop liftintheareashown ofthework- setting theendsofarms The carshouldbeliftedonlyattheside Never use the jack for higher ca- higher for jack the use Never pacities than the one stated on the on stated one the than pacities label. The car may fall if the jack the if fall may car The is not positioned correctly. positioned not is WARNING fig. 54-55 . A0A1085m 231 IN AN EMERGENCY 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina232 232 IN AN EMERGENCY fig. 55 damaging thesidestrips. workshop lifttoavoid ing thearmsofliftor Take carewhenposition- A0A1086m OF ANACCIDENT IN THEEVENT vided. usethespecialphonespro- On motorways possible. ing themostaccurateinformation at regulationdistanceinaclearlyvisibleplace. cident withtheheadlights. ing lightson. the emergencylane. cident. least afewdozenmetresawayfromtheac- – Call theemergencyorganisation, giv- Signal theaccidentplacingtriangle – – Take over. care,donotriskbeingrun – Atnight,illuminatetheplaceofac- – Turn theengineoffandhazardwarn- stopwithoutblocking – Onmotorways, – Ifyouarenotdirectlyinvolved,stopat tokeepcalm. – Itisimportant minal (–). essary, negativeter- disconnectthebattery Never usewater. the extinguisher, blankets,sand,orearth. rettes stubbedout. ical product,donotsmokeandhaveciga- volved. are easiertobreak. is stratified.Thewindowsandrearscreen out ofthecarbreakingwindscreenwhich diately andgobeyondtheguard-rail. other crashesishigh.Leavethecarimme- poor visibility, theriskofbeinginvolvedin – Ifuseofthelightingsystemisnotnec- – To putoutfires,evensmallones,use – Ifyounoteasmelloffuelorotherchem- – Removetheignitionkeyofcarsin- toget – Ifdoorsareblocked,donottry pileups,especiallywith – Inmotorways 197-233_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:04Pagina233 IF PEOPLEAREINJURED the bodyashorizontalpossible. pull thelimbsorbendhead andkeep When removinganinjuredperson:donot only indangeroffire,sinkingorfalling. stances. moved exceptinthefollowingcircum- to drink. injured persons. any panic. is ontheway, andstayneartoovercome sons notdirectlyinvolvedintheaccident. alsoforper- doned. Helpingiscompulsory – Removeaninjuredpersonfromthecar – Aninjuredpersonshouldneverbe – Donotgiveinjuredpersonsanything – Releaseorcuttheseatbeltrestraining – Reassuretheinjuredpersonthathelp – Donotcrowdaroundinjuredpeople. – Aninjuredpersonmustneverbeaban- FIRST AIDKIT the car. to keepanextinguisherandablanketin In additiontothefirst-aidkit,itisalsowise 233 IN AN EMERGENCY 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina234 234 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE SERVICING SCHEDULED figurable multifunctiondisplay”. inthe “Recon- ther details,see“Service” tion keyto theigni- AL” whichisshownagainturning play willshow“REFERTOSERVICE MANU- km fromthemaintenancedeadline,dis- configurable multifunctiondisplay, at2000 20,000km. tions every a seriesofchecksandmaintenanceopera- suring longcarlifeunderthebestconditions. IMPORTANT This iswhyAlfaRomeohasprogrammed inen- maintenanceisdetermined Correct MAR On versionsfittedwithre- , every 200 km.Forfur- , every V V E E H H I I vices, atpre-establishedtimes. out byallAlfaRomeoAuthorisedSer- carried may invalidatethewarranty. facturer. out Thefailuretohavethemcarried nance couponsarespecifiedbytheManu- tyre pressure,etc... topping uptheleveloffluids,checking such asforexampleroutinelycheckingand and another, careisstillnecessary ordinary vice couponandlater, betweenonecoupon the initialperiodbefore20,000kmser- ly coverallthecar’s requirements:alsoin grammed Maintenancedoesnotcomplete- C C The Programmed Maintenance service is The ProgrammedMaintenanceservice IMPORTANT It ishoweverwisetorememberthatPro- L L E E M M The ProgrammedMainte- A A I I N N T T E E N N ing for the next service coupon. ing forthenextservice of anyminoroperatingfaults,withoutwait- intheevent Alfa RomeoAuthorisedServices of thecustomer. outonlywiththeexplicitagreement carried ther replacementsorrepairs,thesemaybe ones programmed,theneedarisesforfur- IMPORTANT If duringeachoperation,inadditiontothe A A N N C C You areadvisedtocontact E E 234-257_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 12:05 Pagina 235

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME

Thousands of km 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if necessary ●●●●●●●●●

Check operation of lighting system (headlights, direction indicators, hazard warning lights, boot, passenger compartment, glovebox lights, warning lights, etc..) ●●●●●●●●●

Check operation of windscreen washer system, adjust spray jets ●●●●●●●●● VEHICLE MAINTENANCE Check position/wear of windscreen/rearscreen wiper blades ●●●●●●●●●

Check operation of front disk brake pad wear indicator ●●●●●●●●●

Check wear conditions of rear disk brake pads ●●●●

Sight check the conditions of: body exterior, underbody protection, stiff pipes and hoses (exhaust - fuel supply - brakes), rubber parts (boots - sleeves - bushes etc.) ●●●●●●●●●

Sight check boot and bonnet lock cleaning conditions, lever cleaning and lubrication ●●●●●●●●●

Sight check for accessory drive belt conditions ●●

Check handbrake lever stroke adjustment ●●●●

Change air cleaner cartridge (petrol versions) ●●●●

Change air cleaner cartridge (JTD versions) ●●●●●●●●●

Top up fluid levels (engine coolant, brakes, windscreen washer, battery, etc..) ●●●●●●●●●

Check and if necessary top up the automatic transmission oil level (versions with Selespeed transmission) ●●●●●●●●●

235 234-257_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 12:05 Pagina 236

Thousands of km 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

Sight check for conditions of timing gear drive toothed belt (diesel versions) ●● Check operation of engine control system (through diagnosis socket) ●●●●

Check valve clearance (JTDM 120HP versions) ●●● Check mechanical transmission oil level ●● Check emissions/smoke at the exhaust (diesel versions) ●●●● Change counter-rotating shaft drive belt (2.0 T.SPARK versions) ● VEHICLE MAINTENANCE Change timing gear drive belt (T.SPARK versions) (*) ●●● Change timing gear drive belt (diesel versions) (*) ● Change accessory poly-V drive belt ● Change spark plugs (petrol versions) ● Change spark plugs (1.6 T.SPARK 105HP versions) ●●● Change engine oil and oil filter (petrol versions) (or every 24 months) ●●●●●●●●● Change engine oil and oil filter (diesel versions without DPF)(**) (or every 24 months) ●●●●●●●●● Change engine oil and oil filter (diesel versions with DPF)(**) (or every 24 months) Change brake fluid (or every 24 months) ●●● Change fuel filter (diesel versions) ●●●●●●●●● Change pollen filter (or every year) ●●●●●●●●●

(*) Regardless of the km covered, the timing belt shall be replaced every 4 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, driving in the city, idling for a long time) or in any case every 5 years. (**) The engine oil and oil filter should be changed depending on their actual condition, which is indicated by a warning light/message on the control panel or at least every 2 years. 236 If the car is used mainly on urban routes or if the yearly kilometres travelled are less than 10,000 km, the engine oil and filter must be changed every 12 months. 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina237 PROGRAMME ANNUAL INSPECTION conditions, lever cleaningandlubrication and wear rearscreen wiperblades system, sprayjetadjustment lights,etc.) ment, gloveboxlights,warning lights,boot,passenger compart- warning (headlights, directionindicators,hazard wheel) adjustthepressure(includingspare essary vised: yearly inspectionprogrammeisad- about 10,000km)thefollowing of below20,000km(forexample – Checkbootandbonnetlock cleaning – Checkfrontdiskbrakepadconditions – Checkposition/wearofwindscreen/ – Checkoperationofwindscreenwiper – Checkoperationoflightingsystem – Checktyreconditions/wearandifnec- For carswithanannualmileage washer, etc. ) battery els (enginecoolant,brakes,windscreen drive belts ply systemhoses sleeves -bushesetc..),brakeandfuelsup- (boots- parts el supply-brakes),rubber gearbox, transmission,pipes(exhaust-fu- – Changepollenfilter. – Changeengineoilandfilter topupfluidlev- – Checkandifnecessary – Sightcheckforconditionsofvarious charge – Checkbattery – Sightcheckforconditionsof:engine, OPERATIONS ADDITIONAL top uptheengineoillevel. washer fluidlevel level topup: check andifnecessary tions” chapter). “Refuelling” inthe“Technical Specifica- made expresslyforAlfaRomeocars(see ommended whichhavebeendesignedand Every Every Every Every – tyrepressureandconditions. – windscreen/rearscreenandheadlamp – powersteeringfluidlevel – brake/hydraulic clutchcontrolfluid – enginecoolantfluidlevel The useof 1000 km 3000 km FL Selenia or beforelongjourneys, check andifnecessary products isrec- 237 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina238 238 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE changing. the enginemisfires itshowsthefilterneeds Schedule.If than indicatedin theService toreplacethefiltermorefrequently sary availablemightmakeitneces- el normally Diesel filter IMPORTANT Schedule. required onService tivity. inac- deliveries) orincaseofalongterm low speeddriving(e.g.taxisordoor-to-door low zero temperaturesbe- peated andwithexternal tions: one ofthefollowingspeciallyheavycondi- Engine oil IMPORTANT The differentgradesofpurityin diesel fu- Replace engineoilmorefrequentlythan – frequentlyidlingenginesorlongdistance distances(lessthan7-8km)re- – short – dustyroads – trailerorcaravantowing Should prevailinguseofthecarbeunder Maintenance Programme. frequently than specified intheScheduled fluid(electrolyte)more level ofthebattery ularly harshconditionsitiswiseto checkthe of aftermarketaccessories. ignition keyremoved,especially in thecase absorbelectricityevenwiththe permanently trips, orifitisfittedwithaccessoriesthat quently ifthecarisusedmainlyforshort the possibilityofelectrolytefreezing. preferably attheonsetofwinter, toprevent Battery IMPORTANT contact AlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices. placement inrelationtohowthecarisused, tween theengineoilandaircleanerre- the ScheduleMaintenanceProgramme. air cleanermorefrequentlythanspecifiedin Air cleaner IMPORTANT If thecarisusedinhotclimates or partic- out morefre- This checkshouldbecarried charge, It isadvisabletocheckthebattery be- theintervals For anydoubtsconcerning Using thecarondustyroadschange have noexperience. outtheseoperationsifyou carry fluids;donothowever necessary uine AlfaRomeospares and the have theproperequipment, gen- yourself, alwaysmakesureyou out erations youwishtocarry routine andminormaintenanceop- Authorised Services. For Authorised Services. entrusted toAlfaRomeo Car maintenanceshouldbe the passenger compartment isnoted. the passengercompartment a reductionoftheamountairadmittedto itshouldbereplacedif quently; inparticular to replacethefilteringelementmorefre- heavily pollutedenvironmentsitisadvisable Pollen filter IMPORTANT If thecarisusedfrequentlyindustyor 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina239 CHECKING LEVELS steering fluid- er fluid- 4 1 Windscreen/rearscreen/headlamp wash- Windscreen/rearscreen/headlamp the car. other andcouldseriouslydamage are allincompatiblewithonean- Engine oil- ment; gas and inflammable and gas ment; vapours may be present, with the with present, be may vapours risk of fire. of risk 5 Engine coolantfluid- ious typesoffluids:they care nottoconfusethevar- Never smoke while work- while smoke Never When toppinguptake ing in the engine compart- engine the in ing 7 2 Selespeed transmission oil Battery - Battery WARNING 3 Brake fluid- 6 Power fig. 2-2.0T.SPARK Selespeedversions fig. 1-Versions 1.6T.SPARK (105HP)-1.6T.SPARK (120HP)-2.0T.SPARK A0A0194m A0A0192m 239 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina240 240 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE steering fluif er fluid- 4 steering fluid er fluid- 4 1 1 Windscreen/rearscreen/headlamp wash- Windscreen/rearscreen/headlamp wash- Windscreen/rearscreen/headlamp Engine oil- Engine oil- 5 5 Engine coolantfluid- Engine coolantfluid- 2 2 Battery - Battery - Battery 3 3 Brake fluid- Brake fluid- 6 6 Power Power fig. 4-JTD fig. 3-JTD M M (150HP) versions (120HP) versions A0A0345m A0A0396m 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina241 fig. 5-T.SPARK versions ENGINE OIL the leveliswithin back incompletely, removeitandcheckthat 5) aftertheenginehasbeenswitchedoff. afewminutes(about car onalevelsurface the between marks onthedipstick.Theinterval about onelitreofoil. inside the engine compartment to compartment engine the inside avoid burns. Remember that when that Remember burns. avoid Remove thedipstick( The engineoilshouldbecheckedwiththe the engine is hot, the fan may cut may fan the hot, is engine the in: danger of injury. of danger in: MIN When the engine is hot, is engine the When take care when working when care take and MAX ( fig. 5-6-7 WARNING marks correspond to marks correspond A MIN ), cleanit,putit ) and MAX A0A0195m ( MIN B If theoillevelisnearorevenbelow ), untilreachingthe mark, addoilthroughthefilterneck fig. 6-JTD of theoilalreadyinengine. viscosity) otherthanthose ifications (classification, M MAX Do notaddoilwithspec- (120HP) versions mark. the correct levelrestored. the correct tohave tact AlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices that thelevelisabove utes aterstoppingit. gine afewsecondsandwaitformin- theen- before checkingthelevelagain,run IMPORTANT IMPORTANT A0A0347m If aroutinecheckreveals After toppinguptheoil, fig. 7-JTD MAX mark, con- M (150HP) versions A0A0398m 241 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina242 242 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE tions ofusethecar. pends onthewayofdrivingandcondi- 6000km. first 5000÷ may beconsideredstabilisedonlyafterthe settles, thereforeengineoilconsumption 1000km. grams every Engine oilconsumption IMPORTANT During theinitialperiodofuseengine Max engineoilconsumptionisusually400 respecting natureandthelaw. dispose ofthewasteoilandfilters changed, astheyareequippedto vices tohavetheoilandfilter tact AlfaRomeoAuthorisedSer- for theenvironment.Con- contain harmfulsubstances Used engineoilandfilter Engine oilconsumptionde- fig. 8 corresponds withthe corresponds turn the ignitionto turn onthehousing thecapand tube firmly level; up toreachthecorrect stick integratedwiththecap; move thecap( with theenginestoppedandcold. and checked withthecaronalevelsurface ( SELESPEED GEARBOXOIL fig. 8 – after refitting the cap, insert thebreather – afterrefittingthecap,insert – iftheoilisbelow – disconnectthebreathertubeandre- – turn theignitionkeyto – turn To checkthelevel,proceedasfollows: The Selespeedtransmissionoilshouldbe ) A ) checkingthatthelevel STOP MAX MAX . mark onthedip- MAR mark, top ; A0A0197m already inthegearbox. ifications otherthanthat Do notaddoilwithspec- oil respectingnatureandthelaw. are equippedfordisposingofused who fa RomeoAuthorisedServices ing theoilweadvisecontactingAl- ment if the engine is hot: danger of danger hot: is engine the if ment burns. Remember that the fan may fan the that Remember burns. cut in if the engine is very hot: dan- hot: very is engine the if in cut ger of injury. of ger the environment.Forchang- dangerous substancesfor Be very careful working in- working careful very Be side the engine compart- engine the side Used gearboxoilcontains WARNING 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina243 fig. 9 ( ENGINE COOLANTFLUID marks onthetank. it shouldbebetweenthe and gine coldandthecaronalevelsurface shouldbecheckedwith theen- (reservoir) fig. 9 The levelofthecoolantinheadertank danger of burns. burns. of danger ) Do not remove the cap the remove not Do when the engine is hot: is engine the when WARNING MIN and MAX A0A0240m chapter untilnearingthe cants” tableinthe“Technical Specifications” the fluidspecifiedin“FluidsandLubri- and 40%demineralizedwatermixture. recommend useofa60% to –40°C. cooling circuitguaranteesprotectiondown rised Services. this operationscontactAlfaRomeoAutho- cap ( For particularly hardclimateconditions,we For particularly The antifreezemixturecontainedinthe If thelevelislow, loosentheheadertank A ) andslowlypourthroughthefiller in the cooling system. of thesame typecontained For toppingup usefluids mised. system efficiencycouldbe compro- another genuineone,otherwise replace thecaponlywith pressurised. Ifnecessary, The coolingsystemis MAX AAL UP PARAFLU mark; for fig. 10-T.SPARK versions ( POWER STEERINGFLUID stick ( upper notch(maximumlevel)onthedip- orcoincideswiththe mark onthereservoir switched offandcold. andtheengine the caronalevelsurface voir isatmaximum. fig. 10-11 Check thatthelevelreaches outwith This operationshouldbecarried Check thatthelevelofoilinreser- A ) integral with the reservoir cap. ) integralwiththereservoir ) MAX A0A0216m 243 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina244 244 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE fig. 11-JTD refit thecap. ing wheellocktoafewtimes. tostabilise. el inthereservoir ter proceedingasfollows: table inthe“Technical Specifications”chap- products listedinthe“FluidsandLubricants” specified one,topuponlywithoneofthe – Top uptothe thesteer- turn theenginerunning, – With theengineandwaitforoillev- – Start isbelowthe If theoillevelinreservoir M versions MAX level notch,then A0A0400m rised Services. sible leaksbyAlfaRomeoAutho- have thesystemcheckedforpos- needed shortlyafterwards, low, iftoppingupagainis Oil consumptionisvery CLUTCH FLUID BRAKE ANDHYDRAULIC parts of the engine: it is inflam- is it engine: the of parts mable. tions"). cants” (seesection“Technical Specifica- id specifiedinthetable“Fluidsandlubri- is atmaximum.Top upwiththebrakeflu- Check thatthefluidlevelinreservoir Do not allow the power the allow not Do steering fluid to touch hot touch to fluid steering WARNING ( fig. 12 ) fig. 12 mesh equaltoorlowerthan0.12mm. always useafunnelwithbuilt-infilter purities enteringthetank.Whentoppingup, the captakeutmostcaretopreventim- Whenopening surface. and thesurrounding Romeo AuthorisedServices. however recommendedtocontactAlfa IMPORTANT NOTE immediately withwater. paintwork. Ifitdoes,washoff Clean accuratelythetankcap does notdripontothe ly corrosivebrakefluid Make surethatthehigh- For thisoperationitis A A0A0217m 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina245 IMPORTANT Scheduled Maintenance Programme. thanspecifiedinthe frequent intervals midity, thefluidshouldbereplacedatmore areas withahighdegreeofatmospheric hu- For thisreason,ifthecarismainly usedin fluid ishygroscopic(i.e.itabsorbsmoisture). rosive. In the event of accidental of event the In rosive. contact, wash the parts concerned parts the wash contact, immediately with neutral soap and soap neutral with immediately water, then rinse thoroughly. See thoroughly. rinse then water, brake fluid, distinguishing it from it distinguishing fluid, brake a doctor at once if the fluid is swal- is fluid the if once at doctor a the mineral kind. Using mineral flu- mineral Using kind. mineral the lowed. ids irreversibly damages the spe- the damages irreversibly ids cial braking system rubber seals. rubber system braking cial The Brake and clutch fluid is fluid clutch and Brake poisonous and highly cor- highly and poisonous tainer indicates synthetic indicates tainer π Brake andhydraulicclutch , symbol on the con- the on symbol , WARNING WARNING fig. 13 WASHER FLUID REARSCREEN/HEADLIGHT WINDSCREEN/ fluid neat. use SC 35 SC 35 SC 35 ter and the reservoir. – inthecaseoftemperaturesbelow-20°C – 50%of – 30%of topupusingamixtureofwa- If necessary Open thecap( TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC35 and 50%waterinwinter; and 70%waterinsummer; fluid asfollows: TUTELA PROFESSIONAL TUTELA PROFESSIONAL TUTELA PROFESSIONAL A ) andcheckthelevelin ( fig. 13 ) A0A0242m empty. is washers whenthereservoir reservoir empty: the action of the of action the empty: reservoir com- engine The inflammable. are windscreen washer is fundamental is washer windscreen components hot contains partment for improving vision. vision. improving for fire. on it set may which the windscreen/rearscreen pump motor, donotuse Do not travel with the wind- the with travel not Do additives commercial Some screen/rearscreen washer screen/rearscreen washers windscreen for To avoiddamagingthe WARNING WARNING 245 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina246 246 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AIR CLEANER Authorised Services. eration carriedoutbyAlfa Romeo are recommendedtohave thisop- the travellingsafetyofcar. You precautions, theymaycompromise ried outcorrectlyandwiththedue sion levels. engine, lowconsumptionandexhaustemis- operationofthe ditions, toensurecorrect ignition system. operationoftheinjectionand ed forcorrect to thecontrolunitelectricsignalsneed- perature andairflowsensorswhichsend It must therefore always be in perfect con- It mustthereforealwaysbeinperfect The aircleanerisconnectedtothetem- scribed belowarenotcar- ing cleanerreplacementde- If theoperationsconcern- damage. tenance Schedule. specified intheProgrammedMain- thanthose at shorterintervals leading toseriousengine cleaner maydamageit, cleaner shouldbereplaced used industyareas,the Any attempttocleanthe If thecarishabitually WATER DRAINING CONDENSATION (diesel versions) DIESEL FUELFILTER gine. Ifthe cause irregularrunningoftheen- the entireinjectionsystemand fa Romeo Authorised Services. fa RomeoAuthorisedServices. engine immediatelyandcontactAl- inthiscaseturnoffthe reservoir: could havebeenintroducedinthe ly afterrefuelling,somewater same warningappearsimmediate- have thesystemrelieved.If assoonpossibleto Services contact AlfaRomeoAuthorised figurable multifunctiondisplay) message areshownontherecon- on (or, onsomeversions,symbol+ cause seriousdamageto the supplycircuitmay The presenceofwaterin c warning lightturns 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina247 POLLEN FILTER ness oftheclimatecontrolsystem. filter canconsiderablyreducetheeffective- gramme. ìspecified intheScheduledMaintenancePro- than changed atmorefrequentintervals ily pollutedareas,thefiltershouldbe ably attheonsetofsummer. prefer- by AlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices, the doorsareshut. tering action,providedthatthewindowsand IMPORTANT If thecarismainlyusedindustyorheav- Have thepollenfiltercheckedonceayear This hasamechanical/electrostaticairfil- The failuretoreplacethe fig. 14 BATTERY have the battery checked/replaced. have thebattery with distilledwater. the electrolytedoesnotneedtoppingup conditionsofuse nance” type:undernormal Contact Alfa Romeo Authorised Services to Contact AlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices isofthe“Limitedmainte- The battery and distribution. which control theairtemperature sition of theelectric actuators climate control unit toreset the po- starting the enigne, to allow the at least 3minutesbefore moval/refitting waitfor At any battery re- At anybattery A0A0224m freeze. it may warm place,otherwise andtake ittoa move thebattery powerful battery. vise abouttheneedtouseamore suitable devicesandaboveallad- will beabletosuggestthemost who Romeo AuthorisedServices radiotelephone, etc.)contactAlfa to installaccessories(alarm,radio, car. Ifafterbuyingthecaryouwish ing natureandthelaw. are equippedfordisposalrespect- who Romeo AuthorisedServices weadvisecontactingAlfa battery very coldconditions,re- very active foralongtimein cause seiourdamagetothe of electricaccessoriesmay ronment. To changethe substances fortheenvi- If thecaristoremainin- The incorrectinstallation Batteries containharmful 247 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina248 248 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE fig. 15 protect the eyes with goggles. with eyes the protect corrosive. Avoid contact with the with contact Avoid corrosive. skin or eyes. The battery should be should battery The eyes. or skin charged in a well ventilated place ventilated well a in charged away from naked flames or pos- or flames naked from away sible sources of sparks: danger of danger sparks: of sources sible explosion and fire. fire. and explosion When working on the bat- the on working When The liquid contained in the in contained liquid The tery or close to it, always it, to close or tery battery is poisonous and poisonous is battery WARNING WARNING A0A0393m CHECKING THECHARGE area inthecentre Dark colourwithgreen area inthecentre without green Dark colour white colour Brilliant ( outbyskilledpersonnelonly.be carried trolyte indicator),inspectionoperationsshall chargeinspectiondevice(optical elec- tery according tothecolourindicatorshows. coverandacting quired) setonthebattery through theindicator fig. 15 Refer tothetablebeloworlabel benotfittedwithbat- Should thebattery chargemaybechecked The battery tery irreversibly, even causing it to it causing even irreversibly, tery burst. ) on the battery itself. ) onthebattery Working with a low fluid low a with Working level may damage the bat- the damage may level A-fig. 14 WARNING (where re- Sufficient electrolytelevel Top uptheelectrolyte Low chargelevel and charge CHARGING THEBATTERY nal ( fore disconnectingitfromthebattery. rect. ensuringthatthebiasiscor- terminal tery nal ( damage thebattery. 24 hours.Chargingforalongertimemay ing shouldbeslowatalowampratingfor Charg- by AlfaRomeoAuthorisedServices. out poses. Thisoperationshouldbecarried pur- cedure isdescribedonlyforinformation IMPORTANT – Re-connect the battery negativetermi- – Re-connectthebattery offthe chargerbe- – Aftercharging,turn – Turn onthecharger. – Connectthechargercablestobat- negativetermi- – Disconnectthebattery asfollows: Charge thebattery – – ). ). Alfa RomeoAuthorisedServices) (you areadvisedtocontact The battery chargingpro- The battery Contact AlfaRomeo Authorised Services Authorised Services Charge thebattery No action 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina249 firstly be thawed, otherwise it otherwise thawed, be firstly may burst. If freezing has occurred, has freezing If burst. may the battery should be checked be- checked be should battery the fore charging by specialised per- specialised by charging fore sonnel, to make sure that the in- the that sure make to sonnel, ternal elements are not damaged not are elements ternal and that the body is not cracked, not is body the that and with the risk of leaking poisonous leaking of risk the with and corrosive acid. corrosive and Never attempt to charge a charge to attempt Never frozen battery: it must it battery: frozen chapter “Correct useofthecar”. chapter “Correct refer totheparagraph“carinactivity”,in °C). Intheeventofaprolongedinactivity, freezing (thismayoccuralreadyat–10 it isalsomoresubjecttothepossibilityof capabilityis reducedand phation, itsstarting a chargeofbelow50%itisdamagedbysul- IMPORTANT WARNING If the battery iskeptwith If thebattery THE LIFEOFYOURBATTERY USEFUL HINTSTOEXTEND CHANGING THEBATTERY do notstayonpermanently. ner lidsareclosedproperlysothat thelights sure thatthedoors,bonnet,boot andin- parking lights,etc.). lights, switched off(radio,hazardwarning vices foralongtimewhentheengineis tightened. the followingshouldbenoted: ensure thatitcontinuestoworkcorrectly, Manufacturer’s instructions. tofollowthebattery it willbenecessary ter arenolongervalidandformaintenance uled MaintenanceProgrammeinthischap- givenintheSched- maintenance intervals withdifferentcharacteristics,the battery same characteristics.Ifitisreplacedbya placed withanotheroriginalonethe – Whenthecarisparkedinagarage, en- reason,avoidusingelectricalde- – Within mustalwaysbefirmly – Theterminals To and avoidrapidlydrainingthebattery itshouldbere- When changingthebattery battery. tionary, engineoff),theygraduallydrainthe even whentheignitionkeyisoff(carsta- these devicescontinueabsorbingenergy battery.more powerful Infact,assomeof or whetheritshouldbeintegratedwitha is capableofwithstandingtheloadrequired, checking whetherthecar’s electricsystem will evaluatetheoverallelectricabsorption, vices belongingtoLineaccessoriAlfaRomeo, dition tosuggestingthemostsuitablede- whosequalifiedpersonnel,inad- Services tric system,contactAlfaRomeoAuthorised tion etc.)oraccessoriesthatburdentheelec- radionavigator withsatelliteantitheftfunc- voicefeature, manent electricsupply(alarm, stall electricaccessorieswhichrequireaper- ble fromthebattery. electric system,disconnectthenegativeca- – Ifafterbuyingthecar, youwishtoin- outanyworkonthe – Beforecarrying 249 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina250 250 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 70 Ah 60 Ah 50 Ah Battery devices areinvolved. ifsafety wiring aredangerous,particularly proper branchesonconnections ofthecar al systemsonthecar, bearinmindthatim- atidlespeed. engine offorrunning ing process fridge, etc., ers, vacuumcleaner, mobilephone,mini user, suchasforexample:babybottlewarm- absorptionswitchedonbythe high current shown inthefollowingtable: as should be0,6mAxAh(ofthebattery), cessories (standardandfittedafterwards) IMPORTANT You with arealsoremindedthatservices The maximumabsorptionofalltheac- quicken the battery drain- quicken thebattery if they are turned onwiththe if theyareturned When installingaddition- Maximum permissible loadless absorption 42 mA 36 mA 30 mA CONTROL UNITS ELECTRONIC ignition keyisnot inthe ofelectronicunits,ensurethat the terminals the electricsystemareinefficient conditions. and the connectionsbetweenbattery charger. andnotabattery battery use anauxiliary tem. always disconnectitfromtheelectricsys- tem. fromtheelectricsys- connecting thebattery en belowmustabsolutelybeadheredto: giv- theinstructions or emergencystarting, precautions needtobetaken. – Beforedisconnectingorconnecting the andthat – Checkthatthebiasiscorrect inanemergency,– Whenstarting only tochargethebattery,– Ifitisnecessary – Alwaysswitchofftheenginebeforedis- In theeventofworkonelectricsystem useofthecar, normal With noparticular MAR position. work involveshightemperatures. tronic controlunits,orremovethemifthe the body, remembertodisconnecttheelec- theends. short-circuiting – If electric welding is to be carried outon – Ifelectricweldingistobecarried inthecablesby – Donotcheckforcurrent out incorrectly and without taking without and incorrectly out account of the specifications of the of specifications the of account system, may cause operating faults operating cause may system, with the risk of fire. of risk the with Alterations or repairs to repairs or Alterations the electric system carried system electric the WARNING 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina251 TYRE PRESSURE WHEELS ANDTYRES nical specifications”section. inflation pressure,see“Wheels”in“Tech- tyre when thecarisinuse.Forcorrect tyre restedandcold. fore alongjourney. twoweeksandbe- cluding thespare,every It is normal forthepressuretoincrease It isnormal The pressureshouldbecheckedwiththe wheel,in- Check thetyrepressureofevery correct tyre inflation pressure. inflation tyre correct Remember that car road car that Remember holding also depends on depends also holding WARNING follow localregulations. thickness isreducedto1.6mm.Inanycase in thecentre. at edges. wear ( Tyres shouldbechangedwhenthetread C B A tyre pressurecausesabnormal Incorrect - High pressure: tread particularly worn - Highpressure:treadparticularly - Low pressure: tread particularly worn - Lowpressure:treadparticularly - Normal pressure; tread evenly worn. pressure;treadevenlyworn. - Normal fig. 16 fig. 16 ): with the possibility of serious dam- serious of possibility the with age to it. to age Excessively low pressure low Excessively causes overheating of tyre of overheating causes WARNING A0A0225m WARNINGS tyres, avoidingthose ofdubiousorigin. check thecompactsparewheel. they canstillbeused.Alsoremember to checked byspecialisedpersonnel, toseeif on thecarfor6years,they should be of aging.Inanycase,ifthetyreshavebeen areasign much. Cracksinthetreadrubber tem. Tyres ageeveniftheyarenotused itself, therim,suspensionsandsteeringsys- and changeittoavoiddamagethetyre wheels andtyres. this maycauseseriousdamagetothe thorised Serrvices. wear. contact AlfaRomeoAu- Ifnecessary cuts onthesides,swelllingsoruneventread age thetyres.Routinelychecktyresfor Prolonged drivingonroughroadsmaydam- kerbs, potholesorobstaclesofvariouskinds. etc. squealing starts, In thecaseofreplacement, alwaysfitnew If atyreispunctured,stopimmediately Avoid overloadingthecarwhentravelling: avoidviolentbumpsagainst Particularly Where possible,avoidsuddenbraking,tyre 251 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina252 252 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE fig. 17 the right of the car to the left and left the to car the of right the vice versa. versa. vice verse thedirectionofrotation( on thesamesideofcarsoasnottore- 10-15 thousandkilometres,keepingthem rear tyresitisadvisabletochangeoverevery flation valve. Never useaninnertubewiththesetyres. Alfa 147 To allowevenwearbetweenthefrontand If atyreischanged,alsochangethein- Do not cross switch the switch cross not Do tyres, moving them from them moving tyres, WARNING uses Tubeless tyres. The fig. 17 ). A0A1087m RUBBER HOSES trol isthereforenecessary. the hoses,withpossibleleaks.Carefulcon- tem maycausehardeningandcrackingof and theprolongedlackoffluidinsys- gramme. Indeed,ozone,hightemperatures low theScheduledMaintenancePro- carefullyfol- hosesareconcerned, ply rubber As farasthebrakesystemandfuelsup- ing 150°C should be avoided since avoided be should 150°C ing wheel mechanical characteristics mechanical wheel could be impaired. be could Alloy rim painting involv- painting rim Alloy ing temperatures exceed- temperatures ing WARNING BLADES REARSCREEN WIPERS WINDSCREEN/ SC 35 cial products; rearscreen wipers on dry glass. rearscreen wipersondry onthemotorandoverheating. effort dition toprotectingtheblades,thisprevents an antifreezeproduct. against theglass.Ifnecessary, thawusing sure thaticehasnotfrozentherubber sibility ofdamagetotheblades: be changedonceayear. should bereplaced.Inanycasethey Periodically clean the rubber part usingspe- part Periodically cleantherubber – Donotoperatethewindscreen and – Removeanysnowfromtheglass:inad- – Ifthetemperaturefallsbelowzeromake A fewsimplenotionscanreducethepos- they bladesarebentorworn If therubber because visibility is reduced in bad in reduced is visibility because weather. is recommended. Driving with worn wiper worn with Driving TUTELA PROFESSIONAL blades is a serious hazard, serious a is blades WARNING 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina253 fig. 18 tab ( Instructions toremovetheblade blade Changing thewindscreenwiper – removethebladefromtab( theblade( – turn – raise the windscreen wiper arm ( – raisethewindscreenwiperarm Proceed asfollows: C ) fitted on the arm final part; finalpart; ) fittedonthearm ( fig. 18 ) B y9°aroundthe ) by90° C ). A ); A0A0728m ly tightenthenut. fastens ittothepivotpin. from thecar, slackeningthenut( ( Changing therearscreenblade screen. Instructions tofittheblade central part ( central part fig. 19 – Lowerthecover. andfirm- positionthenewarm – Correctly – Raisethecover( – refit the arm withthebladeonwind- – refitthearm – fitthetab( Proceed asfollows: ) B fig. 19 ); C ) intheholeonblade A ) andremovethearm B ) that A0A0227m fig. 21 fig. 20 SPRAY JETS ing ontheadjustmentscrew( useaneedle. clogged, ifnecessary “Checking levels”inthischapter. see that thereisfluidinthereservoir: If necessary, directthejetoffluidwork- Then checkthatthenozzleholesarenot If thejetoffluidisinadequate,firstlycheck ( fig. 20-21 A ) ). A0A1089m A0A1088m 253 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina254 254 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE fig. 22 HEADLIGHT WASHERS an AlfaRomeoAuthorisedService. tact andclean( If it is necessary todirectthejet,contact If itisnecessary Regularly checkthatthesprayjetsarein- fig. 22 ). A0A1013m ATMOSPHERIC AGENTS PROTECTION FROM BODYWORK er cars. and sandmudgravelraisedbyoth- atmospheric dust sive actionofwind-borne hot humidclimates) On your Not tobeunderestimatedisalsotheabra- – seasonalenvironmentconditions. – saltyairandhumidity(coastalareas,or – atmosphericpollution are: The maincausesofcorrosion against corrosion. nologies toeffectivelyprotectthebodywork implemented thebestmanufacturingtech- Alfa 147 , AlfaRomeohas UNDERBODY WARRANTY CAR EXTERIORAND from triggering rust inside. from triggeringrust vent condensationandpocketsofmoisture underdoor, innerwheelarchlinings,etc. tive function,inthemoreexposedpoints: highly protectivewaxproducts. with wheelarchesandotherparts partment, sheets, withhighresistancetocorrosion. and abrasion. resistancetocorrosion give thecarparticular The – Useof“open”boxedsectionstopre- withaprotec- – Sprayingofplasticparts, – Sprayingoftheunderbody, enginecom- – Useofgalvanised(orpretreated)steel – Paintingproductsandsystemswhich These include: ranty booklet. ofthiswarranty,eral terms refertotheWar- orbody.ment ofthestructure Forthe gen- ofanyoriginalele- duetorust perforation Alfa 147 is guaranteedagainst 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina255 car morefrequently. are sprayedwithsalt,itiswisetowashthe ple, inhighlypollutedareas,oriftheroads ditions andenvironmentofuse.Forexam- dependingonthecon- washing atintervals “Technical Specifications”chapter). (see “Bodypaintidentificationplate”inthe products shouldbeusedfortouchinguppaint Onlyoriginal ofrust. to avoidtheformation outimmediately touchingupcarried essary or scores,youareadvisedtohavethenec- ing sheetmetal.Inthecaseofdeepscrapes thetic purposebutalsoprotectstheunderly- Paint THE BODYWORK ADVICE FORPRESERVING used inthewashing process. collecting and purifyingtheliquid be washedinareasequipped for Normal paintmaintenance consists in Normal anaes- The paintworkdoesnotonlyserve gine compartmentshould pollution. Thereforetheen- Detergents causewater uct. slightly polish with a specific prod- colours. To remove those scratches, cro-scratches, especially ondark varnish, easing thecreationofmi- maintained brushes maydamagethe body orhiddenparts. lution residueswhichmayremainonthe used forwashing; avoid damages; wash, followtheserecommendations: jet ofairorchamoisleather. quently. detergent solution,rinsingthespongefre- water. – rinseaccuratelytoavoidcleansingso- – waterwithacleansingsolutionmustbe – removetheantennafromroofto f thevehicleiswashedinanautomaticcar witha 3) Rinsewellwithwateranddry 2) Passaspongemoistenedwithlight 1) Spraythecarwithalowpressurejetof To washthecar: correctly tion and/ornotcorrectly provided witholdgenera- Some automaticsystems processes. crease thepossibilityoftriggeringrust give thepaintadullappearanceandin- the resinoussubstancemanyspeciesrelease the samewayasrestofcar. alter theshineofpaintwork. in thesunorwithbonnethot:thismay rate. the opensothatresidualwatercanevapo- en toaclosedareaimmediately, butleftin ter maystagnate.Thecarshouldnotbetak- net andaroundtheheadlightswherewa- bon- likedoorsurrounds, less visibleparts sive. aggres- the acidtheycontainisparticularly washed offimmediatelyandthoroughlyas IMPORTANT Where possible,donotparkundertrees; mustbecleanedin Exterior plasticparts Do notwashthecarafterithasbeenleft carewiththe takeparticular When drying, Bird droppingsmustbe 255 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina256 256 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE removed. various covers)havenotbeendamaged or capsand various protections(e.g.rubber STOP with theenginecoldandignition keyat have thisdone. trol units.Contactaspecialisedworkshopto out directingthejetagainstelectroniccon- shouldbecarefullywashed,with- partment Engine compartment avoid damagingtheheatingdevice. cloth inthedirectionoffilamentsto rearscreen shouldbewipedgentlywitha tering thetransparencyofglass. Use cleanclothstoavoidscratchingoral- Windows IMPORTANT At theendofwinterenginecom- IMPORTANT Use specificproductstocleanthewindows. process. of theliquidusedinwashing for thecollectionandpurification . Afterwashing,makesurethat the washed inareasequipped The carshouldthereforebe Detergents pollutewater. The carshouldbewashed The insideofthe INTERIOR FITTINGS AND VELVET PARTS CLEANING SEATS AND FABRIC gent. with asolutionofwaterandneutral deter- is moistened. brush remove dust.Velvet iscleanedbetterifthe oxidisation onthesheetmetal. shoes, umbrellas,etc.)whichcouldcause under themats(duetowaterdrippingoff – Rubtheseatwithaspongemoistened oravacuumcleanerto – Useasoftbrush Periodically checkthatwaterisnottrapped or rectified petrol for cleaning in- cleaning for petrol rectified or side the car. The electrostatic The car. the side charges generated when rubbing to rubbing when generated charges clean may cause fire. cause may clean Never use inflammable use Never products like fuel oil ether oil fuel like products WARNING CLEANING LEATHER SEATS based products,evenatlowconcentrations. foruse. ing theinstructions sists, usespecificproducts,carefullyfollow- with waterandneutralsoap.Ifthestainper- wipe withasoftclothorchamoisleather Then absorbentclothwithoutrubbing. a dry out pressingtoohard. moistened chamoisleatherorclothwith- IMPORTANT – Removeliquidandgreasestainswith withalightly – Removedriedondirt Never usespiritoralcohol- 234-257_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:05Pagina257 thus damagetheseatcover/lining. cause somethreadstobreakand sure overtheknittedfabric,may acting locallyandwithahighpres- similar material,asthisfriction, as metalbuckles,studs,velcroand tion withclothingaccessoriessuch excessive and/orprolongedfric- However, toavoid itisnecessary the normaluseofcar. sist wearresultingfrom The car upholstery canre- The carupholstery INTERIOR PLASTICPARTS serve theappearanceofcomponents. serve leum to clean the instrument cluster.leum tocleantheinstrument IMPORTANT Use appropriateproductsdesignedtopre- plode. Aerosol cans must never be never must cans Aerosol plode. exposed to a temperature above temperature a to exposed 50°C. The temperature inside the inside temperature The 50°C. car exposed to the sun may go well go may sun the to exposed car beyond that figure. that beyond Do not keep aerosol cans in cans aerosol keep not Do the car. They might ex- might They car. the Never usespiritorpetro- WARNING TRUE LEATHER LEVER KNOBCOVEREDWITH STEERING WHEEL/GEARBOX ering leather. with greatcaretoavoiddamaging thecov- of steeringwheellockingdevice,tooperate area withwaterandneutralsoap. immediately andthentowashtheinvolved toremovethem lever knob,itisnecessary the leatherofsteeringwheel/gerabox cific productsforglass,somedropsfallon cohol-based substances. product doesnotcontainspiritand/oral- the labelcarefullytomakesurethat on ing interiorfittings,readtheinstructions it oralcohol-basedproducts. with waterandneutralsoap.Neverusespir- IMPORTANT If, whencleaningthewindscreenwithspe- Before usingspecificproductsforclean- These componentsmustbecleanedonly It isadvisable,intheevent 257 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina258 258 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS fig. 1 IDENTIFICATION DATA the following( given onthelabelsandtheirpositionare codes. Theidentificationdatastampedand 4 3 2 1 You areadvisedtonotetheidentification - Enginelabel. - Bodylabel - Identificationlabel - Bodyworkpaintidentificationlabel fig. 1 ): T T E E C C A0A1090m H H N N fig. 2 I I IDENTIFICATION LABEL crossmember oftheenginecompartment. ( ( It containsthefollowinginformation: This ( ( ( C C B A C D ) ) ) ) A A mologation chassis number tional regulations weights authorisedbyvariousna- fied indicationstothosespeci- mentary Space fordetailsofnationalho- Space forpunchingtheconsecutive Space availableformaximum Space forversionandanysupple- fig. 2 L L ) istobefoundonthefront S S P P E E C C I I F F I I C C A0A0246m ( A E A ) Space forsmokecoefficient(JTD T T I I fig. 3 BODYWORK LABEL O O number). ( side oftheupperrightshockabsorber fig. 3 – Manufacturer’s serialnumber(chassis – Type ofvehicle:ZAR937000 This islocatedintheenginebay, toone ( F ) N N ) andcontains: name. versions) Space forpunchingmanufacturer’s S S A0A0247m M 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina259 fig. 4 ENGINE STAMP IDENTIFICATION LABEL BODYWORK PAINT with theexhaustmanifold. box sideofthecrankcase,incorrespondence formation: of thetailgate.Itcontainsfollowingin- Theengine markingisstampedonthegear- C B A The label( . Colourcode. . Nameofcolour. . Paintmanufacturer. fig. 4 ) isontheinnerleftedge A0A0248m JTD JTD 2.0 T.SPARK Selespeed 2.0 T.SPARK 1.6 T.SPARK (120HP) 1.6 T.SPARK (105HP) ENGINE CODES-BODYVERSIONS (*) Forspecificmarkets JTD JTD M M M M (136HP) (150HP) (115HP) (120HP) 192B1000 (*) 939A7000 (*) AR32103 (*) Code type 937A5000 937A3000 AR32310 AR32310 AR32104 AR37203 937AXC11 02H(*) 937AXB1A 01H(*) 937AXA1A 00H(*) 937AXS1B 27C(*) 937AXC1A 03E(*) 937AXV1A 34(*) 937AXN1B 30C 937AXC11 02G 937AXU1A 32B 937AXB1A 01G 937AXC1A 03G 937AXA1A 00G 3 doors Body version 937BXC11 07H(*) 937BXB1A 06H(*) 937BXC1A 09H(*) 937BXA1A 05H(*) 937BXS1B 28C(*) 937BXV1A 35(*) 937BXN1B 31C 937BXC11 07G 937BXU1A 33B 937BXB1A 06G 937BXC1A 09G 937BXA1A 05G 5 doors 259 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina260 260 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE * hr r w ifrn pr lg o ahclne,oeprtp (**)Version forspecificmarkets (*) Therearetwodifferentsparkplugs foreachcylinder, onepertype Fuel cm mm Maximum horsepower(EEC): Compression ratio Total displacement Piston boreandstroke Number andpositionofcylinders Cycle Code type Spark plugs(*) Maximum torque(EEC): trpm rpm at at To changeplugscontactAlfa RomeoAuthorizedServices. able, usefuel conformingtoEN590European Specification. The useofEurodiesel fuelisrecommended onlyformarkets/versions whererequired.In case itisnotavail- kgm kW HP Nm 3 1.6 T.SPARK Unleaded pre- (Specification NGK CR7EKC 82 x75.65 mium petrol (105HP) BKUR6ETB AR37203 (central) 4 inline 95 RON EN228) (side) 4200 5600 1598 14.3 10.3 140 105 Otto NGK 77 1.6 T.SPARK (Specification Unleaded pre- NGK PMR7A 82 x75.65 mium petrol (120HP) BKR6EKPA AR32104 (central) 4 inline EN228) 95 RON (Side) 4200 6200 1598 14.9 10.3 146 120 Otto NGK 88 2.0 T.SPARK Unleaded pre- (Specification NGK PMR7A mium petrol BKR6EKPA AR32310 (central) 83 x91 4 inline 95 RON EN228) (side) 3800 6300 1970 18.5 10.0 181 150 110 Otto NGK (Specification 937A3000 82 x90.4 Diesel fuel (120HP) for motor 4 inline EN590) vehicles Diesel 2000 4000 1910 JTD 28.5 280 120 88 18 – M (115HP) (**) (Specification 939A7000 82 x90.4 Diesel fuel for motor 4 inline EN590) vehicles Diesel 2000 4000 1910 JTD 28.5 280 115 85 18 – M (Specification 937A5000 82 x90.4 Diesel fuel (150HP) for motor 4 inline EN590) vehicles Diesel 1910 2000 4000 JTD 17.5 305 150 110 31 – M (136HP) (**) (Specification 192B1000 82 x90.4 Diesel fuel for motor 4 inline EN590) vehicles Diesel 1910 2000 4000 JTD 17.5 305 136 100 31 – M 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina261 FUEL SUPPLY (optional forversions/markets whereapplicable) FRONT WHEELDRIVEWITH SELF-LOCKINGDIFFERENTIAL Drive Clutch Gearbox TRANSMISSION Supply Alfa Q2 self-locking differentialLSD(Limited SlipDifferential).Torque levelbetweenrightandleftwheel ismodulatedaccordingto characteristics are such as to guarantee top performance withwhateverroadcondition. AlfaQ2featuresfrontwheeldrivewith characteristics aresuchastoguarantee topperformance . .PR (105HP-120HP) 1.6 T.SPARK WARNING Five forward gearsplusreverse Five forward with synchronisersforforward Dry singlediskwithhydraulic Dry 2.0 T.SPARK speeds control Front ever charged with observing common safety rules sinceroadsafetyisalwaysthe driver'sresponsibility. commonsafetyrules ever chargedwith observing conditions.This typeofdifferentialenablestoexploit thetyre-roadgripatbesteven underpoor and keepingtopcomfort conditionandguaranteeings grip. Mechanicalmodulationiscontinuous andgradualthusoptimizingdriveunderwhateverrunning Multi Pointelectricinjection . .PR (105HP) 1.6 T.SPARK A w l t i t e h r o a u t i t o t n a s k Five forward gearsplusreverse Five forward i o 2.0 T.SPARK Selespeed n e r g r electrohydraulic control r a with electroniccontrol a e Dry singlediskwith Dry Multi Pointelectricinjection t . .PR (120HP) 1.6 T.SPARK c p i n c a o g i u r f s n Front a t t u o o l t f t s h t h w e e i t f t h u e e c t l h h n s e u i c r p a i p s l Six forward gearsplusreverseall Six forward k l f y Dry singlediskwithhydraulic Dry e o s f y f s i the t JTD r Multi Pointelectricinjection e synchronised e m . Front M c a 2.0 T.SPARK (120HP) r r a i e t d u r o e front mechanical u s t o f i n t c h o e r r s e y c s t t l Five forward gearsplusreverseall Five forward e y m TORSEN B Dry singlediskwithhydraulic Dry a gripconditions:the driverishow- , n m d (136HP-150HP) a Multijet directinjection y synchronised with supercharging mooth drive,highstability c control a Front u JTD s JTD e o M front differential p M - 261 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina262 262 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS btenpvmns m (between pavements) Turning radius Type STEERING SYSTEM Rear Front SUSPENSION Parking brake brakes: Service BRAKES – front – rear 1.6 (105HP-120HP)-2.0T.SPARK T.SPARK - 1.6 (105HP-120HP)-2.0T.SPARK T.SPARK - 1.6 (105HP-120HP)-2.0T.SPARK T.SPARK - rack andpinionwithhydraulicpowersteering Controlled byhandlever, actingontherearbrakes quadrilateral systemwithstabiliserbar Mc Phersontype 11.5 Disk Disk JTD JTD JTD M M M 258-277_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 12:06 Pagina 263

WHEELS 1.6 T.SPARK IMPRESSION - PROGRESSION 1.6 T.SPARK DISTINCTIVE 2.0 T.SPARK - For versions/markets (105HP - 120HP) - JTDM IMPRESSION - (105HP - 120HP) - 2.0 T.SPARK Selespeed - where applicable PROGRESSION(120 HP) - JTDM PROGRESSION JTDM DISTINCTIVE JTDM DISTINCTIVE Standard fittings Rims 6J x 15” (steel) 6.5J x 15” (alloy) 6.5J x 16” (alloy) 7J x 17” (alloy) Tyres 185/65 R15” 88H 195/60 R15” 88V 205/55 R16” 91V (6) 215/45 R17” 87W (•) 205/55 R16” 91W (6)

Compact – rim 4J x 15” 4J x 15” 4J x 15” 4J x 15” spare wheel: – tyre 125/80 R15” 95M 125/80 R15” 95M 125/80 R15” 95M 125/80 R15” 95M

Optional items TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Rims 6.5J x 15” (alloy) 6.5J x 16” (alloy) 6.5J x 15” (alloy) 7J x 18” (alloy) 6.5J x 16” (alloy) 7J x 17” (alloy) 7J x 17” (alloy) 7J x 17” (alloy) Tyres 195/60 R15” 88V 205/55 R16” 91V (•) 195/60 R15” 88V 215/40 ZR18” 89W (•) 205/55 R16” 91V (•) 215/45 R17” 87W (•) 215/45 R17” 87W (•) Reinforced 215/45 R17” 87W (•) Winter tyres 185/65 R15” 88Q (M+S) 195/60 R15” 88Q (M+S) 205/55 R16” 91T (M+S) 205/55 R16” 91T (M+S) 205/55 R16” 91T (M+S) 215/45 R17” 87H (M+S) 215/45 R17” 87H (M+S) (•) Unchainable tyres - (6) Alternative tyres. Unchainable tyres TYRE INFLATION PRESSURES COLD (bar) Tyres Tyres Tyres Tyres Tyres 215/40 ZR18” Compact spare 185/65 R15” 195/60 R15” 205/55 R16” 215/45 R17” Reinforced wheel front rear front rear front rear front rear front rear 125/80 R15” reduced load 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.4 2.3 2.4 2.4 4.2 full loadr 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.7 2.6 2.7 2.7 With the tyre hot the inflating pressure should be +0.3 bar compared with the specified rating With winter tyres the inflation pressure should be +0.2 bar compared with the specified rating Inflate tyres to full load pressures if driving at continuous speed exceeding 160 km/h. 263 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina264 264 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS fig. 5 RIMS ANDTYRES with Tubeless tyres. on allwheels. ted withtyresofthesamebrandandtype same, fordrivingsafety, thecarmustbefit- sidered. car LogBook,onlythelattershouldbecon- crepancies betweenthisHandbookandthe tyres. IMPORTANT While thespecifieddimensionsremain IMPORTANT The logbookshowsallthehomologated Radial tubelesstyres. Pressed steeloralloyrims. In theeventofanydis- Do notuseinnertubes A0A0718m W 91 16 ZR R 55 CORRECT TYREREADING 205 , Z Loadindex(capacity),e.g. 91 = = Rim diameterininches( = Radialtyre,withspeedover240 = Radialtyre. = Percentageheight/width( = Nominalwidth( = Maximumspeedindex.InZRtyres = 615 kg.NotpresentinZRtyres. km/h. ratio. between sides). the speedindex Z isbeforetheR. en intheexample. stamped onthetyre. ed tounderstandthemeaningofcode The codemaybeinoneofthewaysgiv- Below, need- pleasefindtheinstructions 205/55 R1691W 205/55 ZR16 Example: S or , distanceinmm Ø ). H/S ) ( fig. 5 ) Load index 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 = 487kg = 475 kg = 462kg = 450kg = 437kg = 425kg = 412kg = 400kg = 387kg = 375kg = 365kg = 355kg = 345kg = 335kg = 325kg = 315kg = 307kg = 300kg = 290kg = 280kg = 272kg = 265kg = 257kg = 250kg ( capacity 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 ) = 775kg = 750kg = 730kg = 710kg = 690kg = 670kg = 650kg = 630kg = 615kg = 600kg = 580kg = 560kg = 545kg = 530kg = 515kg = 500kg = 900kg = 875kg = 850kg = 825kg = 800kg 106 105 = 950kg = 925kg 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina265 Maximum speedindex Y W ZR V H U T S R Q upto300km/h. = upto270km/h. = over240km/h. = over210km/h. = upto210km/h. = upto200km/h. = upto190km/h. = upto180km/h. = upto170km/h = upto160km/h. = for snowtyres Maximum speedindex Q M T M H M + + + S S S upto160km/h. = upto190km/h. = upto210km/h. = COMPACT SPARE WHEEL wheel. For specific markets normally-sized spare For specificmarketsnormally-sized Tubeless tyre. Pressed steelrim. CORRECT RIMREADING stamped ontherim,asshownin( ed tounderstandthemeaningofcode J 6.5 Below, need- pleasefindtheinstructions 16 rimdropcentre outline(sidepro- = rimwidthininches( = rimnominaldiameterininches = 6.5 Jx16H2ET43 ( jection wherethetyrebeadrests) tyre tobemounted)( todiameterof the (corresponds 2 ) ET 43 H2 “hump”shapeandnumber(relief = Example: Tubeless tyrebeadontherim). on thecircumferenceholding = camber angle(distancebetween = tre line) disk/rim lineandwheelrimcen- 1 3 ) = fig. 5 ). ø ) 265 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina266 266 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS WHEEL GEOMETRY JTD JTD 2.0 T.SPARK Selespeed 2.0 T.SPARK 1.6 T.SPARK (120HP) 1.6 T.SPARK (105HP) PERFORMANCE Rear wheels: –caster Front wheels: wheels. on thecheckstand,makereferencetovaluein.Alsorememberthat thetow-invalueincludingtolerancemustbeequallysub (*) Thetoe-invalues,conversionfrom‘tomm,iscalculatedconsideringa15”rim,regardlessoftherimsactuallyused;ifi M M (150HP) (120HP) – toe-in – camber – toe-in – camber Maximum speed km/h 208 193 208 208 195 185 0.6mm(*) – 1± °5’±30’ 55’± + 3° 0 8 20’ 48’± –0° All versions +2’±9’) (+ 27’± 4 20’ – 44’± 1mm + 3± –9±5’) (– 9± t isnotpossibletofita15”rim from 0-100km/h divided betweenthetwo Acceleration 10.6 11.3 sec. 8.8 9.6 9.3 9.3 Kilometer withstandingstart 30.0 32.2 30.2 30.2 31.8 sec. 33 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina267 DIMENSIONS -orvrin I H G F E D ( C B A 3-door versions back restfolded Capacity withrearseat Capacity VOLUME LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT unladen car. Height with optional tyres. Slight changeswith standard tyres. refer tothecarfittedwith in mmand LThe sizesare ● 1.6 T.SPARK IMPRESSION- IMPRESSION -PROGRESSION ih156 1”trs( 185/65R15”tyres ) With (105HP -120HP) JTD . .PR DISTINCTIVE 1.6 T.SPARK 2.0 T.SPARK Selespeed JTD JTD JTD (105HP -120HP) ...... 292dm ...... PROGRESSION M 2.0 T.SPARK - M M PROGRESSION DISTINCTIVE - DISTINCTIVE ...... 1042dm ...... M (120HP) - 239624 3 1421( 731 2546 946 4223 ■ 239624 3 1442( 731 2546 946 4223 ih156 1”trs( 195/60R15”tyres ) With 239624 3 42( 1442 731 2546 946 4223 3 3 fig. 6 ▲ ) With 205/55R16”tyres ) With ▲ ● ■ 1509 ( ) 1518 ( ) 1509( ) ▲ ● ■ 8212 1494( 1729 1892 ) 8212 1502( 1729 1892 ) 8212 1494( 1729 1892 ) A0A1091m ▲ ● ■ ) ) ) 267 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina268 268 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -orvrin I H G F E D ( C B A 5-door versions back restfolded Capacity withrearseat Capacity VOLUME LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT ● 1.6 T.SPARK IMPRESSION- IMPRESSION -PROGRESSION ih156 1”trs( 185/65R15”tyres ) With (105HP -120HP)JTD . .PR DISTINCTIVE 1.6 T.SPARK 2.0 T.SPARK Selespeed JTD JTD JTD (105HP -120HP) ...... 292dm ...... PROGRESSION M 2.0 T.SPARK - M M unladen car. Height with optional tyres. Slight changeswith standard tyres. refer tothecarfittedwith in mmand The sizesare PROGRESSION DISTINCTIVE - DISTINCTIVE ...... 1042dm ...... M (120HP) - 239624 3 41( 1421 731 2546 946 4223 ■ 239624 3 1442( 731 2546 946 4223 ih156 1”trs( 195/60R15”tyres ) With 239624 3 1442( 731 2546 946 4223 3 3 fig. 7 ▲ ) With 205/55R16”tyres ) With ▲ ● ■ 1509( ) 1518( ) 1509( ) ▲ ● ■ 8212 1494( 1729 1892 ) 8212 1502( 1729 1892 ) 8212 1494( 1729 1892 ) A0A1092m ▲ ● ■ ) ) ) 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina269 IMPORTANT kg specialequipment (sunroof,trailertowingdevice,etc.)theloadlessweightincreases,thereby reducingthepayload,w With (*) (braked trailer) Maximum loadonball kg Maximum loadonroof kg weights(**): Max permissible kg driver Payload (*)including and accessories) spare wheel,tools (with fueloilandfluids, Kerb weight WEIGHTS Towable weights: rie ihu rk kg kg kg – trailerwithoutbrake – brakedtrailer kg kg – total – rearaxle – frontaxle permissible loads. permissible (**)Loads nottobe exceeded.Itisthedriver’s(**)Loads inacc responsibilityto placegoodsinthebootand/oron theloadingsurface condition withjustonepersononboard. missible loads. If only the luggage compartment is used for storing the goods, the maximum load in the compartment mustnotexceed350kginth isusedforstoringthegoods,maximumloadincompartment If onlytheluggagecompartment or 5doors 3 doors 301300 1300 1730 1710 1210 1190 0 400 400 980 980 980 980 520 520 060 60 50 50 1.6 T.SPARK (105HP) or 5doors 3 doors 301300 1300 1740 1720 1220 1200 0 400 400 980 980 980 980 520 520 060 60 50 50 1.6 T.SPARK (120HP) or 5doors 3 doors 301300 1300 1790 1770 1270 1250 0 400 400 980 980 980 980 520 520 060 60 50 50 2.0 T.SPARK or 5 3 doors 301300 1300 1790 1770 1270 1250 0 400 400 980 980 980 980 520 520 60 50 50 2.0 T.SPARK ith regardtothemaximum Selespeed ordance withthemaximum per- doors or 5 3 doors 301300 1300 1810 1790 1290 1270 0 400 400 980 980 980 980 520 520 60 50 50 e load (120HP) JTD M doors or 5 3 doors 301300 1300 1830 1810 1310 1290 (136HP-150HP) 0 400 400 980 980 990 990 520 520 60 50 50 JTD M doors 269 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina270 270 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ( litres litres washer reservoir: andrearscreen Windscreen with ABS Hydraulic brakecircuit litres litres Hydraulic powersteering Selespeed transmission differential Mechanical transmission/ litres litres Oil sumpandfilter system Engine cooling litres Fuel tank: REFILLING ▲ nldn eev flitres of – including areserve – with headlamp ) For particularly hardclimate conditions,werecommenduseofa60% For particularly able, usefuel conformingtoEN590European Specification. The useofEurodieselfuel isrecommendedonlyformarkets/versionswhere required.Incaseitisnotavail- washer litres 1.6 T.SPARK (105HP) 4.4 60 0.52 2.01 7 6.4 3.2 1.2 6.8 – ● ● ■ 1.6 T.SPARK (120HP) 60 4.4 0.52 2.01 7 6.4 3.2 1.2 – 7 ● ● ■ AAL UP PARAFLU 2.0 T.SPARK 4.4 60 0.52 2.01 7 6.4 3.2 1.2 7.2 – ● ● ❍ and 40%demineralizedwatermixture. 2.0 T.SPARK Selespeed 4.4 60 2.01 7 6.4 3.2 0.5 1.2 0.6 7,2 ● ● ❍ (120HP) 60 4.4 0.52 2.01 JTD 7 6.4 3.2 1.2 7.2 – ❍ ❍ M ❑ (136HP - 150HP) 60 4.5 JTD 0.52 7 6.4 3.2 1.2 2.1 7.2 – ❍ ❍ M ❑ ❍ ❍ ● (Specification EN228) no lessthan95R.O.N PARAFLU UP Mixture ofdistilledwaterand (Specification EN228) for ❑ ■ UEACARTOP4 TUTELA TUTELA GI/A CARCSSPEED TUTELA TECHNYX CAR TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC35 TUTELA Mixture ofwaterandfluid Unleaded Premiumpetrolwith Diesel fuelformotorvehicles SELENIA 20KforAlfaRomeo SELENIA RACING SELENIA WR Alfa Romeo and originallubricants Specified fuels at 50%( ▲ ) 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina271 USABLE PRODUCTSANDTHEIRSPECIFICATIONS LUBRICANT ANDFLUIDSPECIFICATIONS For very cold temperatures, consult Alfa Romeo Authorized Services fortheproper coldtemperatures, consultAlfaRomeoAuthorizedServices For very andspecifications couldcauseenginedamagesnot Using low-qualityproducts, notcompliantwithACEAA3and ACEAB4properties isnotensured. accepted; inthiscase,thebestengineperformance ACEAC3forgasoline In casenotoriginalSAE5W-40 productsareused,withthesameviscositydegreeminimumperformance assoonpossible. 0.5 landgotoAlfaRomeoAuthorizedServices For regularoperationofMultijetversions fittedwithDPF, usethegenuinelubricant only. Intheeventofanemergency, lacki diesel engines Lubricants for 1.6 T.SPARK petrol engines Lubricants for 2.0 T.SPARK Selespeed 2.0 T.SPARK, petrol engines Lubricants for s ult etrso lisadlbiat eomne lis Applications Recommendedfluids Qualityfeaturesoffluidsand lubricants Use FIAT 9.55535-N2 that passACEAB3andAPICFspecifications Synthetic-based engineoils,gradeSAE5W-40 FIAT 9.55535-G2 that passACEAA3andAPISLspecifications. Synthetic-based engineoils,gradeSAE10W-40 FIAT 9.55535-H3 Synthetic-based engineoil,gradeSAE10W-60. qualification qualification qualification o orc a prto andlubricantsoriginal for correctcaroperation Selenia product touse. SELENIA WR for AlfaRomeo SELENIA 20K SELENIA RACING ng thegenuinelubricant,topupjustonce withmax. coveredbywarranty. engines andACEAB4forDiesel are As per Service Schedule As perService As per Service Schedule As perService 271 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 258-277_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 12:06 Pagina 272

Use Quality features of fluids and lubricants Recommended fluids Applications for correct car operation and lubricants

Synthetic-based lubricant, SAE 75W-85 grade. TUTELA CAR Mechanical gearbox and Pass API GL-4 PLUS, FIAT 9.55550 specifications TECHNYX differential

Specific fluid for gear selector electrohydraulic actuators TUTELA CAR Selespeed transmission Lubricants and greases CS SPEED electrically-operated for transmissions electrochydraulic drive

Automatic transmission lubricant Exceeding the TUTELA GI/A Hydraulic power steering TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "ATF DEXRON II D LEV" specification.

Brake fluid Synthetic oil F.M.V.S.S. n. 116, DOT 4, ISO 4925, TUTELA CAR TOP 4 Hydraulic brakes SAE J1704, CUNA NC 956-01 for Alfa Romeo and clutches

Protective with antifreeze action (red colour) based on inhibited PARAFLU UP (*) Radiator antifreeze monoethylene glycol with organic formulation based on O.A.T. technology proportion: 50% distilled Protective agent for radiators that meets CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306 specifications water and 50% PARAFLU UP (❑)

Additive for diesel fuel Additive for fuel oil with protective action for Diesel engines TUTELA DIESEL ART To be mixed with the fuel oil (25 cc per 10 litres)

Windscreen/rearscreen/ Mixture of spirits and surfactants CUNA NC 956-II TUTELA To be used neat headlamp washer fluid PROFESSIONAL SC35 or diluted

(*) IMPORTANT Do not top up or mix with fluids having characteristics different from those specified. (❑) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLU UP and 40% demineralized water mixture. 272 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina273 (*) EURO4versions (forspecificmarkets) Combined Extraurban Urban (litres x100km) Directive 2004/3/CE Fuel consumptionaccordingto FUEL CONSUMPTION driving thatsimulatesurbanuseofthecar; consumption. consumtpion andabout63%ofextraurban lated weighingabout37%ofurbancycle 120 km/h; of thecar;speedvariesbetween0and ating inallgears,simulatingextraurbanuse measuring consumption: European directives. the homologationtestssetdownbyspecific onthebasisof table belowaredetermined – – – The proceduresbelowarefollowedfor The fuelconsumptionfiguresgiveninthe urban cycle extraurban cycle combined consumption : cold starting followedby : coldstarting : frequentacceler- : iscalcu- of thecar”). lution” inthechapter“Correctuse running costsandenvironmentpol- those measured(see“Reducing ferent fuelconsumptionlevelsthan that affectairdragmayleadtodif- control system,othersituations of aroofrack,usetheclimate ment/accessories, load,presence tions ofthecar, trimlevel/equip- tions, drivingstyle,generalcondi- traffic situations,weathercondi- IMPORTANT Thetypeofroute, 1.6 T.SPARK (105HP) 11.1 8.1 6.3 11.3 8.2 6.4 (105HP 1.6 T.SPARK (*) ) 1.6 T.SPARK (120HP) 11.2 8.2 6.4 T.SPARK 12.1 2.0 8.9 7.0 (**) Forversions/marketswhereapplicable EURO4versions(forspecificmarkets) (*) JTD JTD Selespeed 2.0 T.SPARK 2.0 T.SPARK (120HP) 1.6 T.SPARK (105HP) CO 1.6 T.SPARK The CO cycle. lowing tablesaremeasuredonamixed CO M M 2.0 T.SPARK Selespeed 2 (150HP) (120HP) 2 12.1 8.9 7.0 emissions accordingtodirective EMISSIONS 2 emission levelsshowninthefol- 2004/3/CE JTD (120 5.5 4.4 7.4 (g/km) HP M 157/151 (**) 153/145 (**) 194 -197(*) 211 -(*) 211 -(*) 192 -196(*) ) (150HP) JTD 5.7 4.5 7.8 M 273 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina274 274 RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSIONS F. E. recorder, tripmeterwithheadlampposition- light - gauge withmaximumtemperaturewarning light - versions Digital multifunctiondisplay PANEL INSTRUMENT NOTE A. Rev counter Clock/outside temperaturedisplay- lights ing lights Fuel level gauge with reserve warning Fuel levelgaugewithreserve F. E. recorder, tripmeterwithheadlampposition- light - gauge withmaximumtemperaturewarning light - scale valueisat6000rpm. C. B. end scalevalueisat6000rpm. NOTE A. m Rev counter JTD Speedometer - Clock/outside temperaturedisplay - Engine coolantfluidtemperature Fuel level gauge with reserve warning Fuel levelgaugewithreserve C. B. m JTD and Speedometer - M Engine coolantfluidtemperature M versions arefittedwithwarning versions arefittedwithwarn- and c D. and therevcounterend c Display mileage D. and therevcounter Display mileage fig. 2 - Black Line and Q2 versions fig. 1-Petrolversions A0A1131m A0A1122m 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina275 light - gauge withmaximumtemperaturewarning light - display versions Reconfigurable multifunction F. F. E. recorder, tripmeterwithheadlampposition- A. NOTE Rev counter Reconfigurable multifunctiondisplay- lights lights Fuel level gauge with reserve warning Fuel levelgaugewithreserve F. E. - recorder, tripmeter withheadlampposition scale valueisat6000rpm. light - gauge withmaximumtemperaturewarning light - scale valueisat6000rpm. C. B. NOTE A. m m Rev counter JTD Speedometer - Reconfigurable multifunctiondisplay - Engine coolantfluidtemperature Fuel level gauge with reserve warning Fuel levelgaugewithreserve C. B. JTD and and Speedometer - M M Engine coolantfluidtemperature versions arefittedwithwarning versions arefittedwithwarning c c D. and therevcounterend and therevcounterend Display mileage D. Display mileage fig. 4 - Black Line and Q2 versions fig. 3-Petrolversions A0A1132m A0A1123m 275 RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSIONS 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina276 276 RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSIONS light - gauge withmaximumtemperaturewarning light - F. E. recorder, tripmeterwithheadlampposition F. E. recorder, tripmeter withheadlampposition light - gauge withmaximumtemperaturewarning light - A. A. Rev counter Rev counter Reconfigurable multifunctiondisplay- Reconfigurable multifunctiondisplay - Fuel level gauge with reserve warning Fuel levelgaugewithreserve Fuel level gauge with reserve warning Fuel levelgaugewithreserve C. C. B. B. Speedometer - Speedometer - Engine coolantfluidtemperature Engine coolantfluidtemperature D. D. Display mileage Display mileage fig. 6 - 2.0 T.SPARK Selespeed Black Line and Q2 fig. 5-2.0T.SPARK Selespeed A0A1133m A0A1124m 258-277_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:06Pagina277 DASHBOARD sions/markets whereapplicable) - vent - ton - level gauge with reserve warning light- warning level gaugewithreserve screen wipercontrollever- for heating,ventilation andclimatecontrol- nition keyandswitch - fig. 7 1. Side swivelairvents- 13. 9. Glass holder(forversions/markets whereapplicable)- Outside lightcontrollever- 23. 20. 2. Horn - Horn Fixed sidewindowairvents- Bonnet openinglever- 24. 6. 14. Sound system(forversions/markets whereapplicable)- Steering wheellocking/release lever- 16. Speedometer withdisplayformileage recorder, tripmeterandheadlampaiming device - 28. Multifunction display- Cigar lighter/ashtray housingdoor- 21. Set ofcontrols:tripmeterreset, headlampaimingdevice,tripcomputer- 3. 10. Passenger's airbag- 17. Front foglightbutton- Engine coolanttemperaturegauge - 25. Driver's airbag - 29. 4. Temperature sensor- Tailgate releasebutton - 11. 7. Hazard lightswitch- Centre swivelairvents- 26. Door lockingbutton - 18. 30. Rev. counter- 5. Glove box. 12. Card holder(forver- Rear foglightbut- 8. 27. Fixed upper 19. 15. Controls 22. Wind- Fuel Ig- A0A1104m 277 RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSIONS 278-284_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:07Pagina278 278 ALPHABETICAL INDEX B A ub ...... 209 ...... Bulbs Braking lights 262 Brakes...... Boot light 131 Boot ...... 135 ...... Bonnet 174 ...... Bluetooth (hands-freekit) ttefligsain...... 182 At thefillingstation...... 144 ASR (system)...... 126-127 Ashtray...... 19-23 ...... (front/rear) Armrest 6 Alfa RomeoCODE...... 246 Air cleaner...... 38 ...... Air bags(frontandside) 217 Additional stoplight(thirdstop)..... 110 Additional heater...... 173 Accessories purchasedbytheuser... hnigbls...... 216 - changingbulbs...... 220 - changingbulbs...... tey...... 247 ...... attery S...... 140 ...... BS A A L L P P C H H CO 59 Clock...... 86 Climate controlsystem...... 88 Climate control(manual)...... Climate control 126 ...... Cigar lighter 17 Children’s safetydevice...... 34 safely)...... Children (carrying 239 Checking levels...... 209 Changing bulbs...... 201 ...... Changing awheel 173 Cell phonesprovision...... 128 Card holderrecess...... riecnrl...... 49 ...... control Cruise 125 ...... light Courtesy Correct useofthecar 110 Controls...... 191 suspensions...... Comfort 7 CODE card...... atmtctozn) ...... 95 ...... (automatic two-zone) riatvt...... 193 ar inactivity...... 2 A msin ...... 273 ...... emissions A B B E E T T I I C C ...... 186 ...... A A L L I I N N D D E E E D X niecmatet...... 135 ...... Engine compartment 260 Engine...... 197 Emergency starting...... 250 ...... Electronic controlunits X P Dee atclt itr ....185 ...... Filter) DPF (DieselParticulate 7 Doors...... 111 ...... Door lockingsystem 126 ...... Door lights Display (reconfigurable Direction indicators 267 ...... Dimensions 58 Digital multifunctiondisplay...... 246 Diesel fuelfilter...... - starting with an auxiliary battery 198 battery withanauxiliary - starting etoi lr ytm...... 11 ...... system lectronic alarm - changingbulbs...... 218 62 multifunction)...... 45 ...... - switchingon 215 - changingsidebulbs...... 216 - changingrearbulbs...... 214 - changingfrontbulbs...... sbad...... 52 ashboard...... 278-284_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:07Pagina279 G F 44 ...... lights(switchingon) External 146 ...... EOBD 186 ...... Engine starting 241 ...... Engine oil(consumption) ue ...... 221 ...... Fuses 261 ...... Fuel supply 183 Fuel flap...... 189 Fuel economy...... 273 Fuel (consumption)...... 18 Front seats...... 124 ...... Front ceilinglight Foglights 46 ...... Follow mehomedevice 271 Fluids andlubricants...... 204 Fix&Go automatic...... Glove compartment light Glove compartment 123 Glove compartment...... 128 Glass stand/Cardholder...... hnigbls...... 218 - changingbulbs...... 110 ...... - switchingon 215 - changingbulbs...... rtadkt...... 233 irst-aid kit...... hnigbls...... 220 - changingbulbs...... etting toknowyourcar ..6 .... H I neirftig...... 123 Interior fittings...... 256 Interior (cleaning)...... Intelligent washing 53 ...... cluster Instrument Installation ofelectric/ 111 fuel cutoffswitch...... Inertial 232 In theeventofanaccident...... In anemergency oe...... 252 Hoses...... 88 Heater...... 20 ...... Headrests Headlights 47-254 Headlight washers...... 112 Headlamp beamadjustment...... lights Hazard warning 174 Hands-free kit(Bluetooth)...... nto eie...... 14 gnition device...... wnsre)...... 47 (windscreen)...... 174 ...... electronic devices opnainfrtl ...... 137 ...... - compensationfortilt 138 - adjustmentabroad...... 110 ...... - switchingon nbaelvr...... 112 andbrake lever...... 197 ...... O N M L K ugg etanrnt...... 24 ...... Luggage restrainernet 131 Luggage compartment...... Low beamheadlights 44 Lights (switchingon)...... ieg eodr...... 56 Mileage recorder...... 113 Mechanical gearbox...... Maintenance wthn n...... 44 ...... - switchingon 213 - changingbulbs...... vr tsern he ...... 44 ...... evers atsteeringwheel hnigbls...... 217 - changingbulbs...... - scheduledmaintenance 234 ...... - scheduledmaintenance 237 - annualinspectionprogramme.... 237 - additionaloperations...... 44 ...... - switchingon 214 - changingbulbs...... y...... 6 eys...... umber platelights detrcse...... 127-128 ddment recesses...... rgam...... 235 programme...... ain beamheadlights 279 ALPHABETICAL INDEX 278-284_Alfa147 Q2GB4-07-200812:07Pagina280 280 ALPHABETICAL INDEX R P oe idw ...... 26 ...... Power windows 94-109-247 Pollen filter...... 266 Performance...... 139 Parking sensors...... 189 Parking...... Rearscreen wiper 48 ...... Rearscreen washer 21 Rear seats...... 129 ...... Rear oddmentpockets Rear fogguards 125 ...... Rear ceilinglight 231 Raising thecar...... 47 ...... Rain sensor prto...... 48 - operation...... 253 ...... - blade replacement 253 - sprayjet...... 111 ...... - switchingon 216 - changingbulbs...... 219 - changingbulbs...... 174 cellular telephones...... itok(aneac)...... 255 aintwork (maintenance)...... adio transmittersand ofrc poiin...... 136 Roof rack(provision)...... Right handdriveversions Reversing light 56 Rev counter...... 7 Remote control...... 270 Refilling...... 25 mirrors...... Rearview hnigbls...... 216 - changingbulbs...... S uro ...... 130 ...... Sunroof 262 Steering system...... 15 Steering lock...... 260 Spark plugs...... 148 Sound system...... 147 Sound systempresetting...... 192 Snow chains...... Sidelights 114 Selespeed gearbox...... 28 ...... Seat belts wthn n...... 44 ...... - switchingon 216 - changingrearbulbs...... 213 - changingfrontbulbs...... fgadn h niomn... 184 afeguarding theenvironment...... 274 ..... ybl ...... 5-6 ...... Symbols 262 Suspensions...... 129 Sun visors...... W V T rnmsin...... 261 Transmission...... 193 ...... Towing trailers 230 Towing thecar...... Vehicle maintenance Windscreen wiper Windscreen washer Windscreen 251 ...... Wheels andtyres 266 Wheel geometry...... 269 Weights...... echnical specifications pa es...... 253 ...... - spray jets 46 - operation...... 252 ...... - bladereplacement 253 ...... - sprayjets 46 - operation...... 47 - intelligentwashingfunction...... Csse ...... 142 ...... DC system riglgt n esgs...73 lights andmessages...... arning ...... 234 ...... 258 ...... 278-284_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 12:07 Pagina 281

PROVISIONS FOR THE PROCESSING OF A VEHICLE AT THE END OF ITS LIFE-CYCLE

For years now Alfa Romeo has been developing its global commitment towards the safeguarding and protection of the Environment through the continuous improvement of its production processes and the making of increasingly more “eco friendly” products. With a view to guaran- teeing the best possible service to clients in full observance of environmental standards and in response to the obligations imposed by Euro- pean Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles, Alfa Romeo offers its clients the possibility to hand in their vehicle* at the end of its life span without additional costs. The European Directive, in fact, provides for the take-back of the vehicle without the last holder or owner of the same incurring expenses due to the fact that the market value of the vehicle is zero or negative. In particular, in almost all of the countries of the European Union, up until 1st January 2007, take-back of the vehicle free of charge only applies to vehicles registered from 1 July 2002 on, while, from 2007 on, take-back will be carried out free of charge, independently of the year of registration, provided that the vehicle still con- tains all its essential component parts (especially engine and body) and is free from additional waste materials. Our contracted network of authorised treatment facilities has been carefully selected in order to provide a quality service to our customers by de-polluting and recycling “End of Life Vehicles” to approved environmental standards. To find out the location of your nearest authorised treatment facility, offering free of charge take-back, simply contact one of our dealers or refer to the Alfa Romeo web site or call the toll free number 00800 2532 0000. * Passenger transportation vehicles to seat a max. of nine persons, having a total admissible weight of 3.5 t 278-284_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 12:07 Pagina 282 278-284_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 12:07 Pagina 283 278-284_Alfa147 Q2 GB 4-07-2008 12:07 Pagina 284

COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURES Tyres Tyres Tyres Tyres Tyres 215/40 ZR18” (•) Compact spare wheel 185/65 R15” 195/60 R15” 205/55 R16” (•) 215/45 R17” (•) Reinforced 125/80 R15” front rear front rear front rear front rear front rear

reduced load 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.4 2.3 2.4 2.4 4.2 full loadr 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.7 2.6 2.7 2.7

(•) Unchainable tyres With the tyre hot the inflating pressure should be +0.3 bar compared with the specified rating. With winter tyres the inflation pressure should be +0.2 bar higher than the rating specified for standard tyres. Inflate tyres to full load pressures if driving at continuous speed exceeding 160 km/h.

ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT REFUELLING

Oil sump and filter ...... litres 4.4 (4.5 for JTDM versions) Fuel tank capacity...... litres 60 Reserve ...... litres 7 Do not discard used oil in the environment. For cars with petrol engine, only use unleaded petrol with over 95 R.O.N. (Specification EN228). For cars with diesel engine, only use Diesel fuel for motor vehicles (Spec- ification EN590).

CUSTOMER SERVICES TECHNICAL SERVICES - SERVICE ENGINEERING Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia) Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. Pubblication no. 60431857 - 1st Edition - 06/2008 All rights reserved. Reproduction, even in part, is prohibited without written permission from Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. S E R V I C E